JP6402409B2 - Amusement stand - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a game table represented by a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a spinning machine (slot machine).

  Game consoles such as pachinko machines are equipped with obstacles that change the direction of the fall of the game ball in the game area of the game board, a winning opening, a starting opening, a variable winning opening, etc. where the game ball can win. It is common. When a game ball wins a prize, the player is given a benefit such as paying out a prize ball.

  In addition, such a game stand is provided with a symbol display unit that can display a plurality of symbols in a variable manner. When a game ball is won at the start opening, the symbols on the symbol display unit are changed for a predetermined time, and the changed symbols are displayed. When it becomes a specific form that is a combination of predetermined specific symbols, the variable winning opening is opened for a predetermined time, or the start opening is relatively easy to win from a difficult to win state where it is relatively difficult to win. A game state advantageous to the player, such as changing to an easy winning state, is generated.

  In the game machine, the interest of the game is improved by controlling whether or not a game state advantageous to the player is generated and increasing or decreasing the amount of profit given to the player.

  In such a gaming machine, there is known a gaming machine that notifies a player that the symbol after the change is in a specific mode before the symbol is finished changing (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP-A-3-73180

  In conventional game machines, there is room for improvement in the notice display means.

  In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine having a feature in a notice display means.

The game stand of the present invention that solves the above-mentioned object is
A first symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display;
A second symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display;
And the decorative symbol display means capable of displaying a decorative pattern diagram fluctuations display,
A notice display means capable of displaying a notice display;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). )) Which can be executed with higher priority than
The decorative symbol display means, in response to the start of the first symbol variable display is capable of starting the display means fluctuation display decoration view pattern,
The decorative symbol display means, in response to the start of the second symbol variable display is capable of starting the display means fluctuation display decoration view pattern,
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
Wherein A continuous announcement is that notice that Oite the warning display is performed a plurality of times of symbol variation Display consecutive,
The continuous notice is a notice that ends while the last symbol variation display is being performed in the plurality of symbol variation displays.
The last symbol variation display is a symbol variation display by the first symbol variation display,
When the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during the period in which the continuous notice is being executed (hereinafter referred to as “first case”) , the second symbol variation display is being performed. The continuous notice will continue,
In the first case, there is no period in which the continuous notice is not executed in the period from the start of the execution of the continuous notice until the end of the continuous notice,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the continuous notice regarding the first symbol variation display in the electric support state,
The notice display means and the decorative symbol display means are the same display means,
In the multiple symbol variation display during execution of the continuous notice, at least during the symbol stop display, the notice display does not overlap with the decorative symbol.
It is characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine of the present invention, it is possible to realize a gaming machine characterized by the notice display means.

It is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side). 1 is a schematic front view of a game board 102 as viewed from the front. (A) shows an example of a special display stop display mode, (b) shows an example of a decorative design, and (c) shows an example of a normal stop display mode. It is. The circuit block diagram of a control part is shown. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a main control part main process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a main control part timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the 1st special figure starting port 126. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the 2nd special figure starting port 128. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the prize reception process regarding the usual start port 124 and the variable prize opening 130. FIG. It is a figure which shows the prior notice execution determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main control part 300. FIG. It is a figure which shows the false prior notice execution determination table memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main-control part 300. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the common figure relevant lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a figure which shows the determination table for common figure low probability which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored, (b) is a common figure high probability which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored. It is a figure which shows the determination table for. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the special figure 2 related lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a figure which shows the jackpot determination table which ROM306 of the main control part 300 has memorize | stored, (b) is the time-shifting determination table at the time of the jackpot end which is memorize | stored in ROM306 of the main control part 300. (C) is a figure which shows the special figure high probability state transition determination table at the time of jackpot winning, which is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, and (d) is an ordinary figure low probability. It is a figure which shows the timer number determination table used for a state, (e) It is a figure which shows the timer number determination table used for a common high probability state. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the special figure 1 related lottery process which CPU304 of the main-control part 300 performs. (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the sub-control unit main processing, (b) is a flowchart showing the flow of command input processing, (c) is a flowchart showing the flow of variation pattern selection processing, (d ) Is a flowchart showing the flow of symbol stop processing, (e) is a flowchart showing the flow of strobe interrupt processing, (f) is a flowchart showing the flow of chance button interrupt processing, and (g) is variable update. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of an interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a special figure holding | maintenance increase process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process when the information of the advance notice stored in the transmission information temporary storage area or the false advance notice is transmitted to the sub-control part. (A) is a figure showing an example of a continuous notice appearance character table, and (b) is a figure showing an example of a continuous notice scenario table. It is the figure which showed an example of the winning order fluctuation | variation in case the pachinko machine 100 of a present Example is a non-time-short state (ordinary figure low probability state). It is the figure which showed an example of winning order fluctuation | variation in case the pachinko machine 100 of a present Example is a time-short state (normal high probability state) to the middle. In the conventional pachinko machine, it is a figure which shows the example at the time of prior notice based on the winning to the 1st special figure starting port during time reduction (common figure high probability). In the pachinko machine 100 of a present Example, it is a figure which shows the example when there exists a prize to the 1st special figure starting port during time reduction (common figure high probability). It is the figure which showed an example of the winning order fluctuation | variation in the 1st modification of a present Example. It is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25, and is a diagram showing an example in the case where there is prior notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game. FIG. 26 is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25, and is a diagram showing an example when there is false advance notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game. It is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25, and is a diagram showing an example in the case where there is neither advance notice information nor false advance notice information in any of the four suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game. It is a figure which shows the example at the time of alerting | reporting that there is another jackpot after acquiring the jackpot random number with time reduction. It is a figure which shows the example when notifying a notice after acquiring the jackpot random number with time shortening similarly to FIG. It is the figure which showed an example of the winning order fluctuation | variation in the 2nd modification of a present Example. It is a figure which shows the slot machine provided with the enclosed pachinko production device.

  Hereinafter, a pachinko machine (game table) according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

  First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, the figure is the external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side).

  The pachinko machine 100 is a game board (board surface), which will be described later, disposed on the back side of a glass frame 156 composed of a transparent plate member 152 made of glass or resin and a transparent member holding frame 154 through the transparent plate member 152. 102. The game board 102 is attached to an inner frame 103 that can be opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 101. Although not shown in the drawings, the pachinko machine 100 is provided with a glass frame opening sensor that detects that the glass frame 156 is opened and an inner frame opening sensor that detects that the inner frame 103 is opened. .

  Below the glass frame 156, a launcher 138 that is rotated by a launcher motor 602, which will be described later, a launcher 140 that is attached to the tip of the launcher 138 and launches a ball toward the game area 104, which will be described later, A launch rail 142 for guiding a ball launched by the heel 140 to an outer rail 106 described later, a storage tray 144 for temporarily storing the ball and supplying the stored ball to the launch rail 142 in sequence, An effect button 146 is provided for changing the effect display by the decorative symbol display device 110, which will be described later, when the player can perform a pressing operation and detects the operation at a predetermined time.

  Further, below the launcher 138 and the launcher 140, an operation handle 148 for controlling the launcher 138 and operating the launch intensity of the sphere toward the game area 104 is disposed. Below the 144, a lower plate 150 is provided for storing overflow balls that cannot be stored in the storage plate 144. In the vicinity of the lower plate in the internal path connecting the storage plate 144 and the lower plate 150, a lower plate full sensor (not shown) is provided. When the lower plate 150 is full from the lower plate full sensor, a lower plate full error is output.

  FIG. 2 is a schematic front view of the game board 102 as viewed from the front.

  The game board 102 is provided with an outer rail 106 and an inner rail 108, and a game area 104 in which a game ball (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “ball”) can roll is defined.

  In the center of the game area 104, an effect device 200 is provided. In the effect device 200, a horizontally long decorative symbol display device 110 is disposed substantially at the center, and a normal symbol display device 112, a first special symbol display device 198 which is two types of special symbol display devices, and A second special symbol display device 114, a normal symbol holding lamp 116, a first special symbol holding lamp 199 and a second special symbol holding lamp 118, which are two types of special symbol holding lamps, and a high-accuracy medium lamp 120 are provided. doing. Hereinafter, the normal symbol may be referred to as “general symbol” and the special symbol may be referred to as “special symbol”.

  The rendering device 200 performs rendering by operating the movable part, and details will be described later.

  The decorative symbol display device 110 is a display device for displaying a decorative symbol (see FIG. 3B) and various images used for production. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 110 is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display). The decorative symbol display device 110 divides the display screen into four display regions, a left symbol display region 110a, a middle symbol display region 110b, a right symbol display region 110c, and an effect display region 110d. The symbol display area 110b and the left symbol display area 110c display different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 110d displays an image used for the effect. Further, the positions and sizes of the display areas 110a, 110b, 110c, and 110d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 110. The decorative symbol display device 110 employs other display devices such as a dot matrix display device, a 7-segment display device, an EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a drum display device, and a leaf display device instead of the liquid crystal display device. May be.

  The general-purpose display device 112 is a display device for displaying a general-purpose image (see FIG. 3C), and is configured by a 7-segment LED in this embodiment. Each of the first special figure display device 198 and the second special figure display device 114 is a display device for displaying a special figure (see FIG. 3A), and is constituted by a 7-segment LED in this embodiment. . Hereinafter, the symbol displayed by the first special symbol display device 198 will be referred to as a special symbol 1 and the symbol displayed by the second special symbol display device 114 may be referred to as a special symbol 2.

  The general-purpose hold lamp 116 is a lamp for indicating the number of general-purpose variable games that are held (details will be described later). In this embodiment, it is possible to hold up to two general-purpose variable games. . The special figure 1 hold lamp 199 is a lamp for indicating the number of special figure 1 variable games (details will be described later) that are on hold. In this embodiment, up to four special figure 1 variable games are reserved. It is possible. The special figure 2 hold lamp 118 is a lamp for indicating the number of special figure 2 variable games (details will be described later) being held. In this embodiment, up to four special figure 2 variable games are held. It is possible. The high-probability lamp 120 indicates that the gaming state is a special figure high probability state (a gaming state in which the winning probability of a jackpot game described later is set higher than the normal probability) or a special figure high probability state. This lamp is turned on when the gaming state is changed from a special figure low probability state (a gaming state in which the winning probability of the big hit game described later is set to a normal probability) to a special figure high probability state, and the special figure high probability state. Turns off when switching to a special figure low probability state.

  In addition, a general prize opening 122, a normal figure starting opening 124, a first special figure starting opening 126, a second special figure starting opening 128, and a variable winning opening 130 are arranged around the rendering device 200. Yes. In this embodiment, a plurality of general winning holes 122 are arranged on the game board 102, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (general winning hole sensor) detects a ball entering the general winning holes 122 (general winning holes) 122), a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (10 in this embodiment) of balls is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. The ball discharged to the storage tray 144 can be freely taken out by the player, and with these configurations, the prize ball is paid out to the player based on the winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening 122 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side. In this embodiment, a ball to be paid out to a player as a consideration for winning is sometimes referred to as a “prize ball”, and a ball lent to a player is sometimes referred to as “rental ball”. They are called “balls (game balls)”.

  The usual start port 124 is called a gate or a through chucker. The ball that has entered the normal start port 124 passes through a predetermined region connected to the normal start port 124 in the game area. Unlike the ball that entered the general winning opening 122, the ball that entered the normal start port 124 is not discharged to the amusement island side. The game board 102 is provided with a predetermined ball detection sensor (gate sensor) for detecting a ball passing through the predetermined area. When the gate sensor detects a game ball, the pachinko machine 100 displays a normal display. The usual figure variation game by the device 112 is started.

  In the present embodiment, only one first special figure starting port 126 is disposed at the center of the game board 102. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (first start port sensor) detects a ball entering the first special figure start port 126, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven and a predetermined number (three in this embodiment) is driven. The ball is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. 1 and the special figure 1 variable game by the first special figure display device 198 is started. The first special figure starting port 126 corresponds to an example of the first starting port referred to in the present invention. The ball that has entered the first special figure starting port 126 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  In the present embodiment, only one second special figure starting port 128 is disposed directly below the first special figure starting port 126. In the vicinity of the second special figure start port 128, a pair of blade members 1281 that can be opened and closed by a solenoid are provided, and the pair of blade members 1281 and the second special figure start port 128 are combined with an electric tulip ( Sometimes referred to as “Den Chu”. The pair of blade members 1281 are members that change the difficulty level of winning a prize to the second special figure starting port 128. That is, it is impossible to enter the second special figure starting port 128 with the pair of blade members 1281 closed. On the other hand, when the universal figure change game is won and the universal figure display device 112 wins and stops and displays the symbol, the pair of blade members 1281 opens and closes a predetermined number of times at a predetermined time interval, and the second special figure start opening 128 is reached. It becomes possible to enter the ball. The second special figure starting port 128 corresponds to an example of the second starting port referred to in the present invention. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (second start port sensor) detects a ball entering the second special figure start port 128, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment) is driven. The ball is discharged as a prize ball to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. 1, and a special figure changing game by the special figure display device 114 is started. The ball that has entered the second special figure starting port 128 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  In the present embodiment, only one variable winning opening 130 is disposed below the center of the game board 102. The variable winning opening 130 can be entered by a door member that can be opened and closed by a solenoid, or can enter a state in which entry is impossible. In other words, while the door member is closed, it is impossible to enter the variable prize opening 130, but when the special figure 1 variable game is won and the first special figure display device 198 stops and displays the jackpot symbol, or When the special figure 2 variable game is won and the second special figure display device 114 stops and displays the big hit symbol, the door member opens and closes at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times, and enters the variable prize opening 130. A ball is possible. In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the door member opens and closes for 29 seconds and closes for 1.5 seconds (however, when the tenth ball enters the variable winning opening 130), There are cases where it is performed continuously (hereinafter, this case is referred to as 15 rounds). The variable winning opening 130 may be referred to as a big winning opening, and the door member and the variable winning opening 130 may be collectively referred to as an attacker. When a predetermined ball detection sensor (count sensor) detects a ball entering the variable winning opening 130, a payout device 552, which will be described later, is driven, and a predetermined number (15 balls in this embodiment) of balls is shown as a winning ball. 1 is discharged to the storage tray 144 shown in FIG. The ball that has entered the variable prize opening 130 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the amusement island side.

  Further, a plurality of disk-shaped hitting direction changing members 132 and game nails 134 called windmills are arranged in the vicinity of these winning openings and starting openings, and at the bottom of the inner rail 108, An out port 136 is provided for guiding a ball that has not won any prize opening or starting port to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

  The pachinko machine 100 supplies the ball stored in the storage tray 144 by the player to the launch position of the launch rail 142, drives the launch motor 602 with strength according to the operation amount of the player's operation handle 148, The launcher 138 and the launcher 140 are passed through the outer rail 106 and the inner rail 108 to launch into the game area 104. Here, in order not to reduce the euphoria or to maintain the durability of the member, for example, it is configured not to be able to fire 100 or more shots per minute. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 104 falls downward while changing the advancing direction by the hitting direction changing member 132, the game nail 134, etc., and a winning opening (general winning opening 122, variable winning opening 130) or starting opening (First special figure start port 126, second special figure start port 128), or the out port 136 without winning any of the winning port and start port, or just passing the normal start port 124 To reach. The time until the launched game ball reaches the start port varies depending on the position of the start port and the arrangement of obstacles such as the game nail 134 and the hitting direction changing member 132, but the start port provided at the approximate center of the board surface Takes as long as a few seconds (eg 2 seconds).

<Director>
Next, the rendering device 200 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  A warp device 230 and a front stage 234 are arranged on the front side of the effect device 200, and a decorative symbol display device 110 and a shielding means 250 are arranged on the rear side of the effect device 200. That is, in the rendering device 200, the decorative symbol display device 110 and the shielding means 250 are located behind the warp device 230 and the front stage 234.

  The warp device 230 discharges the game ball that has entered the entrance 232 provided at the upper left of the effect device 200 to the front stage 234 below the front surface of the effect device 200, and the game ball discharged to the front stage 234 is the front surface. When the player enters the second entrance 236 provided at the rear of the center of the stage 234, the game ball is discharged from the outlet 238 provided in the lower center of the stage device 200 above the first special figure starting port 126. It is discharged toward the first special figure starting port 126. The game ball discharged from the discharge port 238 is easy to enter the first special figure starting port 126.

  The shielding means 250 includes a lattice-like left door 250a and right door 250b, and is disposed between the decorative symbol display device 110 and the front stage 234. Belts wound around two pulleys (not shown) are respectively fixed to the upper portions of the left door 250a and the right door 250b. That is, the left door 250a and the right door 250b move to the left and right with the operation of the belt driven by the motor via the pulley. When the left and right doors 250a and 250b are closed, the shielding means 250 covers the inner end portions of the doors 250a and 250b so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decorative symbol display device 110. In the state where the left and right doors 250a and 250b are opened, each inner end portion slightly overlaps the outer end portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 110, but the player can visually recognize all of the displays on the decorative symbol display device 110. . Further, the left and right doors 250a and 250b can be stopped at arbitrary positions, for example, only a part of the decorative design is shielded so that the player can identify which decorative design the displayed decorative design is. You can do that. Note that the left and right doors 250a and 250b may make it possible to visually recognize a part of the decorative pattern display device 110 behind the lattice hole, or block the shoji part of the lattice hole with a translucent lens body to decorate the rear. The display by the symbol display device 110 may be vaguely visible to the player, or the shoji part of the lattice holes may be completely blocked (shielded), and the decorative symbol display device 110 at the rear may be completely invisible. .

<Type of design>
Next, the first special figure display device 198, the second special figure display device 114, the decorative symbol display device 110, and the universal figure display device 112 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped using FIGS. The types of special maps and general maps to be displayed will be described.

  FIG. 3 (a) shows an example of the special display stop display symbol. Based on the fact that the first start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the first special view start port 126, the first special view display device 198 is configured to turn off all seven segments, Start “Special Figure Fluctuation Display” which repeats lighting of one segment. Then, when the variation time determined before the start of the variation of the first special figure display device 198 elapses, the first special figure display device 198 displays “Special figure A” when notifying the winning of the special figure 1 variable game, “Special figure B”, “Special figure C” or “Special figure D” is stopped and displayed, and “Special figure E” is stopped and displayed when notification of losing the special figure 1 variable game is made. In addition, the white part in a figure shows the location of the segment which turns off, and the black part shows the location of the segment which lights up (hereinafter the same).

  In addition, based on the fact that the second start port sensor detects that a ball has entered the second special view start port 128, the second special view display device 114 also turns on all seven segments, The “figure display of special figure” which repeats lighting of one central segment is started. When the variation time determined before the start of variation of the second special figure display device 114 elapses, the second special figure display device 114 also notifies the special figure A ”,“ “Special figure B”, “Special figure C”, or “Special figure D” is stopped and displayed, and “Special figure E” is stopped and displayed when notification of losing the special figure 2 variable game is made.

  “Special Figure A” and “Special Figure C” shown in FIG. 3A are examples of jackpot symbols, and “Special Figure B” and “Special Figure D” are examples of special jackpot symbols. In addition, “special drawing E” shown in FIG. 3A is an example of an off symbol. When the first special figure display device 198 or the second special figure display device 114 stops displaying the symbol corresponding to the big hit, the big hit game is started, and the combination of symbols corresponding to the special big hit is stopped and displayed. Will start a special jackpot game. The difference between a jackpot game and a special jackpot game is simply the difference between the next special figure variation game and the probability of winning the jackpot is high (special jackpot game) or low (jackpot game). Even in the special jackpot game, the door member of the variable prize opening 130 shown in FIG. 2 is opened and closed with an opening time of 29 seconds and a closing time of 1.5 seconds (however, when the tenth ball enters the variable prize opening 130) Closing) is performed 15 times in succession. Hereinafter, opening / closing control of the door member at the variable winning opening 130 is started, and the opening / closing operation of the door member is performed two or more predetermined times (15 in this embodiment) until there is a predetermined number of balls in the variable winning opening 130. Times) until the end of the opening / closing control is called “big hit game (state)”. This jackpot game state corresponds to an example of the special game state referred to in the present invention. “Special Figure A” and “Special Figure B” are symbols with a time reduction, and “Special Figure C” and “Special Illustration D” are symbols without a time reduction. The time reduction will be described later.

  In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, symbols other than “Special Figure A” are also prepared as time-saving jackpot symbols, and the same applies to other symbols such as special jackpot symbols with time-shortening. In addition to the mode in which the door member of the variable prize opening 130 shown in FIG. 2 performs the opening / closing operation continuously 15 times, the door member has an opening / closing operation with an opening time of 0.9 seconds and a closing time of 0.2 seconds, A mode of jackpot (2R jackpot) or a special jackpot (2R special jackpot) that is performed twice in a row is prepared, and one time to the first special figure start port 126 or the second special figure start port 128 is prepared. The amount of profit given to the player may be varied by changing the number of times (number of rounds) of opening the door member of the variable winning opening 130 for winning. When changing the number of rounds in this way, as a special display stop display pattern, 2R jackpot (with time), 2R jackpot (without time), 15R jackpot (with time), 15R jackpot (without time), 2R special jackpot (With time reduction), 2R special jackpot (without time reduction), 15R special jackpot (with time reduction), 15R special jackpot (without time reduction), and lost display symbols may be prepared.

  FIG. 3B shows an example of a decorative design. There are 10 types of decoration patterns of the present embodiment: “Decoration 1” to “Decoration 10”. When the special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game is started, “decoration 1” is displayed in the symbol display areas 110a, 110b, and 110c of the decorative symbol display device 110 in the left symbol display area 110a, the middle symbol display area 110b, and the right symbol display area 110c. “Decoration display change” is performed to switch the display in the order of “decoration 2” → “decoration 3” →... “Decoration 9” → “decoration 10” → “decoration 1” →. When notifying the jackpot, a symbol combination corresponding to the jackpot in the symbol display areas 110a to 110c (in this embodiment, a combination of decorative symbols having the same number (for example, “decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2”). )) Is stopped and the special jackpot is notified, a combination of symbols corresponding to the special jackpot (in this embodiment, a combination of decorative symbols having the same odd number numbers (for example, “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration”). 1 ”)) is stopped and displayed. Further, when notifying of the detachment, the symbol combinations other than the symbol combination corresponding to the jackpot are stopped and displayed in the symbol display areas 110a to 110c. That is, the decorative symbol display device 110 notifies the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game and the lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game. The decorative symbol display device 110 corresponds to an example of a lottery result notifying unit according to the present invention.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, the determination of whether or not the big hit in the special figure variable game is made by lottery of hardware random numbers, and the determination of whether or not it is a special big hit (probable change big hit) is a lottery of software random numbers. Do by.

  FIG.3 (c) shows an example of the usual stop display symbol. In the present embodiment, there are two types of stoppage display modes for normal maps: “general map A” that is a winning symbol and “general symbol B” that is a missed symbol. Based on the fact that the above-mentioned gate sensor has detected that the sphere has passed through the general start port 124, the general display display device 112 repeats the lighting of all the seven segments and the lighting of the central one segment. Perform a “normal change display”. Then, when notifying the winning of the common figure variable game, the “normal figure A” is stopped and displayed, and when notifying the usual figure variable game, the “normal figure B” is stopped and displayed.

<Control unit>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. This figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit.

  The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be broadly classified according to a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A sub-control unit 400 that controls effects, a payout control unit 550 that mainly performs control related to payout of game balls in response to commands transmitted by the main control unit 300, and a launch control unit 600 that controls the launch of game balls. And a power management unit 650 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100.

<Main control unit>
First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, and temporary data. A RAM (RWM) 308 for storing data, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time and the number of times, and a WDT 313 for monitoring abnormalities in program processing. It is installed. Note that other storage means may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and this is the same for the sub-control unit 400 described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 314b as a system clock.

  In addition, the basic circuit 302 includes a counter circuit 316 used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value in a range of 0 to 65535 every time a clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 314a is received (this circuit includes two circuits). A sensor circuit 320 for receiving signals output from the various sensors 318 and outputting the results of amplification and comparison with the reference voltage to the counter circuit 316 and the basic circuit 302; A display circuit 322 for performing display control of the first special figure display device 198 and the second special figure display device 114, a display circuit 324 for performing display control of the general figure display device 112, and various status display units 326 ( Display map 116, special figure 1 hold lamp 199, special figure 2 hold lamp 118, high accuracy medium lamp 118, etc.) And 示回 path 328 connects the solenoid circuit 332 for controlling the solenoids 330 for opening and closing the second Japanese view start hole 128 and the variable winning hole 130 or the like. Various sensors 318 shown in FIG. 4 include the glass frame opening sensor, the inner frame opening sensor, the lower pan full tank sensor, etc., and the above-described general prize opening sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, a gate sensor, a first start opening sensor, A second start port sensor, a count sensor, and the like are included.

  When the ball detection sensor 318 as the first start port sensor detects that a ball has won the first special figure start port 126, the sensor circuit 320 outputs a signal indicating that the ball has been detected to the counter circuit 316. Output to. Upon receiving this signal, the counter circuit 316 latches the value of the counter corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126 at that timing, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126. Store in the register. Similarly, when the counter circuit 316 receives a signal indicating that the ball has won the second special figure starting port 128, the counter circuit 316 latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the second special figure starting port 128. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the second special figure starting port 128.

  Further, an information output circuit 334 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 is connected to an information input circuit 652 provided in an external game shop computer (not shown) or the like via the information output circuit 334. The game information (for example, game state) of the pachinko machine 100 is output.

  The main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 336 that monitors the voltage value of the power source supplied from the power management unit 650 to the main control unit 300. The voltage monitoring circuit 336 is a voltage value of the power source. Is less than a predetermined value (9v in this embodiment), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

  In addition, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 338 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. When the activation signal is input, main control unit main processing described later is started.

  The main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 550. With this configuration, the sub-control unit 400 In addition, communication with the payout control unit 550 is enabled. Information communication between the main control unit 300, the sub control unit 400, and the payout control unit 550 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 can transmit signals such as commands to the sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 550. However, the sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 550 are configured such that signals such as commands cannot be transmitted to the main control unit 300.

  The main control unit 300 described above corresponds to an example of the first control unit referred to in the present invention.

<Sub control unit>
Next, the sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire sub-control unit 400 mainly based on commands transmitted from the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a control program, ROM 406 for storing various data, RAM (RWM) 408 for temporarily storing data, I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and for measuring time and frequency A counter timer 412 is mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock.

  The basic circuit 402 drives a sound source IC 418 for controlling the speaker 416 (and amplifier), a display circuit 422 for controlling various lamps 420, a movable body for rendering of the rendering device 200, and the like. An effect driving device control circuit 426 for controlling various effect driving devices 424 including a solenoid or a motor as a driving device, and a decorative symbol display device (liquid crystal display device) 110 and a shielding means 250 are controlled. The decorative symbol display control unit 500 is connected to the chance button detection circuit 380 that detects the pressing of the chance button 146 and outputs a signal.

  The sub-control unit 400 described above corresponds to an example of the second control unit referred to in the present invention.

<Discharge control unit, launch control unit, power supply management unit>
Next, the payout control unit 550, the launch control unit 600, and the power supply management unit 650 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

  The payout control unit 550 controls the payout device 552 mainly based on a signal such as a command transmitted from the main control unit 300, and the payout of the winning ball or the rental ball is completed based on a control signal output from the payout sensor 554. It is detected whether or not the card unit 654 is provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 556.

  The firing control unit 600 determines the amount of operation of the launch handle 148 by the player, which is output from the control signal instructing permission or stop of launch output from the payout control unit 550, or the launch intensity output circuit provided in the operation handle 148. Based on the control signal instructing the corresponding launch intensity, the launch motor 602 that drives the launcher 138 and the launcher 140 is controlled, and the ball feeder 604 that supplies the balls from the storage tray 144 to the launch rail 142 is controlled. .

  The power management unit 650 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a direct current, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and controls the control units such as the main control unit 300 and the sub control unit 400, and the devices such as the dispensing device 552. To supply. Further, the power management unit 650 supplies a power storage circuit (for example, a power supply circuit) for supplying power to a predetermined part (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the external power supply is cut off. Capacitor).

<Main control unit main processing>
Next, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing of the main control unit.

  As described above, the main control unit 300 is provided with the start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 338 that outputs the start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which this activation signal has been input starts reset by a reset interrupt and executes the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG. 5 according to a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

  In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In this initial setting 1, setting of a stack initial value (temporary setting) to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, setting of an interrupt mask, initial setting of the I / O port 310, initial setting of various variables stored in the RAM 308, WDT 313 Allow operation and set initial values. In this embodiment, a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set as an initial value in WDT 313.

  In step S102, the value of the counter of WDT 313 is cleared, and the time measurement by WDT 313 is restarted.

  In step S103, whether or not the low voltage signal is on, that is, the voltage value of the power supply that the voltage monitoring circuit 336 supplies from the power management unit 650 to the main control unit 300 is a predetermined value (in this embodiment, 9v), it is monitored whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output. If the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects that the power supply has been shut off), the process returns to step S102. If the low voltage signal is off (if the CPU 304 has not detected the power supply being cut off), the process proceeds to step S102. The process proceeds to S104. Even when the predetermined value (9 V) is not yet reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S102, and step S103 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

  In step S104, initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process for setting a numerical value for determining a cycle for executing a main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later, in the counter timer 312 and a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, a sub-port) Processing for outputting a clear signal from the output port to the control unit 400, setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

  In step S105, it is determined whether or not to return to the state before the power interruption (before the power interruption), and the state before the power interruption is not restored (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is set to the initial state). ) Proceeds to an initialization process (step S107).

  Specifically, whether or not a RAM clear signal transmitted when a RAM clerk or the like of a game store first operates a RAM clear switch provided on the power supply board is on (indicating that there has been an operation), That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear is necessary. If the RAM clear signal is on (when the RAM clear is necessary), the process proceeds to step S107 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is OFF (when the RAM clear is not necessary), the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and the power status information is information indicating suspend. It is determined whether or not. If the power status information is not information indicating suspend, the process proceeds to step S107 to set the basic circuit 302 to the initial state. If the power status information is information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 is set. A checksum is calculated by adding all the 1-byte data stored in (for example, all areas) to a 1-byte register whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum results in a specific value (for example, 0) (whether or not the checksum result is normal). If the checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0) (if the checksum result is normal), the process proceeds to step S106 to return to the state before power interruption, and the checksum result is a specific value. If the value is other than 0 (for example, 0) (if the checksum result is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S107 in order to set the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. Similarly, if the power status information indicates information other than “suspend”, the process proceeds to step S107.

  In step S106, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power failure is read out and reset to the stack pointer (this setting). In addition, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out, reset to each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and registers, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power is turned off. That is, the processing is resumed from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in steps S108 and S109) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt processing (described later) immediately before the power interruption. In addition, a transmission information storage area is provided in the RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. In step S106, EH is set as a power recovery command in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the power has been restored to the state at the time of power-off, and is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 in step S217 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 described later.

  In step S107, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, interrupt prohibition setting, stack initial value setting to the stack pointer (this setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, here, a normal return command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S107) of the main control unit 300 has been performed. Similar to the power recovery command, the sub-control in step S217 of the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300 is performed. Transmitted to unit 400.

  In step S108, after setting for interrupt inhibition, basic random number initial value update processing is performed. In this basic random number initial value updating process, two initial value generating random number counters for generating the initial values of the normal winning random number counter and the special symbol lottery random value counter, the normal timer random value, and the special figure Two random number counters for generating respective timer random number values are updated. For example, if the range of values that can be taken as normal timer random numbers is 0 to 20, a value is acquired from a random number counter storage area for generating a normal timer random value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 21, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. Other initial value generation random number counters and random number counters are similarly updated. Further, after this basic random number initial value update process is completed, an interrupt permission is set, and the process proceeds to step S109.

  In step S109, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, a first notice lottery random number counter that generates a first notice lottery random number value that can take a value in the range from 0 to 127, and a second notice that also takes a value in the range from 0 to 127 can be obtained. A second notice lottery random number counter for generating a lottery random value is provided. In this step S109, for example, each of the first notice lottery random number counter and the second notice lottery random number counter is updated.

  The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the processes of steps S108 and S109 except during a timer interrupt process that starts every predetermined period.

<Main controller timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main controller timer interrupt processing.

  The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, about once every 2 ms). The timer interrupt signal is used as a trigger to perform main control unit timer interrupt processing. Start with a period of

  In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving the value of each register of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed.

  In step S202, WDT is periodically performed (this implementation is performed so that the WDT interrupt does not occur (the processing abnormality is not detected)) because the count value of WDT 313 exceeds the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment). In the example, the restart is performed once in about 2 ms which is the period of the main control unit timer interrupt.

  In step S203, input port state update processing is performed. In this input port state update process, the detection signals of various sensors 318 including the above-mentioned glass frame opening sensor, inner frame opening sensor, lower pan full sensor, and various ball detection sensors via the input port of the I / O 310. Is input and monitored for the presence or absence of a detection signal, and stored in a signal state storage area provided for each of the various sensors 318 in the RAM 308. If the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor is described as an example, information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interruption process (about 4 ms before) is stored in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area that is partitioned and stored in the RAM 308 in the detection signal storage area that is partitioned and provided for each sphere detection sensor in the previous timer interruption process (about 2 ms before). Information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each detected sphere detection sensor is read from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor, and this information is stored in the previous detection signal storage area described above. To do. Further, the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-described current detection signal storage area.

  In step S203, the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in each storage area of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor matches the winning determination pattern information. While one game ball passes through one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interruption process that is repeatedly started at a very short interval of about 2 ms is started several times. For this reason, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in step S203 described above, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before, a previous detection signal, and a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, it is determined that there is a prize when the detection signal is stored twice continuously after no detection signal. In the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4, winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous detection signal, that there is a previous detection signal, and that there is a current detection signal) is stored. In this step S203, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each sphere detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, no previous detection signal, previous detection signal present, current detection signal present). In the case of the general winning port 122, the variable winning port 130, the first special figure starting port 126, and the second special figure starting port 128, or the ordinary starting port 124. Is determined to have passed. In other words, it is determined that there has been a winning at these winning openings 122 and 130 and these starting openings 124, 126 and 128. For example, when the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three matches with the above-described winning determination pattern information in the general winning opening sensor that detects the winning at the general winning opening 122, there is a winning at the general winning opening 122. If the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal for the past three times does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent general winning is performed. The process branches to the subsequent process without performing the process associated with winning a prize in the mouth 122. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal before, no previous detection signal, no current detection signal). After it is determined that there has been a single win, it is not determined that there has been a win until the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times matches the winning determination clear pattern information in each ball detection sensor, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is next determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

  In step S204 and step S205, basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing are performed. In these basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing, the value of the initial value generation random number counter performed in the above step S108 is updated, and then used in the main control unit 300. Two random number counters for generating the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value and the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value are updated. For example, if the range of values that can be taken as a random number value for a normal winning number is 0 to 100, a value is acquired from a random number counter storage area for generating a normal winning random number value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 101, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. If it is determined that the random number counter has made one round as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, the value of the initial value generating random number counter corresponding to each random number counter is acquired and stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for generating a regular winning random number that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 100, and a result obtained by adding 1 to the acquired value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as an initial value from the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the random number counter for generating the random number for winning the normal number, The initial value set this time is stored in the above-described initial value storage area in order to determine that the random number counter for generating the winning random number value has made one round next time, in addition to setting it in the random number counter for generating the winning random value Keep it. In addition to the above-described initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating the regular-winning random number next makes one round, it is determined that the random number counter for generating the special figure random number has made one round. An initial value storage area is provided in the RAM 308. In this embodiment, the counter for acquiring the random number value for symbol lottery in FIG. 1 and the counter for acquiring the random number value for symbol lottery in FIG. 2 are provided separately, but the same counter is used. Also good.

  In step S206, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number update process, a random number counter for generating an effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated. Here, the random number counter for generating the effect random number performed in step S109 is updated. The values of the first notice lottery random number counter and the second notice lottery random number counter are also updated in step S206.

  In step S207, timer update processing is performed. In this timer updating process, the normal symbol display symbol update timer for timing the time for the symbol to be changed / stopped on the normal symbol display device 112, and the time for the symbol to be changed / stopped to be displayed on the first special symbol display device 198 are counted. Special symbol 1 display symbol update timer for performing, special symbol 2 display symbol update timer for measuring the time for changing / stopping the symbol display on the second special symbol display device 114, predetermined winning effect time, predetermined opening time Various timers including a timer for measuring a predetermined closing time, a predetermined end effect period, and the like are updated.

  In step S208, winning prize counter updating processing is performed. In this winning prize counter updating process, when winning prizes 122, 130 and starting holes 124, 126, 128 are won, the RAM 308 stores the winning ball number storage area provided for each winning slot or each starting slot. The value is read out, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

  In step S209, a winning acceptance process (details will be described later) is performed.

  In step S210, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 550 are composed of 1 byte, strobe information in bit 7 (indicating that data is set when on), and power supply in bit 6 Input information (indicating that it is the first command transmission after power-on when turned on), bits 4-5 for the current processing type for encryption (0-3), and bits 0-3 for encryption processing The number of subsequent payout requests is indicated.

  In step S211, a normal state update process is performed. This normal state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the normal state. For example, in the general diagram state update process in the middle of the normal map change display (the value of the above-mentioned general map display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the general map display device 112 is repeatedly turned on and off. Turns off drive control. By performing this control, the general map display device 112 performs a general variable display (general variable game).

  Also, in the normal state update process at the timing when the normal map change display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the general map display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), if the hit flag is on, When the 7-segment LED constituting the universal display device 112 is turned on / off so as to be in the A mode, and the hit flag is off, the normal map is displayed in the above-described normal B mode. The 7-segment LED constituting the device 112 is controlled to be turned on / off. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the normal state update process. Here, the above-described lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting area is set to indicate that the normal stop display is being performed. By performing this control, the general symbol display device 112 performs a fixed display of either the winning symbol (normal symbol A) or the off symbol (normal symbol B). Thereafter, information indicating the stop period is set in a storage area of a normal stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 msec). With this setting, the symbol that has been confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is notified of the result of the normal game.

  Further, if the result of the usual figure variable game is a hit, the usual figure hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the usual figure hit flag is on, in the usual figure state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (when the usual figure stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), The normal operation is set in the setting area, and the blade member 1281 is opened to a solenoid (330) for opening and closing the blade member 1281 of the second special figure starting port 128 for a predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds). And a signal indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  In the usual state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the blade member has a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 milliseconds). A signal for holding the blade member 1281 in the closed state is output to the solenoid 330 for opening / closing driving of 1281, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  Further, in the normal state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer is changed from 1 to 0), the non-operating state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Furthermore, if the result of the usual figure fluctuation game is out, the usual figure out flag is turned on as will be described later. When the off-normal flag is on, the normal state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing at which the normal stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0) In the setting area of the RAM 308, normal operation inactive is set. In the general state update process in the case where the general map is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S212.

  In step S212, a general drawing related lottery process (details will be described later) is performed.

  Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed. First, the special figure state update process (the special figure 2 state update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S213). In the special figure 2 state update process, one of the following eight processes is performed in accordance with the state of the special figure 2. For example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the value of the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7-segment LED constituting the second special figure display device 114 is turned on. Performs lighting / extinguishing drive control that repeatedly turns off. By performing this control, the second special figure display device 114 performs the special figure 2 variable display (special figure 2 variable game).

  As will be described in detail later, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a big hit flag, a probability variation flag, and a short time flag. In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed (when the special figure 2 display symbol update timer value changes from 1 to 0), the big hit flag is on and the probability fluctuation flag is off. When the hour / short flag is on, the special figure shown in FIG. 3 (a), when the special flag A shown in FIG. 3 (a), the big hit flag, the probability variation flag, and the hour / short flag are all on. B, when only the big hit flag is on among these three flags, the special figure C shown in FIG. 3A, and when the big hit flag is on, the probability variation flag is on, and the short time flag is off, FIG. When the special figure D shown in a) and the big hit flag are off, the 7-segment LED constituting the second special figure display device 114 is turned on / off so that the special figure E shown in FIG. Drive control is performed and the RAM 308 is installed. To set indicating that it is a special symbol 2 stop display in the region. By carrying out this control, the second special figure display device 114 is able to receive a jackpot symbol with a short time (Special Figure A), a special jackpot symbol with a short time (Special Figure B), a jackpot symbol without a short time (Special Figure C), and a special without a short time One of the big hit symbol (special symbol D) and the off symbol (special symbol E) is confirmed and displayed. After that, information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 milliseconds). With this setting, the specially displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player. Also, if the time reduction number stored in the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the time reduction number, and if the subtraction result becomes 1 to 0, the probability is changing (details) If not, the time flag is turned off. Further, the hourly flag is also turned off during the big hit game (in the special game state).

  In addition, in order to execute the general command rotation stop setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), 4H is additionally stored as transmission information (general information) in the transmission information storage area described above, and the variable display is stopped. The special figure 2 identification information indicating that is special figure 2 is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data, which will be described later, and the processing is terminated.

  If the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 In the setting area, the special figure 2 is in operation and waits for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period during which an image is displayed to notify the player that the big symbol by the decorative symbol display device 110 will start. Therefore, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, 5H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command winning effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), a predetermined release period (for example, 29 seconds) Or, until a winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected in the variable prize opening 130.) The door member is opened to the solenoid (330) for driving to open and close the door member of the variable prize opening 130. A signal to be held is output, and information indicating an opening period is set in a storage area of a door opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308. In addition, 7H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the transmission information storage area described above in order to execute the general command big prize opening setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the door opening time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member in a closed state is output to a solenoid (330) for driving opening / closing of the door member of the variable prize opening 130, and a closing period is indicated in a storage area of a door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Set the information. Further, 8H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command big prize opening closing setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts and closes the opening / closing control of the door member a predetermined number of times (15 rounds in this embodiment) and ends, a predetermined end effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a decorative pattern Information indicating the effect standby period in the storage area of the effect standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to set to wait for a period during which an image for informing the player that the big hit by the display device 110 is to be ended is displayed. Set. Also, if the time shift determination flag described later is set to ON, simultaneously with the end of the jackpot game, the time set number 100 is set in the time set storage unit provided in the RAM 308 and the time set provided in the RAM 308 is set. Turn on the flag. If the time reduction transition determination flag is set to OFF, the time reduction number is not set in the time reduction number storage unit, and the time reduction flag is not turned ON. Further, 6H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the above-described transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command end effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217).

  Also, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (when the production standby time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 is not activated in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set medium. Furthermore, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is out of play, the big hit flag is turned off as will be described later. When the jackpot flag is off, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (the timing when the special figure 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, special figure 2 inactive is set. In the special figure 2 state update process when the special figure 2 is not operating, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S214.

  Subsequently, special figure state update processing (special figure 1 state update process) for special figure 1 is performed (step S214). In the special figure 1 state update process, each process described in the special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of the special figure 1. Each process performed in the special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” in the contents described in the special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”. Omitted. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

  When the special figure state update process in step S213 and step S214 is completed, a special figure related lottery process for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed. Also here, the special figure related lottery process (special figure 2 related lottery process) for special figure 2 is performed first (step S215), and then the special figure related lottery process for special figure 1 (special figure 1 related lottery process). ) Is performed (step S216). The details of these special drawing related lottery processes will be described later. However, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 related lottery processing before the special figure 1 related lottery processing, so that Even if the start condition of the special figure 1 variable game is satisfied at the same time, the special figure 2 variable game is changing first, so the special figure 1 variable game does not start changing. Further, the notification of the result of the big hit determination of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed by the sub-control unit 400, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is notified, This is prioritized over the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126.

  In step S217, command setting transmission processing is performed, and various commands are transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. The output schedule information transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 is composed of 16 bits, bit 15 is strobe information (indicating that data is set when ON), bits 11 to 14 are command types ( 0H is a basic command, 1H is a symbol change start command, 4H is a symbol change stop command, 5H is a winning effect start command, 6H is an end effect start command, and 7H is a big hit number of rounds Designated command, information for specifying the type of command such as a power recovery command for EH and a RAM clear command for FH, and bits 0 to 10 are command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type). It is composed.

  Specifically, the strobe information is turned on and off in the command transmission process described above. If the command type is a symbol variation start command, the command data includes information indicating the value of the jackpot flag, the probability variation flag, the timer number selected in the special symbol related lottery process, etc. In the case of the case, including the value of the jackpot flag, the value of the probability variation flag, etc. In the case of the winning effect command and the end effect start command, including the value of the probability variation flag, etc., in the case of the jackpot round number designation command If so, the value of the probability variation flag, the number of big hit rounds, and the like are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, device information in the command data, presence / absence of winning at the first special figure starting port 126, presence / absence of winning at the second special figure starting port 128, winning of the variable winning port 130 Includes presence or absence.

  In the general command rotation start setting transmission process described above, the command type is 1H, the jackpot flag value stored in the RAM 308 as command data, the probability variation flag value, the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process. Information indicating the timer number selected in the process, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game held, etc. is set. In the general command rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the value of the jackpot flag, the value of the probability variation flag, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set as the command type and 4H as the command type. In the above-described general command winning effect setting transmission process, the command type is 5H, the command data is stored in the RAM 308, and the effect control information output to the decorative symbol display device 110, various lamps 423, and the speaker 416 during the winning effect period. , Information indicating the value of the probability variation flag, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game being held, etc. are set. In the above-mentioned general command end effect setting transmission process, effect control information to be output to the decorative symbol display device 110, the various lamps 423, and the speaker 416 during the effect waiting period, stored in the RAM 308 as command type 6H and command data. , Information indicating the value of the probability variation flag, the number of the first special figure variable game or the second special figure variable game being held, etc. are set. In the above-described general command big prize opening release setting transmission process, the command type is 7H, the big hit number stored in the RAM 308 as the command data, the value of the probability variation flag, the first special figure variation game or the second pending Information indicating the number of special figure variable games is set. In the above-mentioned general command big prize opening closing setting transmission processing, the command type is 8H, the number of big hits stored in the RAM 308 as the command data, the value of the probability variation flag, the first special figure variation game or the second pending Information indicating the number of special figure variable games is set. In step S217, a general command special figure hold increase process is also performed. In this general command special figure hold increasing process, special type identification information (information showing special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 as command type, command information, notice information ( Set advance notice information, false advance notice information, or no advance notice information). Further, in this step S217, when the time reduction flag is turned off, the advance notice information (preliminary advance notice information, false advance notice information, or no advance notice information stored in the transmission information temporary storage area provided in the RAM 308 described later). Is set in the command data. The main control unit 300 that executes step S217 corresponds to an example of an instruction unit according to the present invention.

  In the sub-control unit 400, it is possible to determine the effect control according to the change of the game control in the main control unit 300 by the command type included in the received output schedule information, and the command data included in the output schedule information Based on this information, the contents of the effect control can be determined.

  In step S218, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 652 that is separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 334.

  In step S219, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step 203 are read out to monitor whether there is a glass frame opening error or a lower pan full error, and so on. When a full tank error is detected, device information indicating whether or not there is a glass frame opening error or a lower pan full error is set in the transmission information to be transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. Further, various solenoids 330 are driven to control the opening and closing of the second special figure starting port 128 and the variable prize opening 130, and the general diagram display device 112 and the first special figure display via the display circuits 322, 324 and 328. Display data to be output to the device 198, the second special figure display device 114, the various status display unit 326, and the like is set in the output port of the I / O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S210) is output to the sub-control unit 400 via the output port 310.

  In step S220, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power supply cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S221. When the low voltage signal is off (when power supply cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S222.

  In step S221, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end process, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, or interrupt permission is set, and then the process returns to the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG. To do.

  On the other hand, in step S222, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as return data, and power-off processing such as initialization of input / output ports is performed. After that, the process returns to the main process of the main control unit shown in FIG.

<Prize acceptance process>
Next, the winning acceptance process in step S209 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 are flowcharts showing the flow of the winning acceptance process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300.

  First, a winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 is performed. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process relating to the first special figure starting port 126. In step S1101 shown in FIG. 7, it is determined whether or not a winning is made to the first special figure starting port 126. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a winning, the process proceeds to step S1102, and if there is no winning, the process proceeds to step S1201 shown in FIG. In step S1102, with reference to the special figure 1 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308, it is determined whether or not the number of special figure 1 variable games that are held is less than a predetermined number (4 in this embodiment). If it is less than the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1103. On the other hand, if the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1201 shown in FIG. 8, and a lottery lottery by winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is not performed. .

  In step S1103, a value is acquired as a special figure 1 winning random value from the counter value storage register of the counter circuit 316b corresponding to the first special figure starting port 126, and a random number for generating the above special figure 1 symbol lottery random value is generated. The value is acquired from the counter as a special figure 1 symbol lottery random value. As described above, the counter value storage register of the counter circuit 316b shown in FIG. 4 stores the value latched in the counter circuit 316 at the reception timing of the signal sent when the first start port sensor detects the game ball. (Hardware random value) is stored. The hardware random number value (Special Figure 1 winning random number value) acquired here is used to determine whether or not it is a big hit in the Special Figure 1 variable game in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) described in detail later. The random number counter for generating the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value is the value (software random number value) updated in step S205 shown in FIG. The software random number value (the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value) acquired here is used in the special figure 1 lottery process (step S216) to determine whether or not it is the special big hit (probable big hit) of the special figure 1. Furthermore, the above-mentioned first notice lottery random number counter is the value (software random number value) updated in step S206 shown in FIG. 6, and this value (hereinafter referred to as the first notice lottery random number value) is also acquired. To do. In addition, in this step S1103, the value of the special figure 1 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is updated. That is, 1 is added to the value in the special figure 1 holding number storage area. When the execution of step S1103 ends, the process proceeds to step S1104.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a first random value storage area. In step S1104, the two types of values acquired in step S1103 (the special figure 1 winning random value and the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value) are stored in the first random value storage area. The first random value storage area is further divided into four areas corresponding to the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games. In this step S1104, the above two types of values are grouped together, Store in an unstored area. That is, the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value obtained in step S1103 are stored in the storage area determined based on the number of first special figure variable games held in the first random number value storage area. Is stored. Further, the RAM 308 is also provided with a first notice lottery random value storage area, and stores the first notice lottery random number value acquired in step S1103 in the first notice lottery random value storage area. When the execution of step S1104 ends, the process proceeds to step S1105.

  In step S1105, in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 transmits AH which is information indicating the special figure hold increase. It is additionally stored as (command type).

  In step S1106, information indicating that the special figure whose holding has increased is special figure 1 is stored in the transmission information storage area. In step S1107, no-notice information is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area. .

  The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores a jackpot determination table and a special figure high probability state transition determination table. The big hit determination table includes first special figure starting port lottery data defining a predetermined numerical range, and this first special figure starting port lottery data is developed in the RAM 308. In step S1108, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 winning random number value acquired in step S1103 belongs to the numerical range of the first special figure start port lottery data. If it belongs to the numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1109. If not, the process proceeds to step S1115. Note that the determination result here is not used to determine whether or not it is a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game. The determination is made again in step S216), and the determination here corresponds to a so-called look-ahead as to whether or not it is a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game.

  The special figure high probability state transition determination table includes transition determination random number data defining a predetermined numerical range, and this transition determination random number data is also developed in the RAM 308. In step S1109, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value acquired in step S1103 belongs to the numerical range of the transition determination random number data. If it belongs to the numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1110. On the other hand, if it does not belong to this numerical range, the process proceeds to step S1201, and the advance notice and false advance notice, which will be described later, are not performed based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time. . That is, the main control unit 300 determines not to perform the advance notice or the false advance notice based on the determination result of whether or not it is a special big hit in the special figure 1 variable game. It should be noted that the determination result here is not used to determine whether or not the special big hit (probable variation big hit) in FIG. 1 is used. 1 is performed again in the lottery process related to FIG. 1 (step S216), and the determination here corresponds to so-called prefetching.

  In step S1110, a lottery for a prior notice (preliminary notice) is performed before executing the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216). For the advance notice lottery, the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10 is used. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a prior notice execution determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In step S1110, the table shown in FIG. 10A is used.

  In general variable game, the normal variable game is determined to be winning with a relatively low predetermined low probability (ordinary low probability state) and a relatively high predetermined high probability. It is performed in either one of the high probability states (ordinary low probability states). As will be described in detail later, the ordinary high probability state is not only easier to win the floating figure game than the ordinary low probability state. Includes at least one of the following: Easy to increase the number of times the electric chew is released due to one-time wins, easy to shorten the fluctuation time of special charts, and tend to shorten the fluctuation time of ordinary charts It is prescribed as follows. Here, the short-time state means that it is easy to win at least one regular figure winning game. It is a state that includes at least one of the following: easy to increase the number of times the electric chew is released due to one-time winning of a normal figure, and easy to shorten the fluctuation time of the normal figure. If it is, it will be easy to win the usual figure variable game, but it does not necessarily have to be easy to win the usual figure variable game in a short time. If the time is short, the fluctuation time of the special figure may be shortened. While the time reduction flag provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is on, the pachinko machine 100 is in the time reduction state (ordinarily high probability state), and conversely, while the time reduction flag is off, The machine 100 is in a non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state).

  The table shown in FIG. 10A is for a prize acceptance process related to the first special figure starting port 126. The table shown in FIG. 10A defines the relationship between the number of remaining symbols determined and the prior notice execution range (winning range). The remaining number of symbols to be confirmed is the number of lottery times for the added hold information added to the value of the number of lotteries executed until the lottery for the hold information with the advance notice information added. It corresponds to the number obtained by adding a certain one, and the special figure 1 variable game hold includes the special figure 2 variable game hold and the maximum value is 8 times. In the table shown in FIG. 10A, the remaining symbol determination times are shown from 2 to 8. The advance notice is a notice including notice information for letting the player expect that the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) is a jackpot result advantageous to the player. It corresponds to an example. This advance notice is performed at least before the decorative symbol display device 110 stops displaying the combination of jackpot symbols shown in FIG. When the number of remaining symbol determinations is 1, no advance notice can be given prior to the start of the decorative symbol variation display, which will stop displaying the jackpot symbol combination, and the remaining symbol determination number of 1 will be excluded. Yes. The remaining symbol determination number of 8 corresponds to the maximum value. The RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 is provided with a notice counter. This notice counter counts the number of remaining symbols determined.

  In this advance notice lottery, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408, and the first notice lottery random number value stored in the first notice lottery random value storage area of the RAM 308 in step S1104 is determined in advance. If it belongs to the advance notice execution range (winning range) shown in the notice execution determination table, it will be won (previous) in the advance notice lottery, and if it does not belong to the winning range, it will be unselected (missed) in the advance notice lottery. The first notice lottery random value is a value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 127. As shown in FIG. 10A, the advance notice execution range (winning range) becomes wider as the remaining number of symbol determinations increases, and the first notice lottery random number value always belongs to the winning range at the maximum remaining number of symbol determinations of 8. Therefore, be sure to win the advance notice lottery.

  In step S1111 executed subsequent to step S1110, it is determined whether or not the advance notice lottery has been won. If the advance notice lottery has been won, the process proceeds to step S1112. On the other hand, if it is out of the advance notice lottery, the process proceeds to step S1201, and no advance notice or false advance notice (details will be described later) based on winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is not performed.

  In step S1112, it is determined whether the time reduction flag is off. If the time reduction flag is off, the advance notice information overwritten in step S1107 is overwritten on the advance notice information in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308. Store (step S1113) and proceed to step S1201. By preliminarily storing the advance notice information in this manner, the advance notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 in the command setting transmission process S217 shown in FIG. 6, and the sub-control unit 400 notifies the advance notice by the decorative symbol display device 110. Is called. That is, if the time reduction flag is off (ordinary low probability state), the advance notice is notified by the decorative symbol display device 110. On the other hand, if the time reduction flag is ON, the advance notice information is stored in the transmission information temporary storage area provided in the RAM 308 (step S1114), and the process proceeds to step S1201. If the time reduction flag is on (ordinary high probability state), the advance notice is not immediately notified by the decorative symbol display device 110, and the time reduction flag is turned off in the command setting transmission process S217 shown in FIG. In advance, the advance notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. That is, if the hour / hour flag is on (ordinary high probability state), the sub-control unit 400 notifies the advance notice by the decorative symbol display device 110 after the hour / hour flag is turned off. The transmission information temporary storage area provided in the RAM 308 corresponds to an example of the advance notice determination storage unit according to the present invention. By storing the information in the temporary storage area of the transmission information, it is not necessary to read out a random number for notifying the advance notice again after the time is short, so it is possible to simplify the program configuration related to the advance notice, and to develop the development process. There are cases where it can be reduced.

  In step S1115, which is executed when the determination in step S1108 is that the special figure 1 winning random number value does not belong to the numerical value range of the first special figure starting port lottery data, a false prior notice lottery is performed. For this false advance notice lottery, a false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11 is used. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a false prior notice execution determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. From the player's point of view, the false advance notice and the advance notice are indistinguishable, and this false advance notice is that the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) is a jackpot result that is advantageous to the player. Is a notification that includes the advance notice information that the player expects, and corresponds to an example of the advance notice according to the present invention. Hereinafter, the generic name of advance notice and false advance notice may be referred to as notice notice. In step S1115, two tables shown in FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are used. The table shown in FIG. 11 (a) is a table that is used when the usual figure variable game state is in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 11 (b) is when the usual figure variable game state is in a high probability state. Any of these tables is a false advance notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126. In the lottery here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the setting status of the time reduction flag prepared in the RAM 308, and draws the lottery using the table shown in either FIG. 11 (a) or FIG. 11 (b). Do. 11 (a) and FIG. 11 (b), as in the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 10 (a) described above, the remaining number of symbol determinations and the false advance notice execution range are also shown. The relationship is specified.

  Even in the false prior notice lottery here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408 and stores the first notice lottery random value stored in the first notice lottery random value storage area of the RAM 308 in step S1104. However, if it belongs to the false advance notice execution range (winning range) shown in the false advance notice execution determination table, it will be won (win) in the false advance notice lottery, and if it does not belong to the winning range, it will be unfairly selected (lost) ). As shown in FIG. 11 (a), in the normal figure low probability state, the winning range becomes narrower as the remaining number of symbol determinations increases, and the winning range is only 0 at the maximum remaining symbol determination number of 8. Also, as shown in FIG. 6B, in the normal symbol high probability state, the notice execution range is in the range of 0 to 1 only when the remaining symbol determination count is 2, and the remaining remaining symbol determination counts. The notice execution range is only 0. Therefore, when the number of remaining symbol determinations is 8 at the maximum, there is no difference between the normal symbol high probability state and the normal symbol low probability state. It is harder to win the false advance notice lottery when the high probability state is compared to the normal low probability state. That is, the false prior notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning to the first special figure starting port 126 in the case of the normal high probability state is also in the low probability state of the normal figure This is performed with a lower notice probability than the false advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in FIG.

  Note that the advance notice determination table shown in FIG. 10 (a) is also a table used in the case where a general-game variable game is performed in a high probability state, like the tables shown in FIGS. 11 (a) and 11 (b). The table may be divided into tables that are used when the usual game is played in a low probability state, and the winning probabilities may be made different between the two tables.

  In step S1116 executed subsequent to step S1115, it is determined whether or not a false prior notice lottery has been won. If the false prior notice lottery has been won, the process proceeds to step S1117. On the other hand, if the lottery is not in the false advance notice lottery, the process proceeds to step S1201, and no advance notice or false advance notice based on winning at the first special figure starting port 126 at this time is performed.

  In step S1117, it is determined whether or not the time reduction flag is off. If the time reduction flag is off, the advance notice no information additionally stored in step S1107 is added to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 as false advance notice information. After overwriting (step S1118), the process proceeds to step S1201. Thus, if the time flag is off (ordinary low probability state), the fake advance notice is notified by the decorative symbol display device 110 as in the advance notice. On the other hand, if the time reduction flag is ON, the advance notice information is stored in the transmission information temporary storage area provided in the RAM 308 (step S1119), and the process proceeds to step S1201. If the hour / hour flag is on (ordinary high probability state), the sub-control unit 400 notifies the false symbol advance notice by the decorative symbol display device 110 after the hour / hour flag is turned off, as in the prior notice. .

  Based on the above description, the main control unit 300 determines that the determination result is a big hit based on the so-called prefetching determination result as to whether or not it is a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game in step S1108 shown in FIG. ) Is determined using the table shown in FIG. 11, and if it is a determination result of losing, the notice (pre-false notification) is made using the table shown in FIG. Decide whether or not. Also in step S1109 shown in FIG. 7, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not to give a notice of advance (preliminary notice) based on the so-called prefetching determination result as to whether or not the special big game in the special figure 1 variable game. To do. Therefore, the main control unit 300 that executes Steps S1108 to S1110 and Step S1115 corresponds to an example of a notice notification determining unit according to the present invention. Further, the combination of the main control unit 300 that executes the winning acceptance process (step S209) and the sub control unit 400 corresponds to an example of the advance notice unit according to the present invention.

  Next, a winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is performed. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128. In the winning acceptance process related to the second special figure starting port 128, there is no determination as to whether or not the time reduction flag in step S1112 or step S1117 shown in FIG. Regardless of whether or not the normal probability state is low), the advance notice information or the false advance notice information is overwritten and stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 (steps S1212 and S1215). As a result, the notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 2 related lottery process (step S215) based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is the state of the short-time flag (normal figure high probability state or general figure low probability state). ) The winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. 8 is the same as the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. It is the same. That is, in each step from step S1201 to step S1209 shown in FIG. 8, “first” in each step from step S1101 to step S1109 shown in FIG. It is the same as the step replaced with “Special Figure 2”. For this reason, here, the advance notice execution determination table used for the advance notice lottery in step S1210 and the false advance notice execution determination table used for the false advance notice lottery in step S1213 will be described, and other descriptions will be omitted.

  The table shown in FIG. 10B is a notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the second special figure starting port 128. The table shown in FIG. 10 (b) is the same as the table for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. The relationship with the scope is specified. Note that the special figure 2 variable game hold does not include the special figure 1 variable game hold, and in the table shown in FIG. In the advance notice lottery in step S1210, the lottery is performed based on the value stored in the special figure 2 reservation number storage area provided in the RAM 308.

  The second notice lottery random value used in the advance notice lottery in step S1210 is also a value that can take a value in the range of 0 to 127, similarly to the first notice lottery random value. As shown in FIG. 10 (b), the winning range is uniformly 0 to 32 regardless of the number of remaining symbol determinations.

  Further, when comparing the portions of the table shown in FIG. 10A and the table shown in FIG. 10B where the remaining number of symbols to be determined is 2 to 4, the winning acceptance regarding the first special figure starting port 126 is received. The advance notice lottery in the process is easier to win than the advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128. That is, the advance notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 is the special figure 2 related lottery process based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128. It is performed with a higher notice probability than the advance notice of the lottery result in (Step S215).

  Each of the tables shown in FIG. 11 (c) and FIG. 11 (d) is a false advance notice execution determination table for winning acceptance processing related to the second special figure starting port 128, and the table shown in FIG. The false prior notice execution determination table used when the usual figure variable gaming state is in a low probability state, and the table shown in FIG. 10D is a false advance notice used when the usual figure floating game state is in a high probability state. It is a notice execution judgment table. The tables shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D are the same as the tables for winning acceptance processing related to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. 11A and FIG. As described above, the relationship between the number of remaining symbol determinations and the false prior notice execution range is defined. In the tables shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D, the maximum value of the remaining number of symbol determinations is 4, as in the table shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 11C, in the normal figure low probability state, the winning range is a range of 0 to 3 regardless of the number of remaining symbols determined. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4D, in the normal figure high probability state, the winning range becomes narrower as the number of remaining symbols is increased. Also, the table shown in FIG. 11 (c) and the table for winning acceptance processing relating to the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. As a result, when the ordinary figure variable gaming state is in the low probability state, the false prior notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is more in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126. It is harder to win than the fake advance notice lottery. In addition, comparing the table shown in FIG. 11 (d) and the portion of the table shown in FIG. 11 (b) where the number of remaining symbol determinations is 2 to 4, the normal figure variation gaming state is a high probability state. In this case, the false advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 is easier to win than the false advance notice lottery in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126. That is, the false prior notice of the lottery result in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S215) based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 in the case of the high figure high probability state is also in the case of the high figure high probability state. This is performed at a higher notice probability than the false advance notice of the lottery result in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S216) based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in FIG. Further, when comparing the false advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. 11C and FIG. 11D with the advance notice execution determination table shown in FIG. The fake advance notice lottery using is more difficult to win than the advance notice lottery using the advance notice execution determination table. Based on the so-called look-ahead determination result of whether or not the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit in step S1208 shown in FIG. The decision probability (pre-false notice) for determining the notice (pre-false notice) is determined using the table shown in FIG. 10 (b) with a high probability (winning probability). It is determined whether or not to notify the notice using the tables shown in FIGS. 11C and 11D with a low winning probability. Also in step S1209 shown in FIG. 8, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not to give a notice of advance (preliminary notice) based on a so-called pre-reading determination result as to whether or not the special bonus game in the special figure 2 variable game. To do. Therefore, the main control unit 300 that executes Steps S1208 to S1210 and Step S1213 also corresponds to an example of the notice notification determination unit according to the present invention.

  As described above, winning in the second special figure starting port 128 in the ordinary low probability state is generally difficult and a plurality of holdings are rarely accumulated, so other advance notice execution determination tables. The lottery data may be shared to reduce the capacity. For example, the false prior notice execution determination table in the usual low probability state shown in FIG. 11C may be the false advance notice execution determination table in the ordinary high probability state shown in FIG.

  In addition, the advance notice determination table shown in FIG. 10B is also a table used in the case where the usual variable game is performed in a high probability state like the tables shown in FIGS. 11C and 11D. The table may be divided into tables that are used when the usual game is played in a low probability state, and the winning probabilities may be made different between the two tables.

  Furthermore, the false special notice of the lottery result in the lottery processing related to the special figure 1 based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 when the normal figure is in the high probability state is displayed in the second special case when the normal figure is in the high probability state. You may make it easier to perform than the prior notice of the lottery result in the special drawing 2 related lottery processing based on the winning at the figure starting port 128. As a result, even if you try to win the jackpot twice by stopping, you can recognize that it is difficult to get double because Special Figure 1 is often a false advance notice. Some players may stop playing games.

  Finally, a winning acceptance process for the normal start opening 124 and the variable winning opening 130 is performed. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the flow of a winning acceptance process related to the universal start opening 124 and the variable winning opening 130. In step S1301 shown in FIG. 9, it is determined whether or not there is a winning at the normal opening 124. Here, the determination is made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a winning, the process proceeds to step S1302, and if there is no winning, the process proceeds to step S1305. In step S1302, it is determined whether or not the number of pending map variable games held in the RAM 308 is less than a predetermined number (2 in the present embodiment) by referring to the number of reserved figure storage area provided in the RAM 308. If not, the process proceeds to step S1303. On the other hand, if the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, the process proceeds to step S1305, and the lottery based on the winning at the normal start port 124 at this time is not performed.

  In step S1303, a value is acquired as a normal winning random value from the random number counter for generating the normal winning random number described above. The random number for generating the regular winning random number value is the value (software random number value) updated in step S205 shown in FIG. The software random number value (common figure winning random number value) acquired here is determined whether the result of the general figure variable game is won or not in the common figure related lottery process (step S212) described in detail later. It is used for determining hits. When the execution of step S1303 ends, the process proceeds to step S1304.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a random value storage area for ordinary use. In step S1304, the normal winning random number value acquired in step S1303 is stored in the random number storage area for normal use. The random number value storage area for ordinary maps is further divided into two areas corresponding to the number of suspensions of the ordinary figure variable game. In this step S1304, the random number value for winning the ordinary figure is not determined from the two areas. Store in the storage area. That is, the winning random number value acquired in step S1303 is stored in a storage area that is determined based on the number of holdings of the floating figure variable game in the random number value storage area for normal charts. When the execution of step S1304 ends, the process proceeds to step S1305.

  In step S1305, in order to cause the command setting transmission process (step S217) to execute the general command usual figure hold increase setting process, the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 transmits CH, which is information indicating the usual figure hold increase. It is additionally stored as (command type).

  In step S <b> 1306, it is determined whether or not there is a winning in the variable winning opening 130. Here, the determination is also made using the determination result of whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S203 shown in FIG. If there is a win, the process proceeds to step S1307. If there is no win, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is also provided with a prize storage area for a variable prize opening. In step S 1307, information indicating that a ball has entered the variable winning opening 130 is stored in the winning storage area for the variable winning opening provided in the RAM 308.

In step S1308, in order to execute the general command variable winning award winning process in the command setting transmission process (step S217), DH, which is information indicating the variable winning award winning, is transmitted to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 as transmission information ( After additional storage as the command type), the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.
<General drawing related lottery processing>
Next, the general drawing related lottery process in step S212 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6 will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a flow of a general drawing related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300.

  First, in step S2001, it is determined whether or not the normal map non-variable display is being performed and the normal map is not being operated. That is, in step S2024, which will be described later, the normal variation display is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. Further, as described above, in the normal state update process (step S211) in the main control unit timer interruption process of FIG. In step S2001, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to. If the normal map change display is set, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. Returning to the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. On the other hand, if the normal map variable display is not set and the normal map non-operation is set, this time, referring to the general map hold number storage area provided in the RAM 308, the general map variable game hold It is determined whether or not the number is greater than 0 (step S2002). That is, it is determined whether or not the number of pending general-game variable games is 1 or more. If it is 0, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. Proceed to

  In step S2003, it is determined whether or not the above time reduction flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to OFF. If the hour / short flag is set to OFF, it means that the normal figure has a low probability, and the common figure hit determination is performed from the decision table for normal figure low probability (step S2004). If, for example, the normal figure high probability is reached, the normal figure hit determination is performed from the normal figure high probability determination table (step S2005). In other words, the setting state of the hour / short flag indicates whether the normal figure high probability state (hour / short flag on) or the usual figure low probability state (hour / short flag off).

  In both step S2004 and step S2005, first, a normal winning random number value is acquired from a random number storage area for normal use provided in the RAM 308, and a hit determination is performed on the acquired normal winning random number value. In the random number value storage area for ordinary drawing provided in the RAM 308, the ordinary winning random number value is stored in step S1304 in the winning acceptance process for the ordinary drawing start port 124 shown in FIG. In step S2004 and step S2005, the normal winning random number value is acquired, a hit determination is performed using the determination table shown in FIG. 13, and the process proceeds to step S2006.

  FIG. 13A is a diagram showing a determination table for ordinary low probability stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300, and FIG. 13B is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. It is a figure which shows the determination table for usual high probability.

  Both the determination table for ordinary low probability shown in FIG. 13A and the determination table for ordinary high probability shown in FIG. The variation time (unit: second), the number of times of opening of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 (number of times of normal drawing), and the time of opening one time of the pair of blade members 1281 (normal time opening time (unit) ; S))). In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2004, if the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it is determined to be off, and if the normal figure winning random number value is 127, it is determined to be a hit. On the other hand, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2005, if the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it is determined to be a hit, and if the normal figure winning random number value is 127, it is determined to be off. The winning here means winning of the ordinary variable game, and the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 is opened. The pair of blade members 1281 shown does not open. As described above, if the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 3 is closed, it is impossible to win the second special figure starting port 128, and the pair of blade members 1281 open and close a predetermined number of times at predetermined time intervals. For the first time, winning in the second special figure starting port 128 becomes possible.

  Here, the numerical value range that can be taken by the random number value for the normal figure is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128). As shown in FIG. Is 127 (the size of the numerical range is 1), so that the winning probability of the usual figure variable game based on the winning at the usual figure starting opening 124 in the usual figure low probability state is 1/128 (= about 0.8). %). On the other hand, since the numerical range hit in the normal high probability state is 0 to 126 (the numerical range has a size of 127), the winning probability of the general variable game is 127/128 (= about 99.128). 2%). Therefore, the second special figure starting port 128 in the normal high probability state is in a winning easy state relatively easy to win, and the second special figure starting port 128 in the normal low probability state is It can be said that it is difficult to win a prize. In other words, in the present embodiment, the usual high probability state corresponds to an example of the easy winning state according to the present invention, and the usual low probability state corresponds to an example of the difficult to win state according to the present invention.

  In step S2006, it is determined whether or not the common figure variable game is won. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, there are prepared a normal figure hit flag and a normal figure off flag, and if the normal figure variable game is won, one of the normal figure hit flags is set (step S2007). Then, the process proceeds to step S2009, and if the normal figure variable game is not selected, the other normal figure off flag is set (step S2008), and the process proceeds to step S2009.

  In step S2009, similarly to step S2003, it is determined again whether or not the time reduction flag is set to OFF. If the time reduction flag is set to OFF, the normal time variation time is determined from the normal table low probability determination table (step S2010). Conversely, if the time reduction flag is set to ON, the normal figure high probability is set. The normal variation time is determined from the determination table (step S2011). In both step S2010 and step S2011, first, a normal winning random number value is obtained from the random number storage area for ordinary use provided in the RAM 308, and the determination table shown in FIG. Use this to determine the normal time of change In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2010, the fluctuation time of the normal figure variable game is determined to be 10 seconds regardless of whether the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126 or 127. On the other hand, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2011, the fluctuation time of the normal figure variable game is determined to be 3 seconds regardless of whether the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126 or 127. Therefore, the fluctuation time of the ordinary figure variable game is shorter in the normal figure high probability state than in the ordinary figure low probability state.

  Subsequently, the normal time change time corresponding to the determination result is set in the normal time change time storage area provided in the RAM 308, and is also set in the above-mentioned normal time symbol display symbol update timer (step S2012), and the process proceeds to step S2013. .

  In step S2013, it is determined whether or not the common figure flag described in step S2007 is set. If the common figure flag is not set, the process proceeds to step S2022, which will be described later, and the common figure flag is set. If so, the process proceeds to step S2014.

  In step S2014, similarly to step S2003, it is determined again whether or not the time reduction flag is set to off. If the time reduction flag is set to off, the number of times of opening the map is determined from the determination table for normal low probability. On the contrary, if the time flag is set to ON, the number of times of normal map release is determined from the general high probability determination table (step S2016). In both step S2015 and step S2016, first, a normal winning random number value is obtained from the random number value storage area for ordinary use provided in the RAM 308, and the determination table shown in FIG. The number of opening times of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. In the determination of the ordinary figure low probability state in step S2015, if the obtained ordinary figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it means that the figure is out of the ordinary figure variable game as described above, and the number of times of opening the ordinary figure has no value (0 times). And the pair of blade members 1281 are not opened. On the other hand, if the acquired common figure winning random value is 127, it means that the common figure floating game is won as described above, and the number of times of opening the normal figure is determined to be one, and the pair of blade members 1281 is opened only once. Become. Also, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2016, if the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, it is determined that the normal figure variable game is won as described above, and the normal figure opening number is determined to be three times. Then, the pair of blade members 1281 is opened three times. On the other hand, if the acquired common figure winning random number value is 127, it means that the figure is out of the ordinary figure variable game as described above, and the number of times of opening the usual figure is determined to be no value (0 times), and the pair of blade members 1281 are opened. There will be no. Therefore, the pair of blade members 1281 is opened twice more in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure high probability state than in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure low probability state. .

  Subsequently, the number of times of opening the map according to the determination result is set in the setting area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2017), and it is determined again whether or not the time reduction flag is set to OFF in the same manner as in step S2003. However, if the time reduction flag is set to OFF, the normal figure release time is determined from the normal table low probability determination table (step S2019). On the contrary, the time reduction flag is set to ON. If so, the normal map opening time is determined from the general table high probability determination table (step S2020). In both step S2019 and step S2020, a normal winning random number value is acquired in the same manner as before, and the acquired normal winning random number value is equivalent to the open time using the determination table shown in FIG. The opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 1281 is determined. In the determination of the normal figure low probability state in step S2019, if the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, the normal figure opening time is determined to have no value (0 seconds), and the normal figure winning random number value is 127. If there is, the normal release time is determined to be 0.3 seconds, and the pair of blade members 1281 are opened for 0.3 seconds. Moreover, in the determination of the normal figure high probability state in step S2020, if the acquired normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 126, the normal figure release time is determined to be 1.8 seconds, and the pair of blade members 1281 is one time. It will open for 1.8 seconds per opening. On the other hand, if the normal winning random number is 127, it is determined that the normal opening time is no value (0 seconds). Accordingly, the time for opening the pair of blade members 1281 in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the normal figure high probability state is larger than in the case of winning the normal figure variable game in the low figure probability state. Is 1.5 seconds longer.

  Subsequently, the base map release time corresponding to the determination result is set in the setting area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2021), and the number of hold of the base map variable game stored in the base chart hold number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is set. Is decremented by one (step S2022). Subsequently, the common winning random number value is deleted from the random number value storage area for the normal map provided in the RAM 308 (step S2023), and finally, the setting for the normal variable display is performed in the setting area of the RAM 308 (step S2024). ), The process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the normal time fluctuation time when winning the normal time is a fixed value (value shown in the table of FIG. 13), but is not limited to this. A lottery may be performed so as to select any of the fluctuation times. The same applies to the number of times of opening the map and the time of opening the map.

  Here, time reduction will be described. The time reduction means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variable game to the start of the next big hit. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, as described above, the hour / hour flag is used, and when the hour / hour flag is set to ON, it is usually in a high probability state. As will be described later, in the normal figure high probability state, compared to the normal figure low probability state, if the special figure variable game is hit, there is a high possibility that the change time will be shortened (see FIGS. 15D and 15E). Further, as described with reference to FIG. 13, the fluctuation time of the normal figure variable game is shorter in the normal figure high probability state than in the normal figure low probability state. Further, in the normal high probability state, the opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 1281 shown in FIG. 2 is likely to be longer than in the normal low probability state. Further, the pair of blade members 1281 are more likely to open in the normal high probability state than in the normal low probability state.

  In addition, as described above, the hourly flag is set to off during the big hit game (in the special game state). Therefore, the normal low probability state is maintained during the jackpot game. This is because, if the game is in a high probability state during a jackpot game, a large number of games will be placed in the second special figure starting port 128 during the jackpot game until a predetermined number of game balls enter the variable winning slot 130. There is a problem that a ball enters and the number of game balls that can be acquired during the jackpot increases, resulting in an increase in euphoria. This is to solve this problem.

  Further, the state flag is kept on during the probability fluctuation described later in detail. Therefore, the normal high probability state is maintained during the probability fluctuation.

<Special drawing related lottery processing>
Next, the special drawing 2 related lottery processing in step S215 in the main control unit timer interruption processing shown in FIG. 6 will be described. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure 2 related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300. The main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process shown in FIG. 14 corresponds to an example of a lottery means according to the present invention.

  First, in step S2101, in the special figure 1 variable display setting (details will be described later) set in the setting area of the RAM 308, and in the special figure 1 state update process in step S214 in the main controller timer interrupt process shown in FIG. A determination is made regarding the setting during stop display set in the setting area of the RAM 308. That is, in step S2101, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to determine whether the first special figure display device 198 is displaying special figure 1 fluctuation display or stopped display. If NO, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6, and if none is being displayed, the process proceeds to step S2102.

  In step S2102, in the special figure 2 variable display set in the setting area of the RAM 308 in step S2119 to be described later, and in the special figure 2 state update process in step S213 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. A determination is made regarding the setting during stop display set in the setting area. In this step S2102, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to determine whether the second special figure display device 114 is in the special figure 2 variable display or in the stop display, and any one of the displays is in progress. If there is, the process returns to the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6, and if none of the displays is displayed, it is determined whether or not special figure 2 is operating or special figure 1 is operating (step S2103). . As described above, in the special figure 2 state update process (step S213) in the main control unit timer interruption process of FIG. 6, special figure 2 in operation or special figure 2 inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. Further, in the special figure 1 state update process (step S214) in the main controller timer interrupt process of FIG. 6, special figure 1 in operation or special figure 1 inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. In step S2103, the setting area of the RAM 308 is referred to determine whether the special figure 2 operation is set or whether the special figure 1 operation is set. Returning to the main control unit timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. In step S2101 to step S2103 described above, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 variable game based on winning a prize until the special figure 2 variable game and special figure 1 variable game based on winning first are finished. Hold on. On the other hand, if there is no setting during special figure 2 operation or special figure 1 operation, this time, referring to the special figure 2 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308, the holding number of special figure 2 variable game is It is determined whether it is greater than 0 (step S2104). That is, it is determined whether or not the number of the special figure 2 variable games being held is 1 or more.

  On the other hand, if the number of the special figure 2 variable games on hold is 1 or more, the process proceeds to step S2105 to determine the big hit. In step S2105, the special figure 2 winning random number value is acquired from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the jackpot determination is performed for the acquired special figure 2 winning random value. In the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, the special figure 2 winning random number value, which is a hardware random number value, is stored in step S1204 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. In this step S2105, the special figure 2 winning random value is acquired, and using the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. move on. If the suspension is described more accurately, the main control unit 300 ends the special figure 2 variable game and the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning first, and stores it in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer. Until the set stop period elapses, the special figure 2 variable game based on winning later is put on hold.

  FIG. 15A is a diagram showing a jackpot determination table stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  After the special figure 2 variable game or after the special figure 1 variable game, the game is executed in either a special low probability state with a relatively low probability of winning a jackpot or a special high probability high probability state. Is called. The special figure high probability state is called during probability fluctuation. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a probability variation flag described later. When the probability fluctuation glag is set to ON, a special figure high probability state (during probability fluctuation) is set, and when the probability fluctuation glag is set to OFF, a special figure low probability state is set.

  The jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15A is used based on the special figure 2 variable gaming state (special figure low probability state, special figure high probability state) and the fact that the ball has won the second special figure start port 128. This defines the relationship with the lottery data (the second special figure starting port lottery data). In the big hit determination in step S2105, if the acquired special figure 2 winning random number value belongs to the numerical range of the lottery data for the second special figure starting port shown in the big hit determination table of FIG. If it does not belong to the numerical range, it is determined that the special figure 2 variable game is not won (missed).

  Here, referring to the probability variation flag prepared in the RAM 308, if the special figure 2 variable gaming state is the special figure low probability state, and the acquired special figure 2 winning random number value is 20001 to 20187, the special figure 2 variation It is determined that the game is won. On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 winning random number is a value other than 20001 to 20187, it is determined that the special figure 2 variable game is out of play. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 winning random number value is 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the numerical value indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port in the special figure low probability state. Since the range is 20001-20187 (the size of the numerical range is 187), the winning probability of the special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the ball to the second special figure starting port 128 in the special figure low probability state is about 1 /350.4 (= 187/65536). On the other hand, since the numerical range indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port in the special figure high probability state is 40001 to 41310 (the size of the numerical range is 1310), the second special figure in the special figure high probability state. The winning probability of the special figure variation game based on the winning of the ball at the figure starting opening 128 is about 1 / 50.0 (= 1310/65536), and the special figure based on the winning of the ball at the second special drawing starting opening 128 is shown. The winning probability of the two-variable game is set to be higher in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state.

  Also, in the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15 (a), the special figure 1 variable game state (special figure low probability state, special figure high probability state) and the fact that the ball has won the first special figure start port 126. The relationship with the lottery data to be used based on the first special figure starting port lottery data is also defined.

  In the jackpot determination for the special figure 1 winning random number value using the jackpot determination table shown in FIG. 15A, the probability fluctuation flag prepared in the RAM 308 is referred to, and the special figure 1 floating game state is the special figure low probability state. In this case, when the special figure 1 winning random value is 10001 to 10187, it is determined that the special figure 1 variable game is won. On the other hand, when the special figure 1 winning random number is a numerical value other than 10001 to 10187, it is determined that the special figure 1 variable game is out of play. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 1 winning random number value is also 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the numerical value indicated by the lottery data for the first special figure starting port in the special figure low probability state. Since the range is 10001 to 10187 (the size of the numerical range is 187), the winning probability of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the ball to the first special figure starting port 126 in the special figure low probability state is about 1 /350.4 (= 187/65536). On the other hand, the first special figure start port lottery data in the special figure high probability state has a numerical range of 30001 to 13310 (the numerical range has a size of 1310). The winning probability of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the ball in the figure starting port 126 is about 1 / 50.0 (= 1310/65536), and the special probability based on the winning of the ball in the first special figure starting port 126 is as follows. The winning probability of the variable game in FIG. 1 is set to be higher in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state.

  In step S2106, it is determined whether or not winning is won. If winning is determined, the process proceeds to step S2116 described later. On the other hand, a jackpot flag is prepared in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. If the jackpot is won, the jackpot flag is set (step S2107). If the big hit flag is set to ON, the big hit game is started after the special figure 2 variable game is completed.

  Subsequently, the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is acquired from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the determination as to whether or not the acquired special symbol 2 symbol lottery random value shifts to a shorter time at the end of the jackpot. Is performed (step S2108). In the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value that is a software random number value is also stored in step S1204 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. . In this step S2108, the special figure 2 symbol lottery random number value is acquired, and determination is performed using the time-shift transition determination table shown in FIG.

  FIG. 15B is a diagram showing a time-shift transition determination table at the end of jackpot stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  15B is a lottery data (second lottery data for the second special figure starting port) to be used based on whether or not there is a short time shift and winning the second special figure starting port 128. It defines the relationship. Here, when the acquired special figure 2 design lottery random number value is 0 to 99, it is determined that the time shifts to short time at the end of the jackpot. On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 symbol lottery random number value is 100 to 127, it is determined that the time does not shift to the time when the jackpot ends. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the numerical value range indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port with a time shift. Is 0 to 99 (the numerical range is 100), so the probability of shifting to a shorter time at the end of the jackpot based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is about 1 / 1.3 (= 100/128). ). On the other hand, since the numerical value range indicated by the lottery data for the second special figure starting port without time-shift is 100 to 127 (the numerical range is 28), the big hit ends based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 The probability of not shifting to time is sometimes about 1 / 4.6 (= 28/128). In addition, the time shift determination table shown in FIG. 15B includes lottery data (first lottery start port lottery data) used based on the presence or absence of the time shift and the fact that the first special figure start port 126 has been won. ) Is also defined. The time shift determination table shown in FIG. 15B is also used to determine whether or not to shift to the time reduction at the end of the jackpot based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126. Here, when the acquired special figure 1 symbol lottery random number value is 0 to 63, it is determined that the time shifts to short time at the end of the jackpot. On the other hand, when the special figure 1 symbol lottery random number value is 64 to 127, it is determined that the time does not shift to short time at the end of the big hit. In this embodiment, the numerical value range that the special figure 1 symbol lottery random number value can take is also 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the numerical value range indicated by the lottery data for the first special figure starting port with a short time shift. Is 0 to 63 (the size of the numerical range is 64), so the probability of shifting to a short time at the end of the jackpot based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 is 1/2 (= 64/128) The probability of not shifting to a short time is also ½ (= 64/128). Therefore, it is easier to shift to a shorter time at the end of jackpot than to win a jackpot in the special figure 2 variable game than to win a jackpot in the special figure 1 variable game. If you move to the short time at the end of the jackpot, you can create a lump of balls. If the special figure 2 variable game lottery is prioritized over the special figure 1 variable game lottery, the special figure 1 variable game lottery can be made difficult to be performed, and the time shifts to a shorter time when the jackpot ends. It will be easy to do.

  In step S2109, it is determined whether or not a winning combination with a short time has been won. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a time reduction transition determination flag in addition to the above time reduction flag. If it is determined in step S2108 that the time shifts to the short time at the end of the big hit, it is determined in this step S2109 that the winning time is selected and the time shift determination flag is set to ON (step S2110). On the other hand, if it is determined in the previous step S2108 that it will not shift to time reduction at the time of the big hit, it is determined in this step S2109 that it has not been won with time reduction (winning without time reduction), and the time shift determination flag is turned off. Setting is performed (step S2111).

  Subsequently, in step S2112, the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is obtained again from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the probability variation of the acquired special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is determined. Here, the special figure 2 lottery random number value used for the time-shift determination at the end of the big hit in step S2108 is used, but the special figure 2 winning random number value used for the big hit determination in step S2105 may be used. In this step S2112, the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is acquired, and the special figure 2 lottery random number value is a numerical value of the special figure low probability state using the special figure high probability state transition determination table shown in FIG. Whether it belongs to the range or the numerical range of the special figure high probability state is determined, and the process proceeds to step S2113.

  FIG. 15C is a diagram showing a special figure high probability state transition determination table at the time of winning the big hit, which is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  In the special figure high probability state transition determination table shown in FIG. 15 (c), the probability state after the special figure 2 variable game (the special figure low probability state, the special figure high probability state) and the transition determination random value range The relationship with the lottery data indicating is defined. The CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 uses the special figure high probability state transition determination table to start a big hit game after the special figure 2 variable game ends (special figure low probability state) or to start a special big hit game. (Special figure high probability state) determination, that is, probability variation transition determination. For example, when the acquired special figure 2 symbol lottery random number is a numerical value of 64 to 127, it is determined that the special big hit game is won (probability change win). On the other hand, when the acquired special figure 2 symbol lottery random number value is a numerical value of 0 to 63, it is determined that the special big hit game is unreasonable (probability variation unreasonable). In the present embodiment, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value is 0 to 127 (the numerical value range is 128), and the lottery data transfer determination random number range is 64 to 127 (the numerical value range is large). Therefore, when the result of the jackpot determination is a win, the probability of winning the probability change transition determination result, that is, the probability of starting the special jackpot is 1/2 (= 64/128).

  In step S2113, it is determined whether or not the probability variation has been won. If the probability variation is unreasonable (special jackpot game is unsuccessful), the process proceeds to step S2115, which will be described later, and the probability change is won (winning the special jackpot game). If so, the above-described probability variation flag prepared in the RAM 308 is set (step S2114), and the process proceeds to step S2115.

  In step S2115, a stop symbol is determined based on the jackpot flag, the time shift determination flag, and the probability variation flag. The main control unit 300 determines the symbol shown in FIG. 3A to be stopped and displayed on the second special figure display device 114, and proceeds to step S2116.

  In step S2116, using the special figure 2 winning random number value used in the jackpot determination in step S2105 described above, a timer number is selected and stored. The timer number is a number indicating the time of change from the start of the variable display of the special figure 2 by the second special figure display device 114 or the start of the variable display of the special figure 1 by the first special figure display device 198 to the stop display. It is. In this step S2116, the special figure 2 winning random number value is obtained again from the second random value storage area of the RAM 308, and the special figure 2 is obtained using the timer number determination table shown in FIGS. 15 (d) and 15 (e). It is determined whether the winning random number value belongs to any of the timer number ranges of timers 1 to 5, and the timer number is determined. The RAM 308 has a timer number storage area, and the determined timer number is stored in the timer number storage area. Further, the fluctuation time corresponding to the timer number is also stored in the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer as the special figure 2 fluctuation display time.

  The lottery of timer numbers may be performed in the winning acceptance process shown in FIG. In addition, the random number for lottery of the timer number may be prefetched as prefetching, and the notification notification mode may be determined based on the prefetching result, and whether to perform the notification notification may be determined. For example, when at least one timer with a long variation time is included in the hold, the notification of notice may not be performed.

  The timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (d) is used for the usual low probability state, and the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (e) is used for the usual high probability state. is there. In these timer number determination tables, the relationship between the timer number, the lottery data used for the lottery for determining the timer number, and the result of the big hit determination in step S2105 described above is defined. Here, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 first refers to the time reduction flag prepared in the RAM 308 to determine whether the current normal state is a low-probability state or a high-probability state. If it is in the state, the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (d) is used to determine the timer number with reference to the setting of the jackpot flag described above. Using the timer number determination table shown, the timer number is determined with reference to the setting of the jackpot flag. In the present embodiment, as described above, the numerical value range that can be taken by the special figure 2 winning random number value is 0 to 65535 (the numerical value range is 65536), and the universal low probability state timer number determination shown in FIG. Using the table, when the jackpot determination result is unsuccessful, the timer random number range of timer 1 is 0 to 60235 (the numerical value range is 60236). The probability of selecting (second) is approximately 91.9% (60236/65536). As a timer number, the probability of selecting timer 2 (variation time 10 seconds) is approximately 6.5% (4250/65536, the probability of selecting timer 3 (variation time 20 seconds) is approximately 1.2% (800 / The probability of selecting 65536, timer 4 (variation time 40 seconds) is approximately 0.4% (250/65536).

  On the other hand, when the jackpot determination result is winning, the timer 1 is not prepared as the timer number, and the timer random number range of the timer 2 is 0 to 15535 (the numerical range size is 15536). The probability of selecting timer 2 (variation time 10 seconds) is approximately 23.7% (15535/65536). As a timer number, the probability of selecting timer 3 (variation time 20 seconds) is approximately 13.7% (9000/65536), and the probability of selecting timer 4 (variation time 40 seconds) is approximately 58.0% (38000). / 65536), the probability of selecting timer 5 (variation time 50 seconds) is approximately 4.6% (3000/65536). From this, it can be seen that, in the normal low probability state, if the special figure fluctuation game is a big hit, the fluctuation time will be 40 seconds, which is likely to be long.

  Further, although detailed description is omitted, if the normal figure high probability state, the timer number determination table shown in FIG. 15 (e) is used, and if the special figure variable game is not hit, the change time is 5 seconds. The possibility of shortening is even higher than the normal low probability state. In addition, if the special figure fluctuation game is a big hit, the possibility that the fluctuation time will be 40 seconds in the normal figure low probability state was the highest with about 58.0%, but in the normal figure high probability state, the fluctuation time is The probability of 10 seconds is the highest at approximately 30.5%. That is, as described above in the description of the short time, in the normal figure high probability state, when the special figure variable game is hit, there is a high possibility that the change time will be shortened.

  Subsequently, various types of information are additionally stored in a transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 (step S2117). Specifically, 1H is additionally stored as transmission information (command type) in the transmission information storage area in order to execute the general command rotation start setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S217). Also, special figure identification information indicating that the symbol for starting the variable display is special figure 2 is additionally stored. Furthermore, the information in which the time shift determination flag is set, the information in which the probability variation flag is set, and the information on the timer number are additionally stored. When the execution of step S2117 is completed, in step S2118, the reserved number of the special figure 2 variable game stored in the special figure 2 reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is decremented by one, and the process proceeds to step S2119.

  In step S2119, both the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value are deleted from the second random number value storage area of the RAM 308, and the second preliminary lottery random number value is stored from the second preliminary lottery random value storage area. Are also deleted, and the process proceeds to step S2120.

  In step S2120, the special area 2 variable display is set in the setting area of the RAM 308, and the process returns to the main controller timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  In this embodiment, the special figure 2 winning random number acquired in S1204 of FIG. 8 for the jackpot lottery, the short time transition lottery at the end of the jackpot, the special figure high probability state transition lottery at the time of the big jackpot, and the timer number lottery. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the jackpot lottery is acquired by a hard random number counter as in this embodiment, the lottery time lottery at the time of jackpot winning, the special figure high probability state transition lottery at the time of jackpot winning, You may acquire using the stored soft random number counter. Further, the acquisition timing is not limited to the present embodiment. For example, the random number for the jackpot lottery, the short-time transition lottery at the time of the jackpot winning, and the special drawing high probability state transition lottery at the time of the jackpot winning may be obtained based on the winning acceptance (S209 in FIG. 6), You may perform based on lottery of a timer number. Further, the present invention is not limited to the above description, and any combination of whether each random number value is shared with other random number values or each random number is acquired at the time of winning or lottery may be used.

  Next, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S217 in FIG. 6) executed following the special figure 2 related lottery process will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure 1 related lottery process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300. The main control unit 300 that executes the special drawing 1 related lottery process shown in FIG. 16 also corresponds to an example of the lottery means referred to in the present invention. Each step from step S2201 to step S2220 shown in FIG. 16 replaces “first” in each step from step S2101 to step S2120 shown in FIG. 14 with “second” and “special figure 1” to “special figure”. Since it is the same as the step read as “2”, the description is omitted here.

<Sub control section main processing>
Next, the sub control unit main process executed by the CPU 404 of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main process of the sub control unit.

  The sub-control unit 400 is provided with a reset signal output circuit that outputs a reset signal when the power is turned on. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 to which this reset signal has been input starts resetting by a reset interrupt and executes the sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. Initialize the. In this initialization, input / output ports are initialized and various variables are initialized.

  In step S302, command input processing (details will be described later) is performed.

  In step S303, it is determined whether the value of a timer variable storage area described later is 10 or more. When the value of the timer variable storage area is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S304, and when the value of the timer variable storage area is less than 10, the process proceeds to step S302.

  In step S304, 0 is stored in the timer variable storage area.

  In step S305, effect data update processing is performed. In the effect data update process, the variation number stored in the variation pattern selection process described later is updated, and the decorative symbol display device 110, the shielding unit 250, and the like are based on the elapsed time since the decorative symbol variation display is started. The operation control data for controlling effects by the speaker 416, the various lamps 420, the effect movable body of the effect device 200, and the like is updated.

  In step S305, a command to be output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 (for example, a command for instructing to stop the decorative 7 on the left or a shield so that the decorative symbol variation display is performed in the manner indicated by the determined effect information. The command for operating the means 250) is stored in a liquid crystal command storage area provided in the RAM 408, and the decorative symbol display control unit 500, the speaker 416, the various lamps 420, and the production by steps S306, 307, 308, and 309 to be described later Prepare to control the movable body. Further, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, a lottery such as whether or not to execute a predetermined effect, for example, whether or not to perform an effect using a chance button, is performed.

  In step S306, a decorative symbol display device control process is performed. In this decorative symbol display device control process, a command is output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 via the output port of the I / O 410. Here, the display data to be output to the decorative symbol display control unit 500 included in the decorative symbol display control information prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the display control of the decorative symbol display device 110 is performed. The decorative symbol display control unit 500 is caused to perform this. The sub-control unit 400 that executes step S306 corresponds to an example of an execution unit according to the present invention.

  In step S307, sound output processing is performed. In this sound output process, the audio data to be output to the speaker 416 included in the speaker control information prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the sound source IC 418 performs output control of the speaker 416.

  In step S308, lamp control processing is performed. In this lamp control process, data indicating lighting / extinguishing of lamps to be output to various lamps 420 included in the various lamp control information prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and various lamps 420 are set. The display circuit 422 is controlled to turn on and off.

  In step S309, an effect driving device control process is performed. In this effect driving device control process, data indicating the operation timing included in the control information for the effect movable body prepared in step S305 is set in the output port of the I / O 410, and the effect movable object and the like are set. The production drive circuit 426 controls the various production drive devices 424 to be driven.

  Sub-control unit 400 repeatedly executes the processes of steps S302 to S304 thereafter, except for interruption by strobe processing, chance button processing, or sub-control unit timer interrupt processing described later.

<Command input processing>
Next, the command input process (step S302) in the sub-control unit main process will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of command input processing.

  The RAM 408 mounted on the basic circuit 402 in the sub-control unit 400 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a command storage area. In step S217 in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6, the sub control unit 400 performs various commands transmitted from the main control unit 300 to the sub control unit 400 by executing a strobe interrupt process to be described later. Stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area. The command storage area stores a symbol variation start command, a symbol variation stop command, a RAM clear command, and a special symbol pending increase command. In step S401 shown in FIG. 17B, the contents of the command storage area provided in the RAM 408 are confirmed, and it is determined whether or not an unprocessed command remains. If an unprocessed command remains in the command storage area, the process proceeds to step S402. If an unprocessed command does not remain in the command storage area, the process ends and returns to the sub-control unit main process. .

  In step S402, the process jumps to a process corresponding to the unprocessed command whose existence was affirmed in step S401. Hereinafter, some of the processes corresponding to the unprocessed commands will be described in detail.

  FIG. 17C is a flowchart showing the flow of the variation pattern selection process. The variation pattern selection process shown in FIG. 17C is executed when the symbol variation start command is an unprocessed command. In step S501 here, the value of the big hit flag, the value of the probability variation flag, and the timer number included in the symbol variation start command which is an unprocessed command are extracted and stored in the respective storage areas of the RAM 408. . Further, effect data is selected with reference to a variation number selection table and a symbol determination table (not shown), stored in a storage area provided in the RAM 408, and then the process ends.

  FIG. 17D is a flowchart showing the flow of the symbol stop process. The symbol stop process shown in FIG. 17D is executed when the symbol variation stop command is an unprocessed command. In step S601 here, the three decorative symbols constituting the combination of the stopped symbols stored in the symbol storage area prepared in the RAM 408 are displayed in the left, middle, and right symbol display areas 110a to 110c of the decorative symbol display device 110. The setting is made to display in the three display areas, and the process ends.

  Furthermore, there are other processes based on unprocessed commands. For example, a round start command that is output from the main control unit 300 every time the opening control of the variable winning opening 130 is started during the big hit and includes information indicating the number of opening of the variable winning opening 130 after the big win starts is an unprocessed command. For example, a round start process performed in some cases. In this round start process, information indicating the number of times the variable winning opening 130 is released after the jackpot start included in the unprocessed command is extracted and stored in the storage area of the RAM 408. Other processing is omitted here.

<Strobe interrupt processing>
Next, strobe interrupt processing of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of strobe interrupt processing.

  This strobe interrupt process is a process executed when the sub control unit 400 detects a strobe signal output from the main control unit 300. That is, as described above, the strobe signal is included as strobe information in the command transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. In the command setting transmission process (step S217) of the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. When a command is transmitted from the control unit 300 to the sub-control unit 400 and the sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal in the transmitted command, this strobe interrupt process is executed. In step S701 of the strobe interrupt process, the command output from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

<Chance button interrupt processing>
Next, the chance button interrupt process of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of chance button interrupt processing.

  This chance button interrupt process is a process executed when the sub control unit 400 detects an operation of the chance button 146 by the chance button detection circuit 364.

  In step S801 of the chance button interrupt process, a value is acquired from the detection counter stored in the detection counter storage area of the RAM 408 for measuring the number of times the chance button 146 is pressed, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Store in the original detection counter storage area.

<Variable update interrupt processing>
Next, variable update interrupt processing executed by the CPU 404 of the sub control unit 400 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of variable update interrupt processing.

  The sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once every 2 ms in the present embodiment). Run with.

  In step S901 of the variable update interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S304 in the sub-control unit main process shown in FIG. 17A and the original timer variable storage area is stored. To do. Therefore, in step S304, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10).

  Next, the special figure hold increasing process will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the special figure hold increasing process.

  First, the flow until the special figure hold increasing process is started will be described. In step S1105 in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. 7 or in step S1205 in the winning acceptance process for the second special figure starting port 128 shown in FIG. 8, the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 In the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308, AH, which is information indicating an increase in special figure suspension, is additionally stored as transmission information (command type). The advance notice information and the false advance notice information are overwritten and stored, and the general command special figure pending increase setting process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S217) in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. By doing this, the command type is AH from the main control unit 300 to the sub-control unit 400, special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2), notice information (preliminary notice information, false advance notice) A special figure hold increase command including either information or no prior notice information is transmitted. In the strobe process shown in FIG. 17 (e), the sub-control unit 400 stores this special figure pending increase command as an unprocessed command (step S701), and goes through the command input process (S402) shown in FIG. 17 (b). Then, the special figure hold increasing process shown in FIG. 18 is started.

  In step S451, it is determined whether or not the reservation increase information of FIG. 1 is based on the special figure identification information included in the special figure hold increase command received from the main control unit 300. In step S452, the process proceeds to step S453 if the reservation increase information shown in FIG.

  In the RAM 408 of the sub-control unit 400, a reserved information storage area for special figure 1 and a reserved information storage area for special figure 2 are prepared. In step S452, special figure 1 holding increase information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 holding information storage area provided in the RAM 408, and in step S453, the special figure 2 holding information storage area provided in the RAM 408 is stored in the special figure 1 holding information storage area. FIG. 2 additionally stores the pending increase information.

  In step S454, it is determined whether or not the advance notice information is included in the advance notice information included in the special figure hold increase command received from the main control unit 300. If included, the process proceeds to step S455 and is included. If not, the process proceeds to step S456. In step S455, prior notice information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 hold increase information additionally stored in step S452 or in the special figure 2 hold increase information stored in step S453, and the command input shown in FIG. Return to processing. In addition, after the jackpot ends, the previously stored advance notice information is cleared.

  As described above, the remaining number of symbols to be confirmed is added to the value of the lottery count executed before the lottery information lottery to which the advance notice information is added when the advance notice has been made. In this embodiment, when the added hold information is special figure 1, 8 times is the maximum value, and the added hold information is special figure 2 in this embodiment. The maximum is 4 times. That is, here, the special figure 1 hold includes the special figure 2 hold, but the special figure 2 hold does not include the special figure 1 hold, and the special figure 2 hold is only the special figure 2 hold. Count on. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a notice counter, and when the advance notice information is additionally stored in step S455, if the advance notice is not performed, the remaining symbol determination number is set in the notice counter. In addition, when the advance notice is made in Special Figure 1, if special figure hold increase information of Special Figure 2 is added, since the lottery of Special Figure 2 is preferentially performed, the number of remaining symbols is increased. Increment the value of the notice counter.

  In step S456, it is determined whether or not the advance notice information included in the received special figure hold increase command includes false advance notice information. If included, the process proceeds to step S457. Returns to the command input process shown in FIG. In step S457, false advance notice information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 hold increase information additionally stored in step S452 or in special figure 2 hold increase information stored in step S453, and the command shown in FIG. Return to input processing. Note that after the jackpot ends, the additionally stored false advance notice information is cleared. The RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 is also provided with a false notice counter. This false notice counter also counts the number of remaining symbols determined. When the false advance notice information is additionally stored in step S457, if the false advance notice is not performed, the remaining symbol determination number is set in the false notice counter. In addition, when the special advance reservation information of special figure 2 is added when the false advance notice is made in special figure 1, the number of remaining symbols is increased because the lottery of special figure 2 is given priority. Therefore, the value of the notice counter is incremented.

  Further, even when the first special figure starting port 126 is won in the normal figure high probability state (short time), the information indicating the special figure holding increase is sent from the main control unit 300 to the sub-control unit by the special figure holding increase command. Although it is transmitted to 400, even if a lottery for advance notice or false advance notice is won, the special figure hold increase command receives a prize at the first special figure start port 126 in the normal high probability state (short time). Information on advance notice or fake advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game based on is not included. Instead, these pieces of information are stored in the transmission information temporary storage area of the RAM 308 in step S1114 and step S1119 in the winning acceptance process for the first special figure starting port 126 shown in FIG. 7, and the main control shown in FIG. In the command setting transmission process (step S217) in the part timer interrupt process, when the time reduction flag is turned off, it is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  The pachinko machine 100 is currently inspected by a predetermined inspection organization, for example, whether it is less than the standard stipulated by laws and regulations, and if it does not pass the inspection, a mechanism is adopted in which it cannot be installed in an amusement store. However, since it takes a very long time to inspect all the programs installed in the pachinko machine 100, only the program (main control program) that performs processing related to the lottery is inspected. As a result, the program of the sub-control unit 400 is not inspected, but if the program of the sub-control unit 400 that is not inspected can improve euphoria, the significance of the test is lost, which is not preferable. Here, it is normally considered that the sub-control unit 400 is also equipped with such a function that enhances euphoria, but as described above, inspecting the program of the sub-control unit 400 requires an inspection time. There is a request not to do it if possible. Therefore, rather than “the main control unit 300 prefetches during the time reduction and sends the lottery result to the sub control unit 400, but the sub control unit 400 performs the notice notification after the time reduction ends”, the “main control unit 300 during the time reduction”. However, when the time is short, the main control unit 300 does not send the notice information to the sub-control unit 400. desirable. This is because, in the former example, a clever notice notification program that cannot be understood at first glance is put in the program of the sub-control unit 400, and notification that can be recognized only by a known person is performed, which is advantageous only for a specific person. This is because it can make it easier to do things.

  FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a flow of processing when the advance notice or false advance notice information stored in the transmission information temporary storage area is transmitted to the sub-control unit.

  The process shown in FIG. 19 is also started after the command input process (S402) shown in FIG. The process shown in FIG. 19 is a process that supplements the special figure hold increase process related to special figure 1. In step S461, it is determined whether or not the advance notice information is included in the command received from the main control unit 300. If the advance notice information is included, the advance notice information is added to the special figure 1 hold increase information corresponding to the advance notice information stored in the hold information storage area for the special figure 1 provided in the RAM 408. Store (step S462), and the process returns to the command input process shown in FIG. On the other hand, if the advance advance notice information is not included, it is determined whether or not the false advance notice information is included (step S463). If the advance advance notice information is included, the special provision provided in the RAM 408 is determined. The false advance notice information is additionally stored in the special figure 1 hold increase information corresponding to the false advance notice information stored in the hold information storage area for FIG. 1 (step S464), as shown in FIG. Return to command input processing. If false prior notice information is not included, it means no prior notice information, and the process returns to the command input process shown in FIG.

  The sub-control unit 400 receives the advance notice or false advance notice information sent in this way, and notifies the advance notice or false advance notice by the decorative symbol display device 110. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in performing the advance notice or the false advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 in the normal figure high probability state (short time) The transition to the low probability state is a condition for informing the advance notice or the false advance notice.

<Data table of sub-control unit>
Next, a data table stored in the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400 will be described.

  FIG. 20A shows an example of a continuous notice appearance character table, and FIG. 20B shows an example of a continuous notice scenario table.

  The continuous notice appearance character table shown in FIG. 20A is a data table in which the number of remaining symbols determined and the continuous notice appearance character are stored in association with each other. Although details will be described later, the CPU 404 of the sub-control unit 400 uses the continuous notice appearance character table to determine the appearance characters in the advance notice and the false advance notice based on the number of remaining symbols determined.

  The continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. 20B is a data table that stores the number of remaining symbol determinations and the scenario scene in association with each other. Although details will be described later with reference to an example, the CPU 404 of the sub-control unit 400 uses the continuous notice scenario table to determine the scenario scene in the advance notice or the false advance notice based on the number of remaining symbols determined.

  In the scenario type continuous notice, it is confirmed that the lottery result in the special figure variable game is a win in the continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. This is a notification expected by the player and corresponds to an example of the advance notice information referred to in the present invention.

Next, winning order fluctuations executed by the main control unit 300 and the sub control unit 400 in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described. First, the preconditions are described below.
(A) There are two types of special figures, special figure 1 and special figure 2.
(B) The special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure starting port 128 is performed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the first special figure starting port 126. In other words, the lottery result based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is given priority over the lottery result based on the winning at the first special figure starting port 126.
(C) The pachinko machine 100 is in one of a time-short state (normal high probability state) and a non-time-short state (normal low probability state).

  FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of winning order fluctuation when the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is in a non-short-time state (ordinary low probability state).

  In the example shown in FIG. 21, the sub-control unit 400 uses the continuous notice appearance character table shown in FIG. 20A to notify the notice until the result notice of the special figure variable game for the notice is started. Do it continuously.

  In FIG. 21A, the main control unit 300 performs the stop display of the special figure 1 using the special figure 1 display device 198 and performs the stop display of the special figure 2 using the special figure 2 display device 114. The sub-control unit 400 shows a state in which the decorative symbol display device 110 is used to perform a decorative symbol stop display (in this example, a decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4 stop display corresponding to a detachment). At the same time, the main controller 300 uses the special figure 1 hold lamp 199 to display the number of special figure 1 variable games that are on hold (in this example, 0 times) and displays the special figure 2 hold lamp 118. The number of the special figure 2 variable games on hold is displayed (0 in this example).

  FIG. 5B shows a state where a winning is made at the first special figure starting port 126. When the main control unit 300 detects the entrance of the first special figure start opening 126 by the first start opening sensor, the number of the special figure 1 variable games held is a predetermined number (4 in this embodiment). Therefore, after obtaining the above-mentioned special figure 1 winning random number value and special figure 1 symbol lottery random value, these random number values are stored in the first special figure variable game in the first random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308. Is stored in the storage area determined based on the number of pending items (steps S1101 to S1104). Further, the first notice lottery random number value described above is also acquired, and this random value is also stored in a first notice random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308 (steps S1103 to S1104 above). Further, as shown in FIG. 6B, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure 1 holding lamp 199 to count the number corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games being held (one time in this example). Turn on the lamp.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is additionally stored as information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose holding has increased is special figure 1 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps S1105 to S1106).

  The sub-control unit 400 that has received the special figure hold increase command from the main control unit 300 executes the above-described special figure hold increase process. Specifically, the sub-control unit 400 stores the special figure 1 hold information in the special figure 1 hold information storage area provided in the RAM 408 when the reception information includes the special figure 1 hold increase information. Is additionally stored (step S452 above).

  Here, neither the advance notice lottery nor the false advance notice lottery is unfair, and no advance notice or false advance notice is performed.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 6C, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure display device 198 to start the variable display of the special figure 1 and sends a rotation start command to the sub control unit 400. Send. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decorative symbol display device 110 to start variable display using decorative symbols based on the special figure 1 variable game. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure hold lamp 199 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games that have been put on hold (one time in this example).

  FIG. 6C shows a state in which a winning is made at the second special figure starting port 128. When the main control unit 300 detects the entrance of the second special figure start opening 128 by the second start opening sensor during the fluctuation display of the special figure 1, the number of the special figure 2 variable games held is less than four. (In this case, 0), after acquiring the above-mentioned special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 symbol lottery random value, these random number values are stored in the second random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308. 2. Stored in a storage area determined based on the number of reserved special figure variable games (steps S1201 to S1204). Also, the above-mentioned second notice lottery random value is acquired, and this random value is also stored in the second notice random value storage area provided in the RAM 308 (steps S1203 to S1204). Further, as shown in FIG. 6C, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure hold lamp 118 to correspond to the number of special figure 2 variable games being held (in this example, once). Turn on the number lamps.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is stored as additional information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose suspension is increased is special figure 2 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps S1205 to S1206).

  The sub-control unit 400 that has received the special figure hold increase command from the main control unit 300 executes the above-described special figure hold increase process. Specifically, the sub-control unit 400 stores the special figure 2 reservation information in the special information storage area for special figure 2 provided in the RAM 408 when the reception information includes the special figure 2 increase information. Is additionally stored (step S453 above).

  Further, in FIG. 5C, since the variation display of the special diagram 1 by the first special symbol display device 198 and the variation display by the decorative symbol based on the special symbol 1 variation game by the decorative symbol display device 110 have started. The lottery based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 here is put on hold. Furthermore, here too, the advance notice lottery or the false advance notice lottery is unsuccessful, and no advance notice or false advance notice is performed.

  FIG. 4D shows a state where there is another winning at the first special figure starting port 126. During the fluctuation display of the special figure 1, the main control unit 300 detects that the number of the special figure 1 variable games held at the first special figure start opening 126 (when the ball is detected is 4) by the first start opening sensor. Since it is less than (here, 0), after acquiring the above-mentioned special figure 1 winning random value and the special figure 1 symbol lottery random value, these random values are stored in the first random number storage area provided in the RAM 308. It is stored in a storage area determined based on the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game, and the above-mentioned first notice lottery random number value is also acquired, and this random value is also stored in the first notice random number value storage area provided in the RAM 308. (The above-mentioned steps S1103 to S1104) Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure reservation lamp 199 to correspond to the number of special figure 1 variable games being held (in this example, one time). A number of lamps are lit, as shown in FIG. The second Japanese view hold lamps 118 representing the pending the special symbol 2 variation game remains on.

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 transmits AH that is information indicating the increase in the special figure hold to the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 in order to execute the general command special figure hold increase setting process in the command setting transmission process. Information is additionally stored as information (general information), and information indicating that the special figure whose suspension has increased is special figure 1 is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area (steps 1105 to S1106 above).

  In this example, the remaining symbol determination count is 2. The main controller 300 determines that the acquired special figure 1 winning random number value is the numerical range of the first special figure starting port lottery data, and the acquired special figure 1 symbol random number value is the numerical range of the transition determination random number, The first notice lottery random value belongs to the predetermined numerical range (0 to 64) shown in FIG. 10 (a) based on the number of remaining symbol determinations twice, and was won in the advance notice lottery. In other words, in the non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state), a lottery for advance notice was won based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 overwrites and stores the advance notice information as transmission information (step S1112), whereby the sub control unit 400 additionally stores the special figure 1 hold information in the special information storage area for special figure 1. At the same time, advance notice information is additionally stored (step S455 in FIG. 18).

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5E, the main control unit 300 starts displaying from FIG. 6C and displays the special figure 1 by the first special figure display device 198 that has been displayed so far. A stop display is performed and a stop start command is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 performs the stop display of the decorative symbols (displayed by the decorative symbol display device 110) based on the special-figure 1 variable game, which is also variably displayed starting from FIG. (In this example, stop display of decoration 4-decoration 3-decoration 2 corresponding to the disengagement is performed.)
Subsequently, the main control unit 300 gives priority to the special figure 2 variable game among the special figure 1 variable game (once in this example) and the special figure 2 variable game (once in this example). Then, the special figure 2 variable game is started. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5F, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure display device 114 to display the fluctuation of the special figure 2 and also sends a rotation start command to the sub control unit 400. Send. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decorative symbol display device 110 to perform variable display of decorative symbols based on the second special figure variable game. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the second special figure holding lamp 118 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of second special figure variable games that have been held (in this example, one time).

  In addition, as shown in FIGS. 5F to 5H, the sub-control unit 400 stores the decoration information in the reserved information storage area for the special figure 1 during the variation display of the decorative symbols based on the second special figure fluctuation game. Based on the advance notice information, the advance notice is made to make the player expect that the next special figure 1 variable game will be a big hit (that is, the special figure 2 and the decorative pattern change based on the special figure 2 variable game). During the display, a notice suggesting a big hit of the special figure 1 variable game is given). In this example, as a prior notice, an image of a princess character who is a character whose remaining symbol determination count is 2 in the table shown in FIG. 20A and a character “Atari?” Are displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110. Yes. A decorative symbol (displayed by the decorative symbol display device 110) based on the special figure 2 variable game, which is displayed in a variable manner through the reach state (Fig. 21 (g)) starting from Fig. 21 (f), is shown in Fig. 21 (h). ), The advance notice using the image of the princess character is continued until the stop display (in this example, the decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3 stop display corresponding to the disengagement).

  Subsequently, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure display device 198, as shown in FIG. 6 (i), and the special figure 1 based on the special figure 1 variable game that has been suspended from FIG. And a rotation start command is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. As a result, the sub-control unit 400 uses the decorative symbol display device 110 to start the variable display of the decorative symbol based on the special symbol 1 variable game, as shown in FIGS. Further, the main control unit 300 uses the first special figure hold lamp 199 to turn off the lamps corresponding to the number of special figure 1 variable games that have been put on hold (one time in this example).

  The special figure 1 variable game started in this way has been previously notified in advance by the image of the princess character. The advance notice is continuously displayed until the change display based on the change game for which the advance notice has been made is stopped. Here, since the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in FIG. 11H, the number of remaining symbols is reduced from 2 to 1. When the remaining symbol determination count is reduced from 2 to 1, as shown in FIG. 20 (i), the image of the character who is the character with the remaining symbol determination count of 1 in the table shown in FIG. ? "Is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110 as a prior notice. The advance notice using the image of the character of the shrine starts from FIG. 21 (i) and is displayed in a variable manner through the reach state (FIG. 21 (k)). The display by the symbol display device 110) is continuously displayed until just before the stop display (in this example, the decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3 stop display corresponding to the special jackpot) as shown in FIG. Is done.

  FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of winning order fluctuation when the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is in a short-time state (ordinary high probability state) halfway.

  Here, the difference from the case of the non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state) described above with reference to FIG. 21 will be described. The preconditions (A) to (C) are the same here.

  In FIG. 21, which was in a non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state), the number of remaining symbol determinations is 2 in the advance notice lottery based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. You are elected in the state that is times. Even in the example shown in FIG. 22 which is in the short-time state (ordinary high probability state), the remaining number of symbols to be determined in the advance notice lottery based on winning the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing of FIG. Winning in the state of being twice. However, since it is a winning to the first special figure starting port 126 in the short time state (ordinary high probability state), the advance notice information is not stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 but is stored in the transmission information temporary storage area. (Step S1114 shown in FIG. 7). For this reason, prior notice is not made in the special figure 2 variable game from the same figure (f) to the same figure (h). In FIG. 11H, when the lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game is stopped and displayed (decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3 stop-display corresponding to detachment), it is stored in the short-time storage unit provided in the RAM 308. 1 is subtracted from the set time reduction count, and in this example, the time reduction count is exactly 0, and the time reduction flag is turned off. As a result, in the command setting transmission process (step S217) in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 6, the advance notice information stored in the transmission information temporary storage area is transmitted to the sub-control unit, as shown in FIG. After the process, the sub-control unit 400 starts the advance notice for the first time here. In this example as well, since the number of remaining symbol determinations has decreased from 2 to 1 at this time, as in the example shown in FIG. 21, as a prior notice, the image of the character and “Atari?” It is continuously displayed until the stop display symbols of decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3 corresponding to the special jackpot are displayed on the device 110 (FIG. 22 (i) to FIG. 22 (k)).

  Next, problems in the case where a prior notice is given in a conventional pachinko machine will be described.

The features of the conventional pachinko machine described here are summarized below.
(1) There are two types of special maps, special map 1 and special map 2.
(2) The special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure start opening is performed with priority over the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the first special figure starting opening. In other words, the lottery result based on the winning at the second special figure starting port is informed prior to the lottery result notifying based on the winning at the first special figure starting port.
(3) The pachinko machine takes one of a short-time state (normal high-probability state) and a non-short-time state (normal low-probability state).
(4) When the big hit game is started, the pachinko machine is normally in a low probability state, and the second special figure starting port is in a difficult to win state relatively difficult to win. In addition, when the jackpot game ends, the short time state (ordinary high probability state), until the total number of lottery times of special figure 1 variable game and special figure 2 variable game exceeds 100 times, Maintained.
(5) The maximum number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game is 4, and the maximum number of suspensions of the special figure 2 variable game is also 4.
(6) The jackpot of the special figure 2 is more easily selected than the jackpot of the special figure 1 which has a larger profit amount to be given to the player.

  In addition, the characteristic about said (1)-(6) is a characteristic applicable also about the pachinko machine 100 of a present Example. Further, it is assumed that the player knows whether or not the pachinko machine has a prior notice that can be expected to be a big hit, and also the above (1) to (6). In addition, this invention does not necessarily need to be provided with the characteristics of said (1)-(6).

  FIG. 23 is a diagram showing an example of a conventional pachinko machine in which advance notice based on winning at the first special figure starting port is made during a short time (ordinary high probability).

  In FIG. 23, when the time advances to x in the order of a, b, c,... The state of the hold display (second special figure hold lamp) is shown. Also, the black circles shown in FIG. 23 represent a hold with advance notice, a hatched circle represents a hold without advance notice, and a white circle represents no hold. The player knows that the advance notice will be made, and is trying to acquire the hold with the advance notice both in the special figure 1 variable game hold and in the special figure 2 variable game hold. . In other words, in this figure, the player tries to increase the number of black circles on the special 1 reserved display and also increases the number of black circles on the special 2 reserved display.

  The player repeatedly shoots the game ball into the game area (continuously launches), and eventually the time-short state (ordinary high probability state) is started as shown in FIG. Will be in a state where it is easy to win. The player continuously launches, and the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold gradually accumulate (a to g), and eventually the special figure 1 variable game hold also changes to the special figure 2 fluctuation. Game holds are also accumulated up to 4 which is the maximum number of holds (h). No advance notice is given between a and h, and at this stage, the player has not acquired any hold for which advance notice has been made and recognizes this. When this happens, the player makes a stop. That is, since the player once digests all the stored suspensions, the player does not drive the game ball into the game area (stopping). From the premise of (2) above, the special figure 2 variable game hold is digested in preference to the special figure 1 variable game hold (i to j), and all the hold is eventually consumed (k). During the pending digestion, you have never won a big hit.

  The player continues to stop until all the holdings are exhausted, and when all the holdings are exhausted, the player starts to launch (m). Eventually the special figure 1 variable game hold and the special figure 2 variable game hold will again be accumulated up to the maximum hold number of 4 (n), but there is still no advance notice, and at this stage the player I have recognized this because I didn't get any hold with advance notice. Therefore, the player executes the stop again and digests all the holds (op). Even during the pending digestion here, I have never won a big hit.

  When all the holds are digested again, the player resumes launch (q), and finally the advance notice regarding the special figure 1 variable game is made, and the player holds the special figure 1 variable game on hold, A hold with a prior notice is obtained (r) and this is recognized.

  Subsequently, the player continues launching (su) in order to acquire the hold for which advance notice has been made during the hold of the special figure 2 variable game. Here, since the second special figure starting port is in an easy-to-win state and the special figure 2 variable game hold is prioritized over the special figure 1 variable game hold, up to four special figure 2 fluctuations accumulated. When one game hold (s) is consumed (t), a winning at the second special figure starting port is accepted and one is added. While such a special figure 2 variable game hold is repeatedly added once it has been exhausted, the advance notice regarding the special figure 2 variable game is finally given. During the hold of the variable game, the hold with the advance notice is obtained (u), and this is recognized. Thus, the player has acquired the hold for which the advance notice has been made both in the special figure 1 variable game hold and in the special figure 2 variable game hold.

  Eventually, a special figure 2 variable game with a prior notice will be drawn, and a big win will be won (v). When the jackpot game is over, it will be in a short-time state here, and it will not be able to win a jackpot in the special figure high probability game state for the special drawing 100 times lottery, it will be in the low figure probability state from the 101st time, 2 It will be difficult to win a prize at the start of special maps. When this happens, the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game begins to be digested, the special figure 1 variable game with a prior notice is drawn, the big win is won, and the big hit game is started again (x).

  In the example described above, a very long stoppage is waited twice (i to k and opp) to wait for the fluctuation of 8 pieces on hold, and the operation rate of the pachinko machine is greatly reduced.

  In other words, with conventional pachinko machines, it has become possible not only to simply start and display the results of the game, but also to enhance the interests such as making it possible for the player to have a sense of expectation during the game. In addition to the fear that a player will soon get bored unless equipped with a function that can expand the range of games, a plurality of the above-mentioned game machines having a game board with a plurality of start ports Among the starting ports, a winning storage unit (holding ball storage unit) that stores a predetermined number of game balls won in the first starting port or the second starting port, and one or more in the winning storage unit A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to a player when there is a winning memory and a lottery performed by the lottery means when a predetermined notification start condition (such as a symbol is not changing) is established Lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result (design Moving means) and a winning probability selection means for selecting a winning probability for the second starting port from either a first winning probability or a second winning probability higher than the first winning probability (common figure) A lottery probability selection means), wherein the lottery result notifying means notifies the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting opening of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening. A gaming machine that is controlled to be given priority over the lottery result notification is notified with a predetermined notice probability that the lottery result is a specific result before the predetermined notification start condition is satisfied. There is a problem that simply adding the notice and notification control means for performing control as described above may cause the player to stop and play the game, resulting in a decrease in operation.

  That is, by giving a notice of advance notice, it is possible to effectively raise the player's expectation and enhance the interest of the game. However, the winning probability selection means selects the second winning probability. If the winning probability selection means selects the first winning probability, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port when the first winning port is selected is displayed. If the control is performed with the same or higher notice probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the prize, the notice notice effect will give the player a sense of expectation for the big change after the next change and enhance the player's interest It is possible to store the predetermined number stored in the case where the first starting port is not notified after the first starting port stores the predetermined number of game balls that have been won. To reduce the winning memory After confirming that the notification of the advance notice has been made by the first start port by repeating the process until the predetermined number is memorized again, it is stopped to obtain the big hit by the second start port. By ending the game, it is possible to obtain one or more jackpots than when not stopping, and there is a case where a stopping game is performed for that purpose.

  Therefore, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is intended to solve such problems, to prevent the entertainment of the game from being impaired, and to prevent the operation of the pachinko machine 100 from being lowered.

  Note that in FIG. 23, when the player acquires a jackpot in the special figure 1 variable game, the easy winning state is terminated due to the jackpot in the special figure 1 variable game as a reason to play the bonus game in the special figure 2 variable game. It can also be mentioned. This is also the case in this embodiment. The big win in the special figure 1 variable game will end the easy winning state at that time. If it is not a big hit, it will be in a non-time-short state. However, in this embodiment, by appropriately performing the notification, while preventing the game interest of the player from being lowered, it is possible to prevent the operation of the game store by preventing the stoppage for acquiring the jackpot twice. It is possible to prevent annoyance due to a decrease and a delay in the progress of the game due to the player's stop-run game. Needless to say, the easy-to-win state is also terminated in the big win in the special figure 2 variable game.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a case will be described in which a winning jackpot with a time reduction is won and a winning is made to the first special figure starting port during the time reduction (ordinary high probability).

  FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating an example in the case where a winning is made at the first special figure starting port during the time reduction (ordinary high probability) in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment.

  In FIG. 24, time elapses from left to right. In this example, a jackpot with a short time is won and a jackpot game is played, and the pachinko machine 100 is in a time-short state at the end of the jackpot game. In other words, when the jackpot game is over, which is the feature (4) of the features (1) to (6) described above, the number of draws and the special figure of the special figure 1 variable game are reached when the short-time state (normal high probability state) is reached. The short state is maintained until the value obtained by adding the number of lottery times of two variable games exceeds 100 times. In the short-time state (ordinary high probability state), first, there is a winning (a) at the second special figure starting port 128, and the false prior notice lottery (step S1213) in FIG. 8 is won. In this embodiment, the advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure variable game based on the winning at the second special figure starting port 128 is a short time state (normal figure high probability state) or a non-short time state (normal figure low probability state). ) In this way, in addition to the special figure 1 variable game during the time reduction, the lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game will not be notified in advance, so no advance notice will be given during the time reduction and the player's game interest Can be prevented from decreasing. The main control unit 300 overwrites and stores the false advance notice information in the transmission information storage area, and the false advance notice information is transmitted to the sub control part 400 in step S217 of FIG. As a result, the decorative symbol display device 110 gives a notice of advance notice. Next, there are two consecutive wins (b) and (c) at the first special figure starting port 126. The first one wins the false prior notice lottery (step S1115) of FIG. Wins the advance notice lottery (step S1110) in FIG. However, the false advance notice information and the advance notice information are not stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 but only stored in the transmission information temporary storage area, and are not transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 at this time.

  Eventually, if the sum of the number of lotteries for special figure 1 variable games and the number of lotteries for special figure 2 variable games exceeds 100, the pachinko machine 100 will shift to a non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state) and send information The false advance notice information based on the winning (b) and the advance notice information based on the winning (c) stored in the temporary storage area are transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. As a result, here, in the decorative symbol display device 110, the notice notification based on the winning (b) and the notice notice based on the winning (c) are performed. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 24, a transition is made to the non-time-short state (ordinary low probability state), and here again there is a winning (d) at the first special figure starting port 126, and the false advance notice lottery (step S1115) is won. In the winning to the first special figure starting port 126 after shifting to the non-time-short state, the main control unit 300, in the same way as the winning to the second special figure starting port 128, the false advance notice information in the transmission information storage area. And the false prior notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 in step S217 of FIG. As a result, the decorative symbol display device 110 gives a notice of advance notice.

  Subsequently, some modified examples of the present embodiment will be described. In the following description of the modified examples, the components having the same names as the components used in the description of the above-described embodiment will be described using the same reference numerals.

  FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of winning order variation in the first modification of the present embodiment.

  In FIG. 25A, the main control unit 300 performs the stop display of the special figure 1 using the special figure 1 display device 198 and performs the stop display of the special figure 2 using the special figure 2 display device 114. The sub-control unit 400 shows a state in which the decorative symbol display device 110 is used to perform a decorative symbol stop display (in this example, a decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4 stop display corresponding to a detachment). FIG. 6A shows a short time state (ordinary high probability state), and the number of times of the short time number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 98 times. In the first modification, the decorative symbol display device 110 displays the number of times stored in the short-time storage unit provided in the RAM 308. Furthermore, there was a prize at the second special figure starting port 128 at the timing shown in FIG. 8A, and the winner was won in the false advance notice lottery (step S1213) shown in FIG. The main control unit 300 uses the special figure 1 hold lamp 199 to display the number of the special figure 1 variable games being held (in this example, 0 times), and uses the special figure 2 hold lamp 118 to hold it. The number of special figure 2 variable games being played (in this example, 2 times) is displayed.

  Also in this first modified example, the special figure 2 variable game based on the winning of the second special figure starting port 128 is performed in preference to the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning of the first special figure starting port 126. . Therefore, the special figure 2 variable game is drawn in the drawing (a), and the special figure 2 variable game is started in the figure (b). The decorative symbol display device 110 shown in FIG. 5B shows the number of times (97 times) of the time-saving number storage unit by which 1 is subtracted. In addition, a false advance notice (the image of the princess character and the characters “Atari?”) Based on winning the second special figure starting port 128 at the timing shown in FIG. The This fake advance notice continues to be displayed until the special figure 2 variable game started in FIG. 5B ends through the reach state (FIG. 5G) (FIG. 5H). Furthermore, although there was a prize at the first special figure starting port 126 at the timing shown in FIG. 7B, here, both the advance notice lottery (step S1113) and the false advance notice lottery (step S1118) of FIG. 7 are won. I did not.

  Even at the timing shown in FIG. 7C or FIG. 9D, there was a winning at the first special figure starting port 126, both of which are also included in the advance notice lottery (step S1113) of FIG. He also did not win the fake advance notice lottery (step S1118).

  At the timing shown in FIG. 8E, the timing shown in FIG. 5F, and the timing shown in FIG. 5G, each of the second special figure start opening 128 was won. Neither winning (step S1210) nor false prior notice lottery (step S1213) was won.

  At the timing shown in FIG. 7H, there is a winning at the first special figure starting port 126, and here, the false prior notice lottery (step S1118) of FIG. 7 is won. Further, in FIG. 9H, the variation of the decorative symbol based on the special symbol 2 variable game is stopped, and the combination of the decorative 3-decoration 2-decoration 3 symbol corresponding to the detachment is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110. Yes. In addition, the special figure 1 hold lamp 199 and the special figure 2 hold lamp 118 shown in FIG. 4 (h) are respectively turned on, and both the special figure 1 variable game hold number and the special figure 2 variable game hold number are 4 times. It is informed that it is. As shown in the example shown in FIG. 25, when four special figure 1 variable games are reserved, the possibility of winning in advance notice or fake advance notice increases. Even in the first modified example, the advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game is not made in a short time state, but the special control hold increase command is given to the first special figure start port 126 in the sub-control unit 400. The sub-control unit 400 counts the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game.

The special figure variation game is repeated from the state shown in FIG. 11H, and in FIG. 10I, the number of times stored in the short-time storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is reduced to 3 times. In this state (i), the number of suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game is four, and the number of suspensions of the special figure 2 variable game is three. The main control unit 300 of the first modified example transmits an effect command to the sub-control unit 400 when the number of time-saving count storage units provided in the RAM 308 is reduced to three. The sub-control unit 400 performs effect control according to the effect command. In the production control by the sub-control unit 400 here, as shown in FIG. 6 (i), first, in the state where the remaining number of time reductions is 3, the decorative symbol display unit 110 displays an image of the character of the lord and “letter” A balloon saying “You ’ve arrived” is displayed. Next, when the number of remaining times is two, as shown in (j) in the figure, the letter “S” that answers the image of the princess character and the balloon of the lord character in (i) is displayed on the decorative symbol display unit 110. “Someone expects me” is displayed. When the number of remaining times is the last one, as shown in (k) in the figure, the image of the princess character and the balloon of the princess character in (j) in FIG. Is displayed. The sub-control unit 400 does not know at this point whether the advance notice or the false advance notice will be made after the end of the time shortening, and the above-described production control will determine whether the advance notice or the false advance notice is made after the time end. Regardless of this, it is the production control that is always performed by the sub-control unit 400 before the end of the time reduction. Note that it is possible to determine whether or not to perform the production control by lottery without necessarily performing the production control. In addition, when the notice for the lottery result of the special figure 2 variable game is given, this effect control may not be performed.

  Eventually, as shown in FIG. 6 (m), the decorative pattern that fluctuated in FIG. 5 (k) stops, and here, the combination of the decorative 3-decoration 2-decoration 3 design corresponding to the detachment is displayed as the decorative design. Displayed on the device 110. In the state shown in FIG. 5 (m), the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games is four, and the number of special figure 2 variable games held is one. When the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed, the special figure 2 variable game is drawn, and the remaining time is 0, and the sub-control unit 400 stores the advance notice information stored in the transmission information temporary storage area of the RAM 308. And false prior notice information is transmitted in the command setting transmission process (step S217) of FIG.

  FIG. 26 is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25, and shows an example in the case where there is advance notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game.

  When the special figure 2 variable game is drawn and the special figure 2 variable game is started, the sub-control unit 400 makes a preliminary announcement based on the advance notice information of the last (fourth) suspension of the special figure 1 variable game. Start notification. First, during the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (d), as shown in FIG. In addition, as shown in FIG. 5B, an image of the princess character and a balloon “The letter was a notice of the athletic meet!” Is displayed. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 6C, an image of the princess character and a balloon “Grandfather, please join!” Are displayed. As shown, an image of the Tono character and a balloon “I understand” are displayed. A series of displays from the character display “Notice of athletic meet” shown in FIG. 11A to the character image display of the palace as shown in FIG. The effects shown in FIGS. 25 (i) to 25 (m) by the effect control of the sub-control unit 400 are effects that lead to this series of displays (FIGS. 26 (a) to (d)) corresponding to the notice of notice, It can be said that this is an effect that makes the player expect the notice to be given. Performing the effects shown in FIGS. 25 (i) to 25 (m) is preferable because a continuous notice effect can be performed for a player for a long time. The sub-control unit 400 that performs such an effect corresponds to an example of an effect means according to the present invention.

  Subsequently, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter provided in the RAM 408 at the timing of starting the decorative symbol variation display based on the first reserved special symbol 1 variation game, and determines the remaining number of symbol determinations (here, 4 times). Then, from the continuous notice scenario table shown in FIG. 20B, the “merchant lead” that is a scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol confirmations of 4 times is acquired, and the merchant as shown in FIG. Lead scenes (scenes where the merchant of the three characters of the villain, merchant, and lord is leading the competition) are displayed during the display of the decorative symbols based on the special figure 1 variable game and when the fluctuation is stopped ( f)) is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Next, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter to determine the remaining number of symbols to be determined (three times here) at the timing to start the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the special Fig. 1 variable game reserved for the second time. get. Then, from the above-described continuous notice scenario table, the “follow-up” scene, which is the scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol determinations of three, is acquired, and the scene of the lord lead as shown in FIG. , The merchant, and the merchant's three characters are being chased by the competition) Display on device 110. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Subsequently, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter to determine the remaining number of symbols to be determined (two times here) at the timing of starting the decorative symbol variation display based on the third special game 1 variation game reserved. get. Then, from the above-described continuous notice scenario table, “dono lead”, which is a scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbol determination times of 2, is acquired, and the scene of the noun lead as shown in FIG. , The merchant, and the merchant's leading character in the competition), the decorative symbol based on the special figure 1 variable game is displayed and when the fluctuation is stopped (figure (j)) It is displayed on the display device 110. Also, the value of the notice counter is decremented by one.

  Next, the sub-control unit 400 refers to the notice counter at the timing of starting the display of the decorative symbol variation based on the last reserved special figure 1 variable game (the special figure 1 variable game won for the special jackpot). The number of symbol determinations (here, once) is acquired. From the above-mentioned continuous notice scenario table, the “prefectural victory”, which is a scene of the continuous notice scenario corresponding to the remaining number of symbols to be confirmed, is acquired. , Of the three characters of Tono, the scene where Tono wins in the competition), as an example of the notice information referred to in the present invention, the decorative symbol display device 110 displays the decorative symbol based on the special figure 1 variable game. To do. Further, the sub-control unit 400 displays a stop display of a combination of decorative symbols (in this example, decorative 3 -decoration 3 -decoration 3) corresponding to the special jackpot in the special figure 1 variable game that has been put on hold at the end. An image of the character and a speech balloon “You did it!” Are also displayed. Note that the sub-control unit 400 performs stop display of the combination of the decorative symbols corresponding to the detachment in other special figure variable games.

  FIG. 27 is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25 and is a diagram showing an example in the case where there is false advance notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Here, the difference from the example shown in FIG. 26 in the case where there is prior notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game will be described. 27 (a) to (j) are the same as FIGS. 26 (a) to (j). In the example shown in FIG. 27, the last special figure 1 variable game (the special figure 1 won in the special jackpot) is retained. The preliminary notification mode in the (variable game) is different from the example shown in FIG. That is, in the case of false prior notice information, the sub-control unit 400 determines the scene of the defeat as shown in FIG. Is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110 during the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the special symbol 1 variable game. Note that the scene shown in FIG. 27 (k) is defeated, which corresponds to an example of the notice information referred to in the present invention. In addition, the sub-control unit 400 displays a stop display of a combination of decorative symbols (in this example, decorative 3 -decoration 0 -decoration 3) corresponding to the disengagement in the special figure 1 variable game that has been put on hold at the end. A character image and a speech balloon “sorry ...” are also displayed.

  FIG. 28 is a continuation of the example shown in FIG. 25 and is a diagram showing an example in the case where there is neither advance notice information nor false advance notice information in any of the four suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game.

  Here, the difference from the example in which there is prior notice information or false advance notice information in the last hold of the special figure 1 variable game shown in FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 will be described.

  When the special figure 2 variable game is drawn and the special figure 2 variable game is started, the sub-control unit 400 starts production control. In the special figure 2 variable game shown in FIGS. 28 (a) to 28 (d), as shown in FIG. 28 (a), the characters “Do not develop into prophecy continuous production” are displayed on the decorative symbol display section 110. Next, as shown in FIG. 5B, an image of the princess character and a balloon “Letter was a prophecy” are displayed. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 6C, an image of the princess character and a balloon “Do not develop into a continuous effect” are displayed. As shown in FIG. 4, an image of the princess character and a speech bubble “Sorry ...” are displayed.

  Subsequently, the first reserved special figure 1 variable game is started, but the sub-control unit does not notify the notice, and the decorative symbol display apparatus 110 displays the decorative symbol variable as shown in FIG. After that, as shown in FIG. 6F, a stop display of a combination of decorative symbols (in this example, decorative 4 -decoration 3 -decoration 4) corresponding to the deviation is performed. Thereafter, similarly, the special figure 1 variable game reserved for the second and subsequent games is performed.

  Subsequently, the problem of performing the notice notification even after obtaining the jackpot random number with a time reduction will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 and 30. FIG.

  FIG. 29 is a diagram illustrating an example in the case where a notice of another jackpot is given after the jackpot random number with time reduction is obtained and notified.

  In FIG. 29, when the time advances to t in the order of a, b, c,..., The special 1 hold display (first special figure hold lamp) and the special 2 at the respective timings a to t. The state of the hold display for use (second special figure hold lamp) is shown. In addition, the black circles shown in FIG. 29 represent a hold with advance notice, and a circle with fine hatching represents a hold with a false advance notice to elevate the player although it is out of place. The circles with hatching indicate that there is no hold and no false advance notice, and the white circle indicates no hold. The player knows that advance notice will be given.

  The player repeats driving the game ball into the game area (continuously launching) in the normal game state, which is usually a low probability state, and the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game is accumulated or digested. Repeat (ag). In addition, since it is in a low probability state, there is no winning at the second special figure starting port, and the special figure 2 variable game is not reserved at all. Eventually, advance notice is made for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game (h) or false advance notice is made (j), and the launch is further continued.

  After a while, the advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game is made (k), and then the advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game is made again (m). The advance notice made in (k) is a jackpot advance notice made in (n) described later, and the advance notice made in (m) is a jackpot advance notice held even after the end of (n) jackpot. As an example of the advance notice performed in (m), an image of the character and a balloon such as “Let's hit the jackpot soon after the jackpot ends!” Are displayed on the decorative symbol display device 110. Then, the special figure 1 variable game lottery with the prior advance notice (k) is made and the jackpot game is started (n), and when the jackpot game ends, the time is shortened (ordinarily high probability state) (o). . Here, since the player sees the two prior notices (k and m), at the timing of (p) immediately after entering the time-short state, there is still 1 hold that becomes a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game. That there is one. Therefore, the player performs the launch further continuously (q to t) in an attempt to acquire a hold that becomes a big hit also in the hold of the special figure 2 variable game without stopping. In addition, since the special figure 2 variable game is preferentially performed over the special figure 1 variable game, even if four special figure 2 variable games are reserved (s → t), it is consumed, and the player makes a launch. Do it continuously.

  In this way, even after obtaining a jackpot random number with a short time, a notice is given, and if another jackpot notice is given there, there is no need to stop. However, a problem arises when another jackpot notice is not made.

  FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an example in the case where the advance notice is not made after obtaining the jackpot random number with time reduction in the same manner as FIG.

  In the example of FIG. 30, after the advance notice for the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game is made only once at the timing (k), the jackpot game is started (n), and when the jackpot game ends, (High probability state) (o). That is, prior notice is not performed at the timing (m). The player knows that there may be further advance notice as shown in the example shown in FIG. 29 even before the jackpot game after the advance notice. Therefore, the player knows that there is no hold that becomes a big hit in the special figure 1 variable game at the timing of (p) immediately after the short time state is reached. Therefore, in this case, when four suspensions of the special figure 1 variable game are accumulated, the player does not fire the game ball for a certain period and tries to digest the accumulated suspension once. That is, a so-called stoppage is made, and the special figure 1 variable game hold is digested (ps), and first, the special figure 1 variable game hold is obtained as a big hit, and then the special figure 2 variable game is held. Trying to get a big jackpot on hold. As shown in (m) of FIG. 29, if a prior notice is given for the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game after entering the time-saving state before entering the time-saving state, Thus, if the advance notice for the suspension of the special figure 1 variable game after the time reduction state is not made prior to the time reduction state, the player will be in the time reduction state after the jackpot ends It can be determined that there is no big hit in holding the special figure 1 variable game, and once it is digested by stopping the holding of the special figure 1 variable game without a big hit (FIGS. 30 (p) to (s)) Then, the holding is increased again (transition to FIG. 30 (t)). As for the holdings after (t) after digesting here and newly holding, if neither advance notice is given in the case of FIG. 29 (m) and FIG. 30 (m), at least the special figure 1 variable game Unless the jackpot is provided so as to be an advantageous jackpot that is more advantageous than the jackpot of the special figure 2 variable game, the player does not stop the game from the viewpoint of the efficiency of the game time and does not digest the hold. However, if the advance notice is made in the case of FIG. 29 (m) and FIG. 30 (m), if the advance notice is not made in FIG. Since it can be determined that there is a high possibility that a hold of 1 will not be a big win, the special figure 1 variable game will be digested by using the special figure 1 variable game hold to receive as many jackpot lotteries in the easy-to-win state with the base up. It is thought that it is going to save the hold of. In addition, when winning at the first special figure starting port 126 during the time reduction, the advance notice is given when there is no time reduction after the completion of the time reduction or after the end of the jackpot.

  In addition, in this example, because the special figure 1 variable game hold was held at the timing of (w), and the big hit was held, the player gained more profit than the case of not making a stop Yes.

  In this way, if a notice is given even after obtaining a jackpot random number with a short time, there is a risk of being stopped, and the operating rate of the pachinko machine is reduced.

  Based on the above, a second modification of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example of winning order variation in the second modification of the present embodiment.

  In FIG. 31, time elapses from left to right. In this example, first, during the normal game in the normal low probability state, there is a winning (a) at the first special figure starting port 126, and the advance notice lottery (step S1110) of FIG. Prior notice information is additionally stored in the information storage area (step S1113). As a result, the advance notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 in step S217 of FIG. Further, in the second modification, in addition to the prefetching in steps S1108 and S1109 in FIG. 7, prefetching is performed as to whether the special figure 1 symbol lottery random number value is within a numerical range with a short-time shift after execution of step S1113. . As a result, it is determined whether or not a special jackpot with a short time is won before the special figure 1 variable game lottery. In the second modification, if it turns out that a special jackpot with a time-saving is won, the advance notice information or false The advance notice information is stored in the transmission information temporary storage unit of the RAM 308. Therefore, during a normal game in a normal low probability state, there is again a win (b) at the first special figure starting port 126, and even if the false prior notice lottery (step S1115) in FIG. The advance notice information is stored in the transmission information temporary storage unit and is not transmitted to the sub-control unit 400 at this time.

  In this second modification, instead of determining whether or not the time-saving flag in step S1112 shown in FIG. 7 is turned off, the time-saving flag is turned off and the jackpot game is not being played, and the special jackpot with time saving is put on hold in FIG. If the time flag is off, the jackpot game is not being played, and there is no special jackpot with a time limit in the suspension of Special Figure 1, the advance notice information is added to the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308. Proceed to step S1113 to store, otherwise proceed to step S1114 to additionally store advance notice information in the transmission information temporary storage area of the RAM 308. The same applies to step S1117 of the false advance notice. In addition, a short-time winning flag is prepared in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, and if it is determined by pre-reading before the special figure 1 variable game lottery that a special jackpot with a short time is won, the short-time winning flag is turned on. To. At this time, while the short win flag is on, the advance notice information and the false advance notice information may be additionally stored in the transmission information temporary storage area of the RAM 308, and the short win flag may be turned off at the end of the short time.

  After that, by special drawing 1 variable game lottery, a special jackpot with a short time is won and the jackpot game is started. Even in the second modification, the pachinko machine 100 is normally in a low probability state during the jackpot game. However, as described above, the advance notice information and the false advance notice information are stored in the temporary transmission information storage unit of the RAM 308 until the time-short state started at the end of the jackpot game ends, even in the normal low probability state. Since it is memorized, there is a prize (c) at the first special figure starting port 126 during the jackpot game, and even if the false prior notice lottery (step S1115) in FIG. At this time, it is not transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  Eventually, the jackpot game was over and the time was attached, so that the time-saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is set to 100 time-saving times, and the time-saving state (ordinary high probability state) is entered. During this short time, even if there is a prize (d) at the first special figure starting port 126 and the false advance notice lottery (step S1115) in FIG. It is not transmitted to the control unit 400. When the sum of the number of lotteries for special figure 1 variable game and the number of lotteries for special figure 2 variable games reaches 100 times, the number of hourly hours stored in the hourly number memory unit provided in the RAM 308 becomes 0. Return to normal game with low probability. The fact that the short-time number stored in the short-time number storage unit becomes zero corresponds to an example in which the predetermined condition referred to in the present invention is satisfied. Simultaneously with returning to the normal game, the false advance notice information based on the winnings (b) to (d) stored in the transmission information temporary storage area is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400. Also, during the normal game in the normal low probability state here, there is a winning (e) at the first special figure starting port 126, and if the false prior notice lottery (step S1115) in FIG. The false advance notice information is additionally stored in the information storage area (step S1113), and the false advance notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit 400.

  In the second modified example described above, the condition for giving a notice to the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning to the first special figure starting port 126 in the short time state is a normal game in a normal low probability state. This includes the transition to the state, the fact that the jackpot game is not being played, and the fact that the number of time savings stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is zero. On the other hand, the condition for notifying a lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game based on the winning to the first special figure starting port 126 in the normal game state which is a low probability state is that the game is not a big hit game, There are two cases in which the number of time reductions stored in the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is zero. In this second modification, no notice is given until the shortage ends after the pre-lot before the lottery is confirmed that the special jackpot with a short time has been won. May be suppressed.

  Note that the output of the information stored in the transmission information temporary storage area may be set in the command data based on the fact that the time flag is off and the gaming state is not a big hit gaming state. Moreover, although it performed by command setting transmission processing, it is not restricted to this, For example, you may make it determine, when a time-short flag is turned off by special figure 2 state update processing.

  Further, in this embodiment, by storing the information in the transmission information temporary storage area, it is not necessary to read the random number for the notification of the advance notice after the time reduction ends. May be.

  Further, in this embodiment, when a winning is made at the second special figure starting port 128 during the time reduction, a notice is given, but a winning at the second special drawing starting port 128 is made during the time shortening. Even if there is a case, a notice of notice may be given after the end of the time reduction, as in the case of winning a prize to the first special figure starting port 126.

  In addition, the notice in advance in this embodiment may indicate notice in advance by effect data set based on the prefetch result by prefetching a random number stored on hold.

  Further, the notice notification determining means determines what kind of lottery result the lottery result will have before the lottery result notifying means starts notifying the lottery result, and whether or not to perform the notice notice. The determination may be made based on the result of the determination.

  Further, it is possible to make it easy to execute the notice for a predetermined number of special figure fluctuations after the game state is changed from the easy-to-win state to the difficult-to-win state (when the condition for making the notice is established). Good. Specifically, the execution probability of the notice notification for the hold that won the first special figure starting port during the time reduction is lower than the execution probability of the notice notification for the hold that won the first special figure start opening other than during the time reduction. It may be allowed to be higher or higher. In addition, it is easy to execute false notice notification for a predetermined number of special figure fluctuations after the game state is changed from the winning easy state to the difficult to win state (when the notice notice condition is satisfied). Also good. Specifically, the execution probability of the false notice notification for the hold that won the first special figure start opening during the time reduction is greater than the execution probability of the false notice notification for the hold received in the first special figure start opening other than during the time reduction. It may be lowered. On the contrary, it may be made higher. Here, the predetermined number of special figure fluctuations may be a fixed number of special figure fluctuations. However, the number of prizes won when the first special figure start opening was won during the short time and the lottery result was not notified until the short time ended. May be determined based on

  In addition, the random number for lottery held at the time of starting the special figure change is not prefetched at the time of winning a prize, and information on the prefetching result is output to the sub-control unit, and the sub-control unit issues a notice based on the information on the prefetching result. You may make it perform.

  In addition, the lottery result (the big hit with time, the big hit, the loss, etc.) when the random number for lottery that is put on hold is drawn is pre-read, and the information of the lottery result determined earlier is output to the sub-control unit. May be. In addition, the same lottery table may be used for the lottery table used for the lottery at the start of the special figure change and the lottery table used for the lottery at the time of prefetching.

  Also, in the case of special figure 1 variable game during the time reduction, pseudo continuous fluctuation is easier to select than in the case of special figure 1 variable game other than the time reduction, and an effect related to each pseudo fluctuation of the pseudo continuous fluctuation is provided. You may make it perform. Here, quasi-continuous fluctuation is a symbol fluctuation that appears as if there were multiple symbol fluctuations in one symbol fluctuation. Specifically, it is a pseudo-variation stop, finalized display that appears to be a fluctuation stop within the symbol fluctuation. The pseudo-definition display that pretends to be and the symbol variation that pretends to be the start of variation are performed. For the special figure 1 variable game in the short time, instead of the continuous notice that is performed across the multiple special figure 1 variable games, the continuous notice is given within the pseudo-continuation that makes it appear as if there were multiple changes. Thus, the interest of the game with respect to the winning at the first special figure starting port in the short time of the player is not reduced.

  Further, the difficult-to-win state may be provided so that a winning is impossible. Specifically, the normal winning probability may be set to 0%. This is to prevent the special figure 2 variable game from being interrupted and making a big hit during the continuous notice of the special figure 1 variable game.

  And a lottery means for obtaining a random number based on the winning of the game ball once at the start opening and using the random number to draw a profit amount to be given to the player, wherein the symbol display means includes the lottery The symbol variation display is performed once, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery is displayed as a definite symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery means wins first is displayed. The lottery based on winning later is suspended until the symbol variation display for true definite display as a confirmed symbol is finished, and further, the lottery means before the lottery means draws the lottery means, A notice for determining whether or not to perform a notice on the obtained random number and determining whether or not to give a notice that the player expects the result of the lottery to be advantageous to the player based on the result of the decision Decision And a notice notifying means for performing the notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery determined when the notice notifying determining means decides to perform the notice notification is displayed as a confirmed symbol. Good.

  Even when the big hit ends and the normal gaming state is changed to the time-saving state, the time-saving state may not be entered immediately. For example, the notification of the lottery result of the usual figure is performed during a predetermined variation time (for example, 30 seconds) during the jackpot, and after the announcement of the lottery result of the usual figure is finished when the jackpot is ended during that time If the easy-to-win state is a high probability state, a short fluctuation time, an increase in the number of times of opening or an increase in the opening time, the second special figure starting port does not immediately enter the easy-to-win state. The notice of advance notice for the first special figure start opening performed during this time may not be executed or may be executed. Further, the false notice notification may be executed and the notice notice may not be executed. Further, the advance notice may be executed, the false advance notice may not be executed, the false advance notice may be executed, and the advance notice may not be executed. Note that “for a predetermined number of special figure fluctuations after the game state is changed from the easy-to-win state to the difficult-to-win state (when the condition for notifying the notice is satisfied)” may be replaced with the following wording. In other words, “From the monitoring time of the number of remaining in the winning auction in the final round of the jackpot until the start of the special figure change”, “After the special figure has finished changing the number of short-time continuations, Until the end of the operation of "", "From the end of the fluctuation of the number of short-time continuations until the end of the operation of the electric Chu started before the stop of the fluctuation" or " “From start to jackpot start” may be replaced. Here, “from the time of monitoring the remaining number in the big prize opening until the start of special figure fluctuation” refers to, for example, a specific processing time or wait time from the end of jackpot to the start of special figure fluctuation. “From the end of the fluctuation of the number of times the special figure has been shortened to the end of the operation of the electric Chu monitored before the fluctuation is stopped” means, for example, that the time of the special figure has been reduced a predetermined number of times. When it ends, the time from the end of the specified number of special symbol changes to the end of the last symbol change of the normal diagram before the end and until the end of the opening operation of the electric chew Of time. “From the start of the stoppage of the winning symbol to the start of the jackpot” refers to, for example, the period from the stop of the winning symbol to the start of the opening operation of the big winning opening.

  Further, a plurality of time saving states having different player profits may be provided within a predetermined number of time savings. For example, there is a time reduction of up to 100 times, and the normal figure high probability state continues up to 100 times, but the special figure fluctuation time is the first special figure fluctuation time rather than the second special figure fluctuation time until the 96th rotation. It is easy to draw a lot, and the second special figure variation time may be more easily drawn than the first special figure fluctuation time from the 96th rotation to the 100th rotation. Then, during the second special figure variation time after the 96th rotation, an effect for the continuous notice effect of special figure 1 that can be performed after the 100th rotation may be performed. By doing in this way, the expectation of the continuous notice effect in FIG.

  The easy winning state may include a first easy winning state and a second easy winning state that is easier to win than the first easy winning state. For example, a first common figure high probability state and a second common figure high probability state may be provided. In this case, the probability that the continuous advance notice is performed may be different between the first easy-to-win state and the second easy-to-win state. Further, the number of continuous notices may be changed. Also, a first variation time and a second variation time longer than the first variation time are provided, and in the first easy winning state, it is easier to select any one of the variable times than in the second easy winning state. Alternatively, in the second easy-to-win state, the other variation time may be more easily selected than in the first easy-to-win state. Further, when the first fluctuation time is selected, the notice is notified with the first probability, and when the second fluctuation time is selected, the notice is notified with a probability higher or lower than the first probability. It may be performed.

  Note that the first control unit (main control unit) determines information related to the on-hold winning, outputs the determined information to the sub-control unit, and the sub-control unit displays information related to the corresponding selection output from the main control unit. Depending on the input information, it may be determined whether or not to notify the advance notice. That is, the first control unit obtains information related to the winning in the hold, instead of the instruction unit regarding whether or not to execute the advance notice, and the prior determination result output unit that outputs the prior determination result to the sub-control unit. And when the state of the second starting port is the easy-to-win state, the prior determination result output means does not output the prior determination result to the execution means, and the second determination result output means One of the conditions for outputting the prior determination result is that the state of the starting port has shifted to the difficult-to-win state, and instructing the execution means of the advance notice. It may be a game machine.

  In addition, the frequency of occurrence of the continuous notice may be selected most frequently when the notice number is false and the notice number ends twice without reaching.

  Alternatively, a character may be selected at the beginning of the continuous notice, the continuous notice may be performed by the continuous notice by the character, and the character may be displayed on the screen even after the end of the continuous notice.

  In addition, when the easy-to-win state is changed to a difficult-to-win state, the normal fluctuation starts, and even after the difficult-to-win state has changed, if the fluctuation continues, The notice may be started after the operation of the electric Chu stops, and the notice may be started based on the fact that the special figure is confirmed and displayed first after the stop of the fluctuation or the operation of the electric chew. Further, after the stop of the fluctuation or the operation of the electric chew, the notice notification may be started based on the fact that the special figure starts to fluctuate first. In addition, even when the electric Chu starts to operate due to the stoppage of the normal fluctuation, the notice may be started after the stoppage of the normal fluctuation, and the special figure is confirmed and displayed at the beginning after the stoppage of the fluctuation. The notice notification may be started based on the information, or the notice notice may be started based on the fact that the special figure starts to fluctuate first after the fluctuation is stopped.

  In addition, the main control unit outputs to the sub-control unit advance notice information based on the pre-read result of the acquired random number for the advance notice information based on the special figure 1 start opening prize, May be overwritten with a value not based on the acquired random number and output the notice information based on the prefetch result of the acquired random number. For example, in the difficult-to-win state, the advance notice information based on the prefetch result of the acquired random number may be overwritten with information of “no advance notice information” and output. By doing in this way, a process can be made shared as much as possible, and work man-hours may be reduced. If the called process is shared, the program area may be reduced.

  In addition, the main control unit may output notice information based on the start opening prize to both the sub-control unit at the time of winning and at the start of fluctuation. In addition, the notice effect may be performed by the notice information at the start of the fluctuation among the notice information input at the time of winning and at the start of the fluctuation. Since a lottery can be drawn together with an effect other than the notice effect based on the notice information, it is preferable to determine the notice effect based on the notice information sent at the start of the change. However, even if the planner of the game machine development changes the specifications so as to perform a so-called direct hit effect such as wanting to notify the jackpot with winning, because the direct hit effect can be performed without changing the processing of the main control unit, The advance notice information based on the start opening prize may be output both at the time of winning and at the start of fluctuation. If you want to output notice information based on multiple reserved random numbers at the time of winning and starting fluctuation, and sending the winning command and fluctuation starting command in the same interrupt process, add the notice information to the winning command. The notice information may be output in correspondence with the winning command and the change start command, instead of outputting the notice information in association with the change start command.

  As described above, the embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko machine (bullet ball game machine) has been described in detail. However, the game table of the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a medal or a game ball (pachinko ball) The present invention can also be applied to a spinning machine (slot machine) using. Further, the present invention may be applied to an arrange ball game machine, a ball ball game machine, and a pinball machine. In addition, the present invention is a gaming machine (for example, a casino machine, a video game machine, an encapsulated pachinko gaming machine) that can be played with the input of gaming media, and a gaming machine that uses the gaming media itself for gaming (for example, It may be applied to a medal dropping game machine). Here, “inserting game media” means “betting”, and “bet” is also agreed. “Input of game media” includes “input of currency” and “input of electronic money”. A casino machine is a casino in which a game can be started by inserting a currency, and when a lottery result is won, a symbol set in association with the corresponding selection result is stopped, and a payout as a bonus to a player is performed. Machine. The slot machine is provided corresponding to each of the plurality of reels having a plurality of types of symbols, a start switch for starting rotation of the plurality of reels, and the rotation of the reels. A combination of a stop switch for stopping individually, a lottery means for determining whether or not an internal winning of a plurality of types of winning combinations is determined by lottery, and a combination of symbols displayed by the plurality of reels at the time of stoppage are made by the lottery means It may further comprise determination means for determining whether or not to win the winning combination depending on whether or not the winning combination has been won.

  Further, the present invention can also be applied to a slot machine provided with the pachinko effect device shown in FIG.

  FIG. 32 is a view showing a slot machine provided with a sealed pachinko performance device.

  The encapsulated pachinko performance device includes mechanical parts having functions necessary for the pachinko performance device shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. In other words, the game balls launched from the launching device are provided so as to roll in the game area and enter into a plurality of winning openings or out openings. However, the game balls that have entered the plurality of winning openings or out openings are not discharged to the external island facility, but are provided to be guided to the payout passage. For this reason, the game ball can be circulated in the slot machine.

  The player is provided so that the enclosed pachinko performance device can be played when a specific condition is satisfied. The specific condition is, for example, until a predetermined number of games are played after the special game is completed, or until a predetermined time elapses after the special game is ended. During this time, the player can launch a game ball into the game area of the enclosed pachinko performance device with a predetermined operation. This operation may be performed each time an operation necessary for playing the slot machine, for example, each time the start lever is operated, or may be performed every time the launch handle is provided and the launch handle is operated.

  A predetermined profit may be given to the player when the game result of the encapsulated pachinko performance device is a predetermined result after the predetermined number of games have been completed or after a predetermined period has elapsed. The predetermined profit is given by a predetermined period or a predetermined game when the CPU provided in the slot machine determines that the number of winnings or game ball payouts of the pachinko directing device is equal to or greater than the predetermined number. You may make it notify the winning combination that has been drawn lots of times (so-called AT), QR code (registered trademark) is displayed, and when the QR code (registered trademark) is accessed, a predetermined privilege (such as a premier image) is acquired. You may be able to do it. Further, the method of granting the predetermined profit is not limited to the determination made by the CPU provided in the slot machine. For example, the game store clerk enters the game ball of the encapsulated pachinko performance device or the You may make it give a prize when the symbol combination of a symbol display apparatus is confirmed and a predetermined winning opening is awarded, or when a predetermined symbol combination is displayed.

  In addition, when the symbol variation start condition is not established at a predetermined start port, the lottery based on the winning combination or the variation start may be suspended. At this time, the notice in the present invention may be performed.

  As described above, the present invention can also be applied to the production in the pachinko style production device provided in the slot machine.

  Here, supplementary explanation will be given for the present embodiment.

  In recent game consoles, it is possible not only to start the game and display the result, but also to improve the interest such as making it possible to give the player a sense of expectation during the game, The current situation is that players will soon get bored if they do not have a function that can expand the range of games. In addition to this current situation, in a conventional gaming machine equipped with a game board having a plurality of winning holes, a game ball wins at the first starting port or the second starting port among the plurality of winning ports. A winning storage section (holding ball storage section) for storing up to a predetermined number, and lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to a player when the winning storage section stores one or more winning prizes; The lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means when the predetermined notification start condition (the symbol is not changing, etc.), and the second start port A winning probability selecting means (ordinary lottery probability selecting means) for selecting a winning probability for the first winning probability and a second winning probability higher than the first winning probability; The lottery result notifying means is based on winning a prize to the second starting port. Before the predetermined notification start condition is established on the gaming machine that is controlled so that the lottery result is notified in preference to the lottery result notification based on the winning at the first start opening. , Simply adding a notice notification control means for controlling the notice to indicate that the lottery result is a specific result at a predetermined notice probability will cause the player to stop and play the game. There is a problem that the operation may be reduced. That is, if a notice notice function is simply added to a gaming machine having special figures 1 and 2 and special figure 2 is preferentially changed, there is a possibility that a stop game will be played. By giving a notice of advance notice, it is possible to effectively raise the player's expectation and enhance the interest of the game. However, the winning probability selecting means selects the second winning probability. In the case where the prize winning selection means selects the first winning probability, the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening in the case is received. If the control is performed with the same or higher notice probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the notice, the notice notice effect will give the player a sense of expectation for the big hits after the next change and enhance the player's interest Although it is possible, after storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting opening, if the advance notification is not given by the first starting opening, the stored predetermined number of winnings Stop to reduce memory After confirming that the advance notification by the first starting port has been performed by repeating, and storing up to a predetermined number again, the stop-hit game is terminated in order to obtain a big hit by the second starting port. As a result, it is possible to obtain one or more big hits than when no stop is performed, and there is a case where a stop game is performed.

  However, according to the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, such a problem can be solved, the interest of the game is not impaired, and a decrease in the operation of the game machine can be prevented.

  Further, in the normal figure high probability state, “average time required for one game ball to enter the second special figure starting opening 128” <“average of one fluctuation cycle (change start to stop display end)” "Time". For this reason, if the stop is not performed, the special figure 2 basically fluctuates.

  In the ordinary low probability state, “average time required for one game ball to enter the second special figure starting port 128” <“average time of one fluctuation cycle (change start to stop display end)” It has become.

  Further, the special figure 1 display symbol update timer and the special figure 2 display symbol update timer may be different for each number of held balls. Further, the reserved ball to be determined may be determined separately for the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. For example, when there is only one hold in FIG. 2 and there are four holds in FIG. 1, the number of holds may be regarded as one and the fluctuation timer in FIG. 2 may be determined. Then, a timer with a longer variation time may be selected as the number of holdings is smaller. As a result, in particular, when the second special figure starting port 128 can win a big hit rather than the first special figure starting port 126, it is possible to prevent the fluctuation in the special figure 1 from being performed as much as possible. Can be created.

  In addition, ordinary low probability state and special figure low probability state (normal gaming state), normal figure low probability state and special figure high probability state (hidden probability variation state), general figure high probability special figure low probability state (short time state) A normal figure high probability state and a special figure high probability state (probability variation state) may be provided.

  The usual high probability state may be terminated when a lottery is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, 100 times). In this case, for example, a preliminary advance notice or a false advance notice may be performed based on a random number of the first special figure starting port 126 that has entered the ball before reaching 100 times after 100 times. In other words, the second starting port here is a transition from the easy to win state to the difficult to win state according to the present invention when the lottery means according to the present invention performs a predetermined number of lotteries. The notifying means performs a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on a winning to the first starting port before the state of the second starting port shifts from the easy to win state to the difficult to win state with a predetermined notice probability. It may be.

  In addition, prior to the jackpot start, if you decide to make a jackpot with a special figure 1 and make a prior notice or fake advance notice (collectively these are called notice notices), After the jackpot is over, when the usual high probability state is entered, the advance notice may not be performed.

  When a special drawing high probability state and a special drawing high probability state are included and a specific condition is satisfied (when a specific number of rotations (number of fluctuations) such as 1000 is exceeded before the big hit, or in a predetermined lottery In the case of winning, etc., the advance notice or the false advance notice may be performed in the special figure 1 as well. Although it is not preferable to perform advance notice or fake advance notice in Fig. 1, it may be performed when a specific condition is satisfied in order to create a lump ball. By including the special figure high probability state in the specific condition, it is possible to reduce the stop period. Further, by including that the predetermined number of fluctuations is exceeded in the specific condition, the player's hookup can be remedied. This notice notification includes a notice that suggests the player to stop or launch. If this notification is made, the operation will be reduced due to the stoppage, so the probability of not performing the notice notification in one ordinary figure high probability state> in one ordinary figure high probability state The probability of notifying the previous notice in one normal high probability state, and the probability of not performing the previous notice in one high probability state × 5 Is desirable.

  The starting port may be a gate.

  A big hit is determined when entering the first special figure starting port 126, and if it is a big hit, a big hit signal may be output from an external information terminal board such as the information output circuit 334 shown in FIG. In this way, a random number is obtained by entering the first special figure starting port 126, and while the random number is stored until the start of fluctuation, the value of the random number is illegally rewritten to generate a jackpot. Even if it is received, it is possible to know that it is a big hit by rewriting of an illegal random number because no big hit signal is output from the external information terminal board. In addition, it is not restricted to an external information terminal board, You may alert | report by a predetermined alerting | reporting means.

  In addition, “in a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of winning game balls at the starting opening, and when the winning storage section has one or more winning storages, A lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result It may also be a “gaming table provided with notice information means for making notice information including notice information that makes the player expect a good result with a predetermined notice probability”.

In addition, although the example demonstrated here is not restricted to the example which changed the said Example 1, all what is applicable to Example 1 shall be applicable. In particular, the word “applicable to the first embodiment” is attached to what is desired to be applied to the first embodiment. The absence of this does not mean that it cannot be applied to the first embodiment.
(Modification 1)
In the first modified example, the notice for the lottery of the special figure 1 based on the case where the first special figure starting port 126 is won in the normal figure high probability state is performed when the normal figure low probability state is entered. The present invention can be applied to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  The first modification is intended to provide a notice for the suspension of the special figure 1 after the usual high probability state is ended while preventing the stoppage shown in the first embodiment.

  In this modified example, the notice probability of the lottery notice based on the first special figure start opening prize during the high probability of ordinary figure and the lottery notice notice based on the first special figure start entry prize during the low probability of ordinary figure. The same lottery table may be used because it is not necessary to make the previous notice probability different. Thus, “a game having a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult to win state. In the table, a winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and stores up to a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port; In the case where there is one or more winning memories stored in the winning memory unit, a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player, and a lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, A lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the starting port of 2 in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the first starting port; and the lottery result Before the notification, the lottery result is A warning notification means for performing a warning notification including a warning information that makes a player expect a good result at a predetermined warning probability, wherein the warning notification means has the second starting port in the winning-award state. In such a case, it is controlled so that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port is performed when the second starting port is in the difficult to win state. Therefore, it is possible to provide a game stand that can enhance the fun of the game while preventing the stoppage.

  Further, “the notice notifying means controls not to give a notice of a lottery result of a lottery based on winning to the first start opening when the second start opening is in the winning easy state. In some cases, the lottery processing program can be simplified.

  Further, “the advance notice unit notifies the advance notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second start port when the second start port is in the easy-to-win state. Is characterized in that it is controlled so as to be performed even in the case where the player is in the easy-to-win state. ”

  Further, “the advance notice unit performs a lottery for determining whether or not the advance notice is given when a game ball wins a first start opening, and the second start opening is in the easy winning state. A preliminary lottery result storage unit for storing a lottery result of the preliminary lottery in some cases, and the preliminary notice unit is configured so that the winning probability selecting unit can easily win a prize when the second starting port is in the difficult to win state. When it becomes a state, based on the memory of the notice lottery result storage unit, it is controlled to notify the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the game ball at the first starting port. In some cases, the lottery processing program can be simplified.

  And an easy change means for changing the second starting port from the difficult to win state to the easy to win state on the condition that the lottery means has acquired the specific lottery result. The control means is arranged so that the easy change means changes the second start opening from the difficult to win state to the easy win state after the lottery means acquires the specific lottery result. It is characterized in that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the game ball is controlled so that it is performed when the second starting port is in the difficult to win state ”. In addition to the probability, it is possible to surely prevent the stop-hit game by not performing the period from the acquisition of the jackpot lottery random number that confirms the transition in the normal high probability until the normal high probability ends. it can. More specifically, it is possible to avoid being stopped in order to digest the suspension of the special figure 1 when there is no prior notice at the time of starting the usual figure after the end of the jackpot. The notice notification control means indicates that the specific lottery result indicates that the easy change means does not change the second starting port from the difficult-to-win state to the easy-to-win state, and the special game state is triggered. If the result is a lottery result, the control may be performed so that a notice is given even when the winning state is easy.

  Further, “a first control unit (main control unit) including the lottery unit and the advance notice unit, and a second control unit different from the first control unit, the advance notice unit. A second control unit (sub-control unit) including a notice effect execution means for receiving a notice notice command which is a notice notice execution command output by the control unit and executes the notice notice. In the case where the second starting port is in the easy-to-win state, the notice notification command is not transmitted to the second control unit, and the second starting port is in the difficult to win state. In this case, the notice notification command may be transmitted to the second control unit ”. A configuration is also possible in which the notification information is transmitted to the sub-control unit, and the sub-control unit stores the notice information, and the notice is notified at the end of the time reduction. When read, it may not be output from the main control unit because the profit may be obtained illegally by performing the stopping attack strategy described in the first embodiment.

  In addition, the second control unit includes, in addition to the notice notification, an effect notification means for performing an effect notification that enhances the fun of the game, wherein the effect notification means has the second start port as the winning prize. In the easy state, as the effect notification, the notification device performs notification that is continuous with the notification that is performed when the second starting port is in the difficult-to-win state. Thus, continuous notification can be performed from the high probability of ordinary figure to the advance notice in the low probability state after completion of the ordinary probability of ordinary figure. In this case, notifications during high-probability high-probability and low-probability notifications after the completion of high-probability high-probability are continuous. The notice during the low probability after the end of the high probability is a notice notice. In addition, at the time of performing notification during the high figure probability, the sub-control unit 400 does not know whether or not to give a notice when the normal figure low probability state changes to the normal figure low probability state. You may make it perform alerting | reporting followed by the alerting notification performed after completion | finish of the figure high probability. In addition, a plurality of patterns are provided for the notice notification that is executed after the end of the high probability of the usual figure, and the notice information that is executed after the end of the high probability of the figure is selected from the plurality of patterns based on the notice notified during the high probability of the usual figure. You may make it select.

In addition, “when the second start port is in the easy-to-win state, the notice of the lottery result based on the winning to the first start port is notified, and the second start port is selected by the lottery means. `` It is characterized by controlling so that it will not be performed when it becomes difficult to win due to the special gaming state when the result is a specific result '', so that it becomes a low probability state It is possible to exclude the big hit from the conditions.
(Modification 2)
In addition to simply starting the game and displaying the results, it has become possible to improve the interests such as making the player have a sense of expectation in the middle of the game, but the range of games can be expanded Aside from the fear that the player will soon get bored if the player does not have a special function, the conventional game stand makes an advantageous decision about the right to change the symbol before starting the change display. When it is determined that a game state is to be generated, the range of game play has been expanded by changing the variation time of the variation display before the symbol variation based on the right. However, when changing the variation time based on the result of the determination of success / failure in advance, it becomes possible to increase the number of success / failure lottery more than before, so the number of hits will naturally increase, There was a problem that gambling was increased. However, when a notice is given without changing the variation time based on the result of the determination as to whether or not it has been made in advance, the last variation display of the continuous variation display may not be a long variation time. In this case, there is a possibility that the notice effect of the notice in the continuous variable display is lowered, and the interest of the player is lowered. The modified example 2 solves this problem and can be applied to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  That is, “when a game ball enters the predetermined start port, the display of the variation of the symbol over the variation time of at least one of the first variation time and the second variation time shorter than the first variation time is started. A predetermined symbol display means, and when the symbol mode stopped by the symbol display means is the first specific symbol mode, the first special gaming state advantageous to the player is started and the symbol display means stops the display. Special game state starting means for starting a second special game state that is hardly advantageous to the player when the aspect is the second specific symbol aspect, wherein the symbol display means is the first specific symbol aspect or the first 2 When a specific symbol pattern is stopped and displayed after variable display, it is suggested that the symbol display means is highly likely to stop display the first specific symbol pattern in a plurality of variable displays with the variable display last. By performing notification notification and performing the variation display over the first variation time ”, when performing multiple notifications, the last variation display is displayed with a long variation time (first variation time). )It can be carried out. Or, compared with the case where the last variation display is a short variation time (second variation time), it is possible to prevent the effect of the announcement notification from being lowered, and it is possible to prevent the player from being less interested. Alternatively, since the advance notice is given, the player can recognize that the first special game state or the second special game state, which is hardly advantageous, is started. The player can be interested in whether or not the state is started, and the interest of the player can be improved. In addition, by starting the second special gaming state that is not advantageous at the end of the continuous notice and is almost unfavorable, it is possible to give the player a feeling that it is better than a loss, and reduce the interest of the game Can be prevented (disappointing and reducing the degree). In addition, the “second special game state that is hardly advantageous” here means the 2R normal jackpot or the jackpot (in the case of the jackpot lottery, the lottery is drawn from the jackpot, the jackpot or lose) In this case, the attacker opens only for 1R and does not shift to the normal figure high probability state or the special figure high probability state).

  Further, “if there is a variation display of the first variation time before the variation display of the second variation time among the plurality of variation displays, the second variation time in the variation display of the first variation time. In the case where the notice is given when a short fluctuation display is performed after a long fluctuation display, the warning information is provided at an interval not exceeding the second fluctuation time with a long fluctuation display. Since the advance notice is performed, the player can be made aware of the relevance (continuity) with the previous advance notice when the advance notice is given in the short variation display after the end of the long variation display. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the notice effect of the notice notification from being lowered, and to prevent the player's interest from being lowered.

  In addition, “when the variation time of the first variation display among the plurality of variation displays is shorter than the first variation time, the notice notification is performed”, so that the first variation time is long. When there is no (short) notice notification is started, the last variation time is set to a longer variation time than the first, so the effect of continuous notice notification can be enhanced and the player's interest can be improved. it can.

  In addition, since the notice notification includes a temporary stop display of a symbol different from the symbol stop display, the notice notification is a temporary stop display. The display to be performed is performed a plurality of times. In addition, since the temporary stop display is performed a plurality of times in the long variation display, the preliminary stop display and the stop display can be performed in advance, and the effect of the advance notification can be enhanced. The interest of the player can be improved.

  Further, “in any one of the continuous variation displays of the plurality of variation displays, at least after a third variation time shorter than the second variation time has elapsed since the previous notification in the previous variation display ended. , Characterized in that the advance notice is given in the next fluctuation display ”, so that the advance notice is not given at least for the third change time between the advance notice and the notice notice. It is possible to prevent the production from becoming monotonous and improve the interest of the player.

  In addition, “the special gaming state start means starts a third special gaming state advantageous to the player, with at least one of the conditions being the end of the second special gaming state”. Since the third special game state advantageous to the player may be started after the end of the second special game state, even if the player starts the second special game state after notification of the advance notice, A game can be played with the expectation that a gaming state may be started. In addition, when the third special gaming state is a state that is difficult for the player to discriminate, it is possible to cause the player to predict whether or not it is the third special gaming state even after the second special gaming state has ended. , The interest of the player can be improved.

  In addition, “the second specific symbol aspect includes a first symbol aspect and a second symbol aspect, and a variation display variation time when the first symbol aspect is stopped and displayed is the first variation time. Yes, the variation display variation time when the second symbol mode is stopped and displayed is the second variation time, and the variation display variation time for starting the third special gaming state is the second variation time. Whether or not the first special gaming state is entered when the last of the plurality of variable displays with a notice is the first variable time variable display. If the second special gaming state is started after the variation display of the second variation time, it can be expected whether or not the third special gaming state is entered.

  In addition, “If the symbol display means does not stop display the first specific symbol mode or the second specific symbol mode after the variable display, whether the notice is to be given in a plurality of variable displays including the variable display at the end. By providing the failure notice notification determining means for determining whether or not ”, the notice notification can be performed even in the case of a loss, so that the production can be made more diverse.

  In addition, “when the symbol display means stops displaying the first specific symbol aspect or the second specific symbol aspect after the variable display, whether the notice of notice is performed in a plurality of variable displays including the variable display at the end. There may be provided a notice notification determination means for determining whether or not the notice notification determination means does not perform the determination while the notice notification is being performed.

  Further, “the predetermined symbol display means includes a first symbol display means and a second symbol display means, and one of the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means is the first specific symbol mode or When the second specific symbol form is stopped and displayed after the fluctuation display, in the other variable display of the first symbol display means or the second symbol display means, the one stops and displays the first specific symbol aspect. It may be characterized in that a notice to notify that there is a high possibility is given, and the possibility that the second specific symbol form is stopped and displayed is different between the one and the other.

In addition, “a plurality of variable winning holes that can be changed between an open state in which a game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter are provided. One of the plurality of variable winning awards is opened in a predetermined manner during the state or the second special game state, and the plurality of variable during the first special game state or the second special game state where the advance notice is not performed. It may be characterized in that the other winning opening is opened in a predetermined manner.
(Modification 3)
The modification example 3 has “a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult to win state. In the game stand, a winning storage unit that stores a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port and stores a predetermined number of gaming balls won at the second starting port; The lottery means for drawing the profit amount to be given to the player when the winning memory unit has one or more winning memories, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port, and the lottery result Before informing the player of the lottery result A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that causes the player to expect a favorable result at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is based on winning in the first starting opening When the second start port is in the winning state and the predetermined notification condition is not satisfied, the second start port is in the winning state and the predetermined notification condition. It is characterized in that the control is performed so that the case where is established is performed with a higher notice probability ”. This is also applicable to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

The predetermined condition includes, for example, “a winning difficulty transition means that shifts from the easy winning state to the difficult winning state when the lottery means a lottery a predetermined number of times, and the predetermined condition is determined by the difficult winning transition means. The remaining number of times until the transition to the transition from the winning easy state to the difficult winning state may be a predetermined number. Even if the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port is notified when the usual high probability state is about to end, the stop-stop game is not performed compared to the case where it is not just before. It is. Further, for example, “it includes a difficult-to-winner transition unit that shifts from the easy-to-win state to the difficult-to-win state when the lottery unit has drawn a predetermined number of times. The remaining number of times until the transition from the state to the difficult-to-win state is a predetermined number, and the reserved number of the second start port is a predetermined number. For example, if the remaining number of times until the transition to the low-probability state is 2 and the number of holdings of special figure 2 is 4, when the lottery is made, This is because there is no problem because it is usually in a low probability state. It is difficult to indicate an absolute expression because the expression differs depending on the procedure of the process. However, “the predetermined condition is that the notice notification means starts from the notice notification and shifts to the winning difficult state. It may be on condition that the first start opening is not lottery ”. In this way, it is not possible to digest the suspension of the special figure 1 by making a stop hit, so that it is not possible to obtain a double jackpot, and it is possible to reduce the number of players who make a stop hit.
(Modification 4)
In addition to simply starting the game and displaying the results, it has become possible to improve the interests such as making the player have a sense of expectation in the middle of the game, but the range of games can be expanded Aside from the fear that the player will soon get bored if the player does not have a special function, the conventional game stand makes an advantageous decision about the right to change the symbol before starting the change display. When it is determined that a game state is to be generated, the range of game play has been expanded by changing the variation time of the variation display before the symbol variation based on the right. However, when changing the variation time based on the result of the determination of success / failure in advance, it becomes possible to increase the number of success / failure lottery more than before, so the number of hits will naturally increase, There was a problem that gambling was increased. However, when a notice is given without changing the fluctuation time based on the result of the determination of whether or not the user has made a decision in advance, a long fluctuation time such as 40 seconds may be selected during the continuous notice effect. There is a risk that the continuity of the production will be impaired, the production effect will be reduced, and the interest of the player will be reduced. For this reason, rather than continuous notice to try to notify the jackpot over multiple special drawing lottery, pseudo-continuous that makes one special drawing lottery appear as if there were multiple special drawing lotteries and enhances the fun of the game It is conceivable that the advance notice makes it easier to adjust the time because the variable time can be determined after the lottery, and that it is easier to improve the interest of the player. However, the pseudo-continuous notice makes one special figure change look like multiple special figure changes, so the special figure change time per unit time becomes longer and the operation of the amusement store may be reduced. There's a problem. The modified example 4 solves this problem and can be applied to the first embodiment or other embodiments.

  That is, “in a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing up to a predetermined number of game balls won at the starting opening, and at least one winning storage in the winning storage section, A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying unit for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result. A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is a predetermined result at a predetermined notice probability, and the lottery result notifying unit is configured to display a result of one lottery performed by the lottery means. The pseudo-notice lottery result notification is made to make the notification appear as if the lottery result has been notified a plurality of times. It is possible to change the place where the previous pseudo-sequential notice was made 5 times to 1 notice effect + 4 pseudo-sequential notices, etc., and the special drawing lottery time per unit time can be changed. It may be possible to decrease and increase the operation of the amusement store.

  In addition, “the notice notification means performs the notice of other lottery results performed before notifying the lottery result that the lottery result is the notice notice, and the lottery result notice means displays the lottery result. Control may be performed so that the pseudo continuous lottery notification is performed when informing. Specifically, if there is a hold for notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning prize that triggered the advance notice, the notice of the lottery result for the hold will be notified. For example, it is possible to provide a notification that the degree of expectation is high if the stop symbol is a predetermined symbol, or that the degree of expectation is high if the stop mode is a predetermined mode.

  In addition, the “notice notification unit is characterized by performing a notification to notify the part of the pseudo continuous lottery notification performed by the lottery result notification unit”, thereby reducing the special drawing lottery time per unit time. Can be made. For example, “5” is displayed in the notice effect, and “4”, “3”, “2”, “1”, and “big hit!” Are displayed in the pseudo continuous lottery notification. By making it part, the special drawing lottery time per unit time can be reduced.

  In addition, “the lottery result notifying unit starts notifying the lottery result as the pseudo continuous lottery result notification, and performs false end notification and false start notification of the lottery result once or more until the lottery result notification ends. At the same time, a pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice for emphasizing that the false end notice or the false start notice has been performed is performed, and the notice notice means is performed before notifying the lottery result for which the notice notice is to be performed. It may be characterized in that a notification related to the false start notification is performed when starting the notification of another lottery result ”. To give a specific example, when there are three special drawings on hold and a notice is given for the third lottery, the second decorative symbol starts to change after the first decorative symbol ends. When this is done, “another time!” Is notified as a notification related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notification. When the third decorative symbol starts to fluctuate after the second decorative symbol has finished changing, the message “again, once again!” Is notified. The third variation of the decorative symbol is a big hit (or small hit), so it is easier to select a longer variation time than the loss (40 seconds here), and the third variation when a long variation time is selected. The variation of the decorative pattern is more likely to be a pseudo-continuous notice if the notice effect is executed in advance than when the notice effect is not executed in advance. When the pseudo continuous notice is selected, a false end notification (such as a temporary stop of the symbol) is performed upon the third decorative symbol change, and then a false start notification (revariation of the symbol) is performed. "Time!" Furthermore, when a false start notification is made via a false end notification, the notification is “It is the fourth time!”. Furthermore, when a false start notification is made via a false end notification, the notification is “5th! This is amazing!”. After that, the special symbol stops displaying the jackpot, and the decorative symbol also displays the symbol combination indicating the jackpot. Note that “the notice notification means provides a notice when the notice of the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given, when the notice result of the lottery is the first time, In the case where the notification is made at any one of the second times longer than the time, the first time may be characterized in that the notification probability of making the notification notification is higher than the second time. This is because, when a long variation time is selected, the continuity as the pseudo continuous notice is lost, and therefore it is desirable to notify the lottery result different from the continuous notice. In addition, when the second time is selected, it is not necessary to give any notice.

  In addition, “the lottery result notifying unit starts notifying the lottery result as the pseudo continuous lottery result notification, and performs false end notification and false start notification of the lottery result once or more until the lottery result notification ends. At the same time, a pseudo-continuous notice emphasis notice for emphasizing that the false end notice and the false start notice are performed is performed, and the notice notice means is performed before notifying the lottery result for which the notice notice is to be performed. When the other lottery results are terminated, a notification related to the false start notification may be performed ”. When a specific example is given, there are three special figure holds, and when the notice for the third lottery is given, it is related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice when the variation of the first decorative symbol is finished. As a notification, the shielding member is completely shielded once. Then, after the second decorative symbol starts to fluctuate and the second decorative symbol ends to fluctuate, the shielding member is fully shielded twice as a notification related to the pseudo continuous notice emphasis notification (after the first full shielding, 1 Open all times and shield all, and the same manner in the case of 3 times and 4 times). Then, the third decorative symbol starts to fluctuate. The third variation of the decorative pattern is a big hit (or small hit), so it is easier to select a longer fluctuation time than in the case of a loss (40 seconds here). The third variation of the decorative symbol is more likely to be a pseudo continuous notice if the notice effect is executed in advance than the case where the notice effect is not executed in advance. When the pseudo continuous notice is selected, the shielding member is fully shielded three times as a pseudo continuous notice emphasis notice when a false end notice (temporary stop of the decorative figure, etc.) is given when the third decorative symbol changes. After that, false start notification (re-decoration of decoration symbol) is performed, and when false end notification is performed, false start notification covering all four times of the shielding member is performed as pseudo continuous advance notice emphasis notification, and the jackpot is stopped and displayed. Along with this, the decorative symbol also displays a symbol combination indicating a big hit.

  Note that “the notice notification means provides a notice when the notice of the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given, when the notice result of the lottery is the first time, In the case where the notification is made at any one of the second times longer than the time, the first time may be characterized in that the notification probability of making the notification notification is higher than the second time. This is because, when a long variation time is selected, the continuity as the pseudo continuous notice is lost, and therefore it is desirable to notify the lottery result different from the continuous notice. In addition, when the second time is selected, it is not necessary to give any notice.

  In addition, the “notice notification means provides a notice when the lottery result immediately before the lottery result for which the pseudo continuous notice notice is given is notified, and when the lottery result notification time is the first time, When the second time is longer than the time, and when the second time is selected, the lottery result notifying means starts to notify the previous lottery result as the notice, and the lottery Notification of fake end and false start of one or more lottery results before the notification of the result is finished, and false end of the previous lottery result after starting notification of the previous lottery result It is characterized in that the time until notification is longer than the time from notification of false start of the previous lottery result until the end of notification of the previous lottery result ” May be. Specifically, a notification with a long variation time (such as reach) is performed, a false termination notification (a notification indicating that the reach result has been lost) is performed for a reach with a long variation time, and a notification with a short variation time (no reach). (Normal fluctuation) is falsely started, notification with a short fluctuation time (notification indicating that the normal fluctuation without reach has been lost) is performed, and then pseudo continuous notice is notified as notification of the next lottery result. In addition, the false end notification and false start notification during the previous notification when the previous lottery result is notified are related to the false end notification and false start notification of the lottery result for which pseudo continuous notice notification is performed. Is desirable. Thereby, even when a long variation time is selected when notifying the previous lottery result, it is possible to perform notification while maintaining pseudo-continuous notice and continuity. The reach may be a super-reach with a high degree of expectation in which the character plays an active role after the reach or the direction and speed of the pattern change is irregular.

Moreover, although it was 1 previous, it is the same also in 2 previous and 3 previous.
(Modification 5)
Conventionally, when a game ball wins, a random number for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player has been acquired. This is because it is not possible to give the player a sense of fairness unless the random amount for the lottery is given by a game ball winning (for example, after the game ball has won a prize) If a random number is not acquired until the lottery is started, the player may feel as if the random number has been operated in the previous lottery result notification time until the lottery). On the other hand, a random number for drawing the notification time for notifying the lottery result, or a random number for drawing a lottery symbol to be displayed when a plurality of losing symbols are provided, is provided to the player. There is no direct relationship with the amount, and if these random numbers are also acquired at the time of winning a prize, there is a concern that the processing load at the time of winning will increase, so that it is acquired at the time of lottery instead of at the time of winning.

  Here, due to the nature of the notice that the lottery result is expected to be advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result, the notice notification start determination is made by notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the start opening prize. It could not be done at the start, but it was most efficient to do it at the time of winning a random number for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player. However, in this case, since the notification time of the winning lottery result that triggered the advance notice is not known at the time of winning, the end of the advance notice (that is, when the lottery result of the lottery that triggered the advance notice is notified) ) May be a short lottery result notification time, and if the player's expectation is only spoken and the lottery result notification time is short, such as 3 seconds or 4 seconds, the player is false There was a possibility that the excitement time of the notice would be reduced and the interest of the game would be reduced.

  Modified example 5 makes it possible to set a specific (particularly long) notification time for the winning lottery result that triggered the notification of the continuous notice (including false continuous notice) when winning at the starting gate. On the other hand, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can prevent an increase in the number of random numbers acquired at the time of winning and can reduce the processing load at the time of winning.

  Here, since the type of random numbers and the acquisition timing of random numbers acquired at the time of winning and lottery are different from those of the first embodiment, the type of random numbers and the acquisition timing of random numbers of this modification will be described in detail again.

  In this example, there are five jackpot lottery random number counters, jackpot symbol lottery random number counters, small lottery symbol lottery random number counters, lost symbol lottery random number counters, and symbol variation lottery random number counters. Random numbers for different purposes are counted.

  The jackpot lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the jackpot lottery random number value acquired from the hard random number counter based on the fact that the game ball has won the winning slot. The jackpot lottery random value is a lottery lottery for the special figure like the special figure winning random number value of the first embodiment, but in this modified example, in addition to the jackpot and lose, There are some differences. The acquired random number for jackpot lottery is drawn at the time of the lottery, and based on the lottery result, a process based on the jackpot, the jackpot or lose is performed. The jackpot and the loss are the same as in the first embodiment, but the jackpot is not described in the first embodiment and will be described. The difference between jackpot and jackpot is that there is a possibility that it will shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of operation, and that a jackpot will not shift to a state advantageous to the player at the end of operation. Can be mentioned. Moreover, it is a big hit to divide the attacker into multiple sets, and a small hit to release one set of the attacker. The random number for jackpot lottery is a random value directly related to the amount of profit given to the player.

  The jackpot symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the jackpot symbol lottery random number value acquired from the soft random number counter based on the winning of the game ball in the winning slot. The jackpot symbol lottery random number value is similar to the special figure random number value of the first embodiment as an effect, but differs in small points. First, the jackpot symbol random number for lottery is acquired every time the game ball wins, but is not used when the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning does not win. When it is a big win, it is used to draw a symbol stop mode for notifying that the lottery result is a big win. In FIG. 3 of the first embodiment, the stop symbol is different between the jackpot symbol and the special jackpot symbol. However, the random symbol value for differentiating the stop symbol is used as the random symbol value for jackpot symbol lottery. Based on this stop symbol, the jackpot (does not shift to the special figure high probability state) and the special jackpot (shifts to the special figure high probability state) are determined, so the random number for the symbol lottery is the jackpot after the jackpot is confirmed The effect is similar to that of the special figure random number value of the first embodiment in that a lottery for lottering the amount of profit given by is drawn. In this modified example, 2R jackpot (with time), 2R jackpot (without time), 15R jackpot (with time), 15R jackpot (without time), 2R special jackpot (with time), 2R special jackpot Whether or not the lottery is selected based on the random number counter for jackpot symbol lottery from any of 15R special jackpot (with time), 15R special jackpot (without time), and whether or not the lottery result shifts to the normal high probability state Whether to shift to the special figure high probability state and the number of rounds are determined. In addition, even if it is a different symbol, there may be a symbol with the same profit amount to be given to the player (for example, there may be a plurality of symbols with a 2R jackpot and time reduction). Note that the jackpot symbol lottery random value is a random value directly related to the amount of profit given to the player.

  The small-hit symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the random number value for small-hit symbol lottery acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the game ball has won a winning opening. First, the random number value for the lottery symbol lottery is acquired every time the game ball wins, but is not used when the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning is not small. When it is a small win, it is used to draw a symbol stop mode for notifying that the lottery result is a small win. Then, based on the stop symbol selected by the lottery, small hit A (one open count, two open times), small hit B (two open times, two open times) or small hit C (three open times) , Release time 1 second) is displayed, and the attacker release time and the number of releases are set based on the display result. In addition, even if it is a different design, the profit amount given to the player may be the same. Note that the random number for lottery symbol lottery is a random value directly related to the profit amount to be given to the player.

  The lost symbol lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the random symbol value for the lost symbol lottery acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the lottery based on the winning is performed. First, the random number value for the lottery symbol lottery is acquired when the lottery result is a loss, and is used to select which symbol for displaying the notification that the lottery result is a loss. is there. Note that even if there are multiple losing symbols, any losing symbol does not directly affect the amount of profits given to the player, so the losing symbol lottery random value is not directly related to the amount of profits given to the player. It is a random value.

  The symbol variation lottery random number counter is a counter that counts the symbol variation lottery random number value acquired from the soft random number counter based on the fact that the lottery based on the winning is performed. First, the symbol variation lottery random value is acquired regardless of the lottery result. Based on this symbol variation random value, the lottery result notification time, which is the time for notifying the lottery result, is determined, and the lottery result is stopped and displayed after the lottery result notification time has elapsed. The random value is not directly related to the profit amount to be given to the player.

  Hereinafter, the features that are characteristic of this modification will be described.

  In this modified example, the lottery result notification time lottery based on the symbol variation lottery random value is based on the lottery result notification time lottery table selected for each symbol notified as the lottery result and the symbol variation lottery random value. It is determined. As the lottery result notification time lottery table, different lottery tables are prepared for each stop symbol. That is, 2R jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 2R jackpot (without time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 15R jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result announcement time lottery table, 15R jackpot (without time reduction) Lottery result notification time lottery table, 2R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, 2R special jackpot (without time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, 15R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time Lottery table, lottery result notification time lottery table for 15R special jackpot (no short time), lottery result notification time lottery table for small hits A (one open count, open time 2 seconds), small hit B (two open times, open) Time 2 seconds) lottery result notification time lottery table, small hits C (opening times 3 times, opening time 1 second) Lottery results notification time lottery table and the loss for the lottery result notification time lottery table is prepared. In addition, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is a predetermined number (3 or more in the present modification example), a lottery result notification time is selected which is shorter than the case where the number is less than the predetermined number (less than 3 in the present modification example). In addition, the following lottery result table is prepared for easy (shortening of fluctuation time). That is, a lottery result announcement time lottery table for variable time reduction 2R jackpot (with time reduction), a lottery result announcement time lottery table for fluctuation time reduction 2R jackpot (no time reduction), a lottery result announcement time for fluctuation time reduction 15R jackpot (with time reduction) Lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R jackpot (no time) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 2R special jackpot (with time) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation shortening 2R special jackpot (no time reduction) lottery Result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R special jackpot (with time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening 15R special jackpot (no time reduction) lottery result notification time lottery table, Fluctuation time shortening small hitting A (open) Number of times, opening time 2 seconds) lottery result notification time lottery table, fluctuation Lottery result notification time lottery table for short shortening small hit B (2 times of opening, opening time 2 seconds), lottery result notification time lottery table for short shortening small hit C (3 times of opening, opening time 1 second) and fluctuation A lottery result notification lottery table for time-shortening lost is prepared.

  In addition, as a feature here, in the lottery of the lottery result notification time based on the symbol variation lottery random value when the lose is won in the jackpot lottery, it was a predetermined value with reference to the random number for the jackpot symbol lottery In this case, a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected. You may make it select the lottery result alerting | reporting time lottery table where it is easy to select the lottery result alerting | reporting time longer.

  The lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening is when the acquired jackpot lottery random number value is lost and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number value is a predetermined value. In addition, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than when the acquired jackpot lottery random number value is lost and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number value is not a predetermined value (predetermined If it is the value of 100%, it may be 0% if it is a predetermined value).

  In addition, as a feature here, when the lottery is won in the big hit lottery, the lottery result announcement time lottery based on the random number value of the symbol change lottery is a predetermined value with reference to the column value for the lottery symbol lottery. If a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected, a lottery result notification time lottery when it is not a predetermined value You may make it select the lottery result alerting | reporting time lottery table which is easy to select the lottery result alerting | reporting time longer than a table.

  Then, in the lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening, the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is lost, and the value of the acquired small bonus symbol lottery is a predetermined value In this case, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than the case where the acquired value of the big hit lottery random number is lost and the acquired value of the random number for lottery symbol lotion is not a predetermined value. (If it is a predetermined value, it may be 100%, and if it is a predetermined value, it may be 0%).

  In addition, as a feature here, in the lottery of the lottery result notification time based on the symbol variation lottery random value when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery, it is a predetermined value with reference to the random number for the jackpot symbol lottery If a predetermined variation time (for example, 40 seconds) is selected, or a lottery result notification time lottery table different from the case of not being a predetermined value is selected, a lottery result notification time lottery when it is not a predetermined value You may make it select the lottery result alerting | reporting time lottery table which is easy to select the lottery result alerting | reporting time longer than a table.

  And, the lottery of the notice notification performed based on winning at the start opening, the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a small hit, and the value of the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number is a predetermined value In this case, the notification probability of the notice notification may be higher than the case where the value of the acquired jackpot lottery random number is a small hit and the acquired jackpot symbol lottery random number is not a predetermined value. (If it is a predetermined value, it may be 100%, and if it is a predetermined value, it may be 0%).

  Thus, “in a game machine having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of winning game balls at the starting opening, and at least one winning storage in the winning storage section. A lottery means for lottering a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and before the lottery result is notified, Notice information including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability, and a lottery result notice time for lottery of the lottery result notice lottery performed by the lottery means Lottery means, and the lottery result notification time lottery means has a longer time when the random number acquired when the game ball wins at the start opening is a predetermined value than when it is not a predetermined value. When notifying lottery results Is provided so that the probability of selecting is increased, and the notice notification means, when the random number acquired when the starting game ball wins is a predetermined value, than the case where the random number is not a predetermined value It is characterized by the fact that it is provided so that the notice probability of the notice notice is high ”, so that when winning at the starting gate, the winning lottery result that triggered the notice of the continuous notice (including false continuous notice) A game machine capable of reducing the processing load at the time of winning by preventing the increase in the number of random numbers acquired at the time of winning while making it possible to make the notification time of a particular thing (especially long) It is intended to provide.

  Further, “the lottery result notification time lottery means may be characterized in that super reach is easily performed when the long-time lottery result notification time is selected”. As a result, the end of the continuous notice can be ended by super reach, and the interest of the player's game is not lowered.

  In addition, “the random number value acquired when the game ball wins the start opening has a first random number value and a second random number value, and the lottery means uses the first random number value. If the lottery result of the first profit amount to be given to the player is determined and the lottery result of the first profit amount is a predetermined lottery result, the second profit amount is calculated using the second random number value. The lottery result notification time lottery means sets the second random number value as the predetermined value when the lottery result of the first profit amount performed by the lottery means is not a predetermined lottery result. , Characterized by selecting the lottery result notification time ”, which is not directly related to the lottery result, but by selecting the lottery result notification time using the random value acquired at the time of winning a prize, Unevenness can be prevented.

  In addition, “the first random number value and the second random number value may be random values for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player”. Thereby, the last of continuous notice can be ended by the lottery result information time of a long time using the random number value which should be acquired at the time of winning a prize. The first random number value and the second random number value are random numbers for drawing whether or not to shift to the special figure high probability state after the jackpot ends, and shift to the common figure high probability state after the jackpot ends. It may be a random value for drawing whether or not, a random value for drawing lottery profit (number of rounds), and the like. In addition, random number value for drawing how many special drawing lotteries will be maintained until the special figure high probability state is transferred, and how many special maps are transferred to the normal figure high probability state It may be a random value for drawing whether or not the usual high probability state is maintained until the lottery.

  When a specific symbol (such as small hit C) is won, the fluctuation time is not shortened (the lottery result notification time lottery table with a short variation time is not provided), and the random value that the specific symbol wins is acquired. The lottery result notification time may be made easier to select than when the random value is not acquired. This is because if the lottery result notification time changes due to the shortening of the variation time, the lottery result notification time may not be long at the end of the continuous notice. In addition, when a predetermined random number value is acquired, both when the table for changing the variation time is selected and when it is not selected, the lottery result notification time is longer than when the predetermined random number value is not acquired. If you select a table for reducing the variation time, even if you do not select it, select the same variation time when you obtain a predetermined random number value. Lottery data may be set.

Of the small bonuses, the specific small hits (small hit A and small hit B) have the same symbol variation lottery table as the specific big hits (15R, ordinary high probability state, special figure high probability state, etc.). May be. The small hits that are not a specific hit (small hit C) may be different. (Modification 6)
<Special drawing lottery processing>
In the first embodiment, a random number is obtained by entering the first special figure starting port or the second special figure starting port, and a lottery for notice notification is performed based on the random number, and then a big hit based on the random number is performed. Although a lottery was performed, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. For example, a random number is acquired by entering the first special figure starting port or the second special figure starting port, and a lottery lottery is performed based on the random number. Also good.
<Main production lottery>
In the first embodiment, the lottery probability of the special figure variation time is made different between the normal figure high probability state and the normal figure low probability state. It may be provided other than the probability state. For example, the lottery probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure may be varied according to the number of reserved balls of the special figure. In this case, the variation (for example, 4) when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large may be selected more easily than the variation (for example, 1) when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is small. Good. In this way, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large, stoppage can be prevented by shortening the fluctuation time, and when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is short, the fluctuation time can be increased to increase the special figure. The non-fluctuating state is reduced, and it is possible to prevent the interest of the game from deteriorating.

  More specifically, the number of reserved balls in the special figure, which causes the drawing probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure to be different, is the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 in the case of the fluctuation of the special figure 1, and the fluctuation of the special figure 2 In this case, the number of reserved balls shown in FIG. In this way, when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is large, stoppage can be prevented by shortening the fluctuation time, and when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is short, the fluctuation time can be increased to increase the special figure. The non-fluctuating state is reduced, and it is possible to prevent the interest of the game from deteriorating. Otherwise, the number of reserved balls in Fig. 2 is 1 and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 1 is 4, and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 2 is 4 and the number of reserved balls in Fig. 1 is 1. Thus, the selection probability of the fluctuation time becomes the same, and when the number of reserved balls in FIG. 2 is 4 and the number of reserved balls in FIG. There is a case.

  In addition, a factor that changes the lottery probability of the fluctuation time of the special figure may be made different depending on whether or not the notice notification is won. In this case, if you win the notice in Special Figure 1 with a high probability of ordinary figure, if you win the notice in Special Figure 1 with a low probability of ordinary figure, or Special Figure 2 with a high probability of ordinary figure It may be so arranged that the variation time of the special figure selected is shorter than that in the case of winning the previous notice. Furthermore, when the notice notification is continuously performed over a plurality of games, the subsequent fluctuation may be shortened. By doing in this way, when the big win in Special Figure 1 is won, even if it does not stop, the change of Special Figure 2 is not made so much, so that it is 2 In some cases, it is difficult to win a jackpot of times and can prevent a hitting game.

In the first embodiment, if the probability variation state does not occur after the jackpot is over, the game always shifts to the normal high probability game state of 100 times. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a normal high probability state transition lottery may be performed at a predetermined opportunity, such as in the case of jackpot determination, and based on the fact that the lottery is won, the normal high probability state may be shifted. For example, when the big hit probability state lottery is won at the time of jackpot determination, it may be shifted to the 100 times high probability state after the big hit.
<Commands sent from the main control unit>
In the first embodiment, a random number is acquired, a lottery is performed to determine whether to give a notice based on the random number before the start of the fluctuation based on the random number, and the lottery result is transmitted to the sub-control unit. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a random number may be acquired, a jackpot lottery may be performed based on the random number before the start of fluctuation based on the random number, and the lottery result may be transmitted to the sub-control unit. In this case, in addition to the jackpot lottery result, information such as the number of rounds, fluctuation in probability, and the state of the usual figure after the jackpot may be added. Moreover, you may transmit such information to a sub control part whenever a special figure changes. Further, these pieces of information may be transmitted to the sub-control unit and output from the external information terminal board to an external device such as a hall computer.
<Production contents>
In the first embodiment, the notice notification lottery is performed when the probability change occurs, and when the notice notification is won, the notice notification command is transmitted to the sub-control unit. May send a notice notification command. By doing in this way, 100% notice notification is executed, lottery data and a lottery program are not required, and at least one of reduction of work man-hours, compression of memory capacity or reduction of processing load is performed. Can be achieved.

  In addition, as a notice of notice, changes in the mode of the hold display (the lamp color changes from red to blue when elected, etc.), changes in the background image of the image display device (such as the blue sky background becomes sunset) Also good.

  In addition, when there are two or more jackpots in the holding ball, a notice to notify that there are two or more jackpots (for example, a display such as “I hit twice” on the image display device) may be performed. However, the lottery probability of two or more jackpot notices may be made different depending on which special figure is hit. Furthermore, the lottery probability of two or more jackpot notices may be made different depending on which special figure is hit by the special figure and the probability state of the usual figure.

  For example, if there is one jackpot for the reserved ball in Special Figure 2 and one jackpot for the special ball in Special Figure 1, two or more jackpots in the high probability state of the ordinary figure than in the low probability state of the ordinary figure You may make it not perform the notice alerting which suggests that there exists. Here, conversely, if a warning notification is made to indicate that there is a jackpot of 2 or more in the normal figure high probability state than in the normal figure low probability state, the player will receive a special figure 2 jackpot. Recognizing that there is no big hit on the reserved ball of Special Figure 1 because no notice was made to suggest that there was a big jackpot of 2 or more, and after the big hit of Special Figure 2 is over, If there is, there is a case where it is stopped to digest the number of reserved balls shown in FIG.

  In addition, when there is a single jackpot on the reserved ball of Special Figure 2 and there is a single jackpot on the special ball of Special Figure 1, it shifts to the normal high probability state after the big hit of the reserved ball of Special Figure 2 ends. In such a case, it may be possible not to perform the notice notification that suggests that there is a jackpot of 2 or more than in the case of not shifting to the normal high probability state. If after the jackpot due to the fluctuation based on the jackpot holding ball in the special figure 2 is in a low probability state, even if it is notified that the big hit in the special figure 1 is informed, it is difficult to enter the special figure 2, so the stop hit game is not performed . However, if it is in a high-probability state after the jackpot due to the fluctuation based on the jackpot reservation ball in FIG. 2, if it is informed that the jackpot is hit in FIG. 1, it is stopped when it is recognized that there is no notification. There is a case.

  In addition, when the notice effect is performed for a predetermined time, and the lottery result notification time of other lotteries until the lottery that triggered the notice effect is performed is less than the predetermined time when the notice effect is performed. Further, by omitting part of the notice effect, the notice time of the notice effect and the lottery result notice time of another lottery may be combined with the time scale to notify. Fade-in and fade-out may be performed again after the omission. In particular, when the notice effect is performed in a movie or the like, it is preferable to have data in the first half and the second half and fade in the second half movie at a predetermined timing.

Also, when the notice effect is performed for a predetermined time, and the lottery result notification time for other lotteries until the lottery that triggered the notice effect is performed is longer than the predetermined time for the notice effect. The notification time of the notice effect and the lottery result notification time of another lottery may be combined with the time scale to notify.
<Return from power interruption>
Further, the sub-control unit may not store the notice information when power is interrupted.

  Further, the main control unit may transmit the advance notice information together with the power-on information when the holding ball has a big hit at the time of return from power interruption.

  During the big hit, it is not necessary to give a notice of notification based on the entrance of the special figure 1. However, if the post-hit end is in a normal high probability state, a notice may be given.

  As a method of not performing the advance notice, the lottery probability may be 0, or the lottery itself may not be performed.

To summarize this modified example 6, “when a predetermined prize opening is won, the movement probability to the predetermined game area is either the first movement probability or the second movement probability higher than the first movement probability. A movement probability changing means for changing from the above to a second movement probability, a profit amount lottering means for selecting a profit amount of a profit to be given to a player by a lottery when winning the predetermined prize opening, and the predetermined amount Based on the fact that a game ball has passed through a specific game area in the game area, a profit amount giving means for starting to give a profit amount lottered by the profit amount lottery means, and a winning probability for the predetermined start opening A winning probability selecting means for selecting one of the first winning probability and a second winning probability higher than the first winning probability, and the profit amount lottery before the profit amount giving means gives a profit. The lottery result of the means is a specific result And a notice notifying means for notifying at a predetermined notice probability, wherein the notice notice means indicates the notice probability of notice notice when the winning probability selecting means selects the second winning probability. A gaming machine characterized by having a probability lower than the notice probability of notice notice when the probability selection means selects the first winning probability. "become.
(Modification 7)
If the variable time can be changed depending on whether or not the continuous notice (including continuous false notice) is won, the continuous notice will be separated from the variable game subject to the continuous notice. It is possible to feel more expectation than necessary for fluctuations during notification, and some players may feel emotional and paralyze self-control and consume more money than necessary. For this reason, even when winning the continuous notice notice, if it is not the winning variable game, it is necessary to refer to the variable time lottery table when the continuous notice notice is not won. However, in such a game machine, there is a problem that the continuity of the continuous notice may be lost when a long variation time is selected for the start timing of the continuous notice.

  The means for solving this problem is “a game stand having a game board with a predetermined winning opening, and when a game ball wins the predetermined winning opening, a profit is given to the player. A lottery means for selecting a profit amount, and a lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying a lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means when a predetermined notification start condition (such as the symbol is not changing) is established. And a notification time lottery means for lottering the notification time of the lottery result notification means, and a prior notice for suggesting that the lottery result is a specific result before the predetermined notification start condition is established. A notice notification control means for controlling to perform with probability, wherein the notice notification control means notifies the case where the lottery result of the notice time lottery means is the first result and the first result. Second result with a long time In the case, the amusement machine than the second result towards the first result, wherein the high start probability of the notice informing. "become.

  By doing so, it is possible to provide a game table that prevents a decrease in the interest of the game.

In the case of a loss, it is not necessary to notify the advance notice.
(Modification 8)
If the change time can be changed depending on whether or not the advance notice (including false advance notice) is won, the change during the advance notice will be changed separately from the variable game subject to the advance notice. In contrast, it was possible to get more expectation than necessary, and some players were feeling high and paralyzed and self-control was paralyzed, and more money was consumed than necessary. For this reason, even if the notice notification is won, if it is not the winning variable game, it is necessary to refer to the variable time lottery table when the notice notice is not won. However, in such a game stand, since it is not possible to change the fluctuation time even for the variable game that is the target of the gasse notice when the gasse notice is given, the fluctuation that is the subject of the important notice There was a possibility that the player's expectation could not be felt and the interest of the game was reduced.

  The means for solving the above-mentioned problem is: “A game stand having a game board with a predetermined winning opening, and when a game ball wins the predetermined winning opening, a profit is given to the player. The first winning combination (big win), the second winning combination (small winning) that is less profitable to the player than the first winning combination, and the third winning combination (losing) that does not give a profit to the player ) And a lottery means for selecting a profit amount to be given to the player by lottery, and a lottery performed by the lottery means when a predetermined notification start condition (such as the symbol is not changing) is established. A lottery result notifying means (symbol changing means) for notifying the lottery result, and a notice notification indicating that the lottery result is the first winning combination before the predetermined notification start condition is established. A notice / informing control means for controlling In preparation for the above, the notice notification control means controls so that a false notice notice suggesting that the player has won the first winning combination is performed at a predetermined probability when the lottery result is not the first winning combination. The game table is characterized in that the notice probability of the false notice notice is higher when the lottery result is the second winning combination than when the lottery result is the third winning combination. "become.

  In addition, “the game table characterized in that the second winning combination is a small hit that does not shift to the special figure high probability state or the normal figure high probability state based on the winning”.

  Further, “the game stand characterized in that the false notice of notice is a false continuous notice of notice given over a predetermined number of games. It may be.

  Furthermore, “the notice notification control means determines the number of times that the false continuous notice notification is performed over a predetermined number of games in the second winning combination rather than the case where the lottery result is the third winning combination. A gaming table characterized by a higher probability of selecting a greater number of times in some cases. It may be.

  By doing so, it is possible to provide a game table that prevents a decrease in the interest of the game.

In the case of a loss, it is not necessary to notify the advance notice.
(Other changes)
The following are one-off limitations. The limitation is that, in a game machine having a start opening, there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of game balls won in the starting opening, and one or more winning storages in the winning storage section. In addition, the lottery means for drawing the profit amount to be given to the player, the lottery result notifying means for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and before the lottery result is notified, A game table equipped with a notice device that provides notice information including notice information that makes the player expect that the result is advantageous to the player at a predetermined notice probability. You may apply to Example 1 and you may apply to the said modification.

  First, “The notice notice means that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 during the jackpot will be in a high probability state after the jackpot, if the usual figure is in a low probability state after the jackpot. It may be done with a higher probability than the case. This is because the player is unlikely to be hit by a player when the jackpot is in a low probability state.

  In addition, when the jackpot is confirmed before the winning at the time when the special figure 1 is won, the notice notifying means notifies the lottery of the notice of the lottery result after the jackpot game. In this case, the game may be performed with a higher probability than the case where the normal figure is in a high probability state after the jackpot game. This is because the player is unlikely to be hit by a player when the jackpot is in a low probability state.

  In addition, the notice notice means the first lottery that works more disadvantageously after the lottery is executed than when the lottery is executed when there is a prize at a specific starting port and the lottery of the winning result is executed. The notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the result may be performed at a lower probability than the second lottery result that works more advantageously than the first lottery result ”. For example, if a 2R timeless big hit is drawn during the probability change, the player's interest will be reduced by notifying the advance notice. In addition, the first lottery result that works disadvantageously includes a “lottery result for changing the special figure high probability state to the special figure low probability state”.

  In addition, the “notice notification means is the first lottery that works more disadvantageously after the lottery is executed than when the lottery is executed when there is a prize at a specific starting port and the lottery of the winning result is executed. The notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the result may be performed with a higher probability than the second lottery result that works more favorably than the first lottery result ”. For example, when a 2R timeless big hit is drawn during the probability change, the player will recognize that the special figure high probability state will end in advance by giving a notice of advance notice, and the game will end suddenly. May be able to alleviate sudden irritation. In addition, the first lottery result that works disadvantageously includes a “lottery result for changing the special figure high probability state to the special figure low probability state”.

  Further, “a first start port, a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state, and a first start port, A third prize opening that is harder to win than the start opening, and the notice notifying means notifies the first start opening or the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on winning in the third prize opening. It is characterized by having a higher probability than the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on winning at the second starting opening ”, so that the third starting opening that rarely wins ( It is possible to enhance the interest of the player's game by notifying the player with a high probability of winning the prize (called the VIP start opening).

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and the lottery result is notified. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect the result to be a fruit with a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is configured such that the second starting port is in the difficult-to-win state. The lottery means provides a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening in the lottery, and the lottery means draws the profit from the difficult winning state by drawing the profit amount in the winning to the second starting opening. The probability of selecting the lottery result to be in the easy state is lower than the probability of selecting the lottery result from the difficult to win state to the easy to win state by lottery of the profit amount in the winning to the first start opening By “being characteristic”, if you have 4 suspensions in Special Figure 1 during the low probability of usual figure and notice notification has not started, you won the jackpot that will trigger the transition to high probability in Special Figure 2 Stop after the jackpot Because there is a fear Chiosa is, jackpot with special symbol 2 is likely to be time reduction has to be lower than the possibility that a time reduction in the jackpot special symbol 1. It should be noted that “the lottery means does not have to make the winning easy state from the difficult to win state by lottery of the profit amount in the winning to the second starting port”.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and the lottery result is notified. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including the notice information that makes the player expect the result to be a result at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit includes a lottery result based on a winning at the first start opening. It may be characterized by notifying the notice of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port without notifying the notice ". If there is 4 suspensions in Special Figure 1 during the usual low probability and the notice notification has not started, and if you win a jackpot that triggers the transition to the high probability in Special Figure 2, stop after the jackpot ends Since there is a risk of being hit, the jackpot notice is not given at the first special figure starting port, and the jackpot notice is given at the second special figure starting point. In addition, “the advance notice unit notifies the advance notice of the lottery result based on the winning to the first starting port in the easy winning state, and the lottery result based on the winning to the second starting port in the easy winning state. The notification of the lottery result based on the winning to the first starting port in the difficult to win state is notified to the second starting port in the difficult to win state. It may be controlled to have a lower probability than the notice of a lottery result based on a prize ”.

  In addition, “the notice notification unit may notify that the lottery result is a specific result”. The final announcement is not to simply suggest the lottery result, but to notify the lottery result with certainty, for example, a “big hit” is notified by text or voice.

  Further, “the lottery means a lottery with a first probability that the specific result is drawn with a first probability and a second probability that is higher than the first probability. And a second lottery probability. The special figure high probability state is a state where a lottery is drawn with a second probability, and the special figure low probability is a lottery with a first probability.

  In addition, “the notice notification unit may perform a fixed notification with a higher probability in the special figure high probability state than in the special figure low probability state”. Since the special figure high-probability state ends immediately, there are cases where the player's game interest is enhanced by making a final announcement rather than making a series of advance notices.

  Further, “the start port may be a general start port”, and “the first start port and the second start port may be a first general start port and a second general start port”. .

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and the lottery result is notified. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A first notification unit that includes a predetermined notification probability, and includes a first control unit including the lottery unit and the advance notification person, and the first control unit. And a second control unit provided with a notice notification execution means for executing the notice notification in response to a notice command from the control unit. First, even if “the second control unit discards or does not receive the notice command when the first control part transmits a notice command to the second control part in the easy winning state” Good. Thereby, it is possible to reliably prevent the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the first special figure start opening winning in the normal figure high probability state. Further, “the second control unit is characterized in that the advance notice notification execution means indicates that the advance notice notification is being executed, and that the advance notice notification is being executed when the advance notice is being executed”. Also good. Since the second control unit (for example, the sub-control unit) often has a more complicated program capacity and data capacity than the first control unit (for example, the main control unit), the first control unit in the usual high probability state is used. There is a risk of requesting a prior notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the drawing start winning prize not to be understood by a certification body (such as a maintenance association) prior to shipment. For this reason, if the second controller is provided with an LED or the like that is always lit while the notice is being given, it can be surely notified that the notice is being executed. The notification during the advance notification may be performed by the first control unit.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and the lottery result is notified. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect to be a fruit at a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit notifies other lottery result notifications until the lottery result is notified. When the time is the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when the second starting port is in the easy winning state, the second starting port is The probability of selecting the lottery table for the notification time when no notice notification is performed is higher than in the case of the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port in the case where it is difficult to win a prize. It may be a feature. The notice of other lottery results until the notice of the lottery results is made open for a long time is included in the notice notice.

  In addition, “in a game stand having a start opening, when there is a winning storage section for storing a predetermined number of winning game balls at the starting opening, and when the winning storage section has one or more winning storages, A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to the player, a lottery result notifying unit for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, and the lottery result is advantageous for the player before notifying the lottery result. A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that makes the player expect a result to be a predetermined result at a predetermined notice probability, and includes a first control unit that includes the lottery means and the notice notifier, A second control unit provided with a notice notification executing means for executing the notice notification in response to a notice command from the first control unit, and the first control unit is connected to the second control unit. Even after sending the advance notice, the predetermined conditions Continues to hold the information about the notice command until satisfied, it may be characterized "to retransmit the notice instruction when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Here, the “information relating to the notice command” includes information transmitted as the notice command and information on the contents of the notice command (information on the result of the notice lottery). In this way, for example, when a power interruption occurs, even if the notice information disappears, the sub-control unit can reliably notify the notice by transmitting the notice information when the power is restored. .

  In the above modification example, the notice notification execution means is a liquid crystal display device (variable display device).

  In addition, as a difference between big hit and small hit, it is a big hit that there is a possibility of shifting to a state advantageous to the player at the end of the operation, and a small hit is not shifting to a state advantageous to the player at the end of the operation Can be mentioned.

  Also, the number of times of opening of the big winning opening based on a predetermined jackpot may be the same as the number of times of opening of the big winning opening based on a predetermined small hit.

  Further, the length of time for opening the big winning opening based on one predetermined jackpot and the length of time for opening the big winning opening based on one predetermined small hit may be made substantially the same.

In addition, when repeating the opening and closing of the big prize opening based on a predetermined jackpot and a predetermined jackpot, the length of the total opening time may be substantially the same.
In addition, the length of time may be substantially the same when the length of time is less than the time required from when the door of the grand prize opening receives a game ball until it is detected that a prize has been won at the big prize opening.

  In addition, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. , Storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the first starting port, and storing a predetermined number of game balls won at the second starting port; When the storage unit stores one or more winning prizes, the lottery means for lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player, and the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means, The lottery result notifying means for giving a notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the start opening in preference to the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, and the lottery result is notified. Before, the lottery result is advantageous to the player A notice notifying unit that performs notice notification including notice information that causes the player to expect the result to be a result with a predetermined notice probability, and the notice notifying unit is configured such that the winning storage unit has a game at the first start opening. The first in the case where a predetermined number of 1 or more is stored that the ball has won, and the same number as in the first starting port is stored that the gaming ball has been won in the second starting port. When the second start port is in the difficult easy state, the lottery lottery result based on the winning to the first start port is notified, and the second start port is in the difficult to win state. It may be characterized in that it is performed at a higher notice probability than the notice notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the starting port of 1 ”. In other words, when there are the same number of suspensions in the first special figure start opening and the second special figure start opening, the notice notification based on winning the first special figure start opening is won in the second special figure start opening. It is higher than the previous notice. Accordingly, since the lottery based on the winning of the second special figure starting port is preferentially performed, the notice notification based on the winning of the first special figure starting port is more than the notice notice based on the winning of the second special figure starting port. It is possible to give a notice for a long time, and to enhance the interest of the game. In addition, there may be a case where the special drawing 2 lottery is interrupted in the middle, and from this point of view, the notice notification based on the winning of the first special figure starting port is longer than the notice notification based on the winning of the second special figure starting port. Time notice can be made.

  The lottery result notifying time lottery means for lottery of the lottery result notification time performed by the lottery result notifying means, wherein the lottery result notifying time lottery means includes the first time and the first time. The lottery is performed from any one of the long second times, and the notice notification means starts another notice until the lottery that triggers the notice effect is performed. When the lottery result notifying time lottery means the first time as the lottery result notifying time, the notice notification is continued even after the lottery result notifying based on the first time is finished, and the lottery result notifying is continued. When the time lottery draws the second time, the notice notification may be ended after the lottery result notification based on the second time is ended. Thereby, the end of the notice effect can be ended with an effect that maximizes the interest of the player, such as super reach. In particular, “the advance notice is a false notice, and if the notice is a notice, the notice of the lottery result based on the second time may be continued even after the repair is performed” may be used. .

  In the first embodiment, when the main control unit transmits the advance notice information to the sub control unit, and the sub control unit receives the advance notice information from the main control unit, the advance notice is performed if no advance notice is currently being provided. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the sub-control unit may perform a lottery to determine whether or not to perform the notification effect after receiving the notification information from the main control unit.

  In the first embodiment, when the sub-control unit receives the advance notice information from the main control unit, the sub-control unit performs the advance notice unless the advance notice is currently being performed. When the notification is being executed, the notification notification indicating that the notification notification has been executed may be further performed. In this case, it is desirable to make notification so that it is clear which lottery is based on which notice notification is being made. For example, in the case where two notices, ie, hold 3 in FIG. 1 and hold 2 in FIG. This may be done by introducing a notice character.

  In order to start the notice notification based on the other lottery lottery during the notice notification that started based on the lottery that will be the big hit, It may be a condition that it is not a big hit that does not shift to the probability state.

  Further, in the first embodiment, the sub-control unit performs the advance notification, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the main control unit may perform the advance notification. For example, a sense of expectation may be obtained by changing the lighting color of the hold lamp LED.

  In addition, in the second lottery result notification time, which is expressed to the effect that there is a first lottery result notification time and a second lottery result notification time, and the second lottery result notification time is longer, Super reach may be performed.

  Also, a plurality of small hits may be provided, and the specific big hit may be the same as the specific big win and the symbol variation lottery table (a table for selecting reach from multi-line reach, etc.). Small hits that are not specific hits may be different.

  Further, for example, a small hit may be provided. Small wins are drawn separately from big wins or misses according to the special figure 1 winning random numbers described below, and when winning, the attacker will only open for 1R and will not enter the normal high probability state or special high probability state It refers to things. There may be one or more small winning symbols corresponding to the small hits, but when multiple small hitting symbols are provided, the small hits are separate from the special figure 1 lottery random value or the special figure 2 random lottery values described later. When the symbol random number value is acquired in the winning acceptance process, and the small winning symbol is won in the special symbol 1 symbol lottery processing or the special symbol 2 symbol lottery processing, the small bonus symbol is determined based on the small bonus symbol random value. Also good. In addition, when winning a small hit, a timer number selection table dedicated to small hits may be provided as the timer number selection table described above, and the hit flag is off for the variation time selected by the small hit dedicated timer number selection table. In this case, the variation time longer than the variation time selected in the normal number low probability timer number selection table or the general high probability timer number selection table may be selected. In addition, when multiple small hit symbols are provided, one of the small hit symbols may be selected more easily than the other small hit symbol, and may be selected more easily. When a random number value won by the first small winning symbol is received in the winning acceptance process, the second small winning symbol whose variation time is shorter than the first small winning symbol is likely to be selected. The probability that the continuous notice is performed may be higher than the case where the random number value won is received in the prize receiving process. 2R jackpot (no time saving) was chosen as the opening time or opening mode of the big prize winning opening when the second jackpot symbol is easy to be selected when the variation time is shorter than the first jackpot symbol The opening time or the opening mode may be similar so that the case and the player cannot be distinguished from each other (the opening time or the opening mode may be the same).

  Further, the attention attracting operation performed by the attention diverting means may be an indication of pressing the chance button. For example, the player's attention may be concentrated on the chance button by displaying “Press the chance button” on the image display during the pseudo symbol display period. Further, the attention attracting operation may be an effect performed when the chance button is pressed.

  In this embodiment, in S2115, the symbol is determined based on the number of rounds and whether or not there is a certain change. However, the symbol is drawn, and the number of rounds and whether or not there is a certain change is determined based on the lottery result of the symbol. You may make it do.

  Moreover, you may make it make the timing of the reduction | decrease of the hold | maintenance of the number-of-holds displayed on the decoration design display part differ from the special figure hold lamp. For example, the decrease timing of the hold number display displayed on the decorative symbol display unit may be slightly later than the decrease in the hold number display, such as one second after the symbol change start command is received.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the change in the special figure 2 is performed with priority over the special figure 1, but the invention is not limited to this, and the fluctuation may be performed in the order of winning, or the special figure 2 and the special figure 1 These changes may be performed in parallel. In particular, when the fluctuations of the special figure 2 and the special figure 1 are performed in parallel, a notification device that notifies other symbols may perform a notification to attract attention as the attention attracting operation. For example, when the special figure 2 and the special figure 1 are variably displayed by different decorative symbol displays, when the pseudo continuous variation is performed in the special figure 2, the decorative symbol display of the special figure 1 is displayed within the pseudo symbol display period. “Attention!” Or the like may be displayed as an attention attracting notification.

  In addition, as a method of giving priority to the fluctuation of the special figure 2 over the special figure 1, when the special figure 2 is changed in a state where there is no hold in the special figure 2, the special figure 2 has won a prize. Alternatively, the fluctuation of the special figure 1 may be interrupted, the fluctuation of the special figure 2 may be performed, and the fluctuation of the special figure 1 may be resumed after the fluctuation of the special figure 2. In this case, in particular, when the lottery by the second special figure starting opening prize is more advantageous than the first special figure starting opening prize, the drawing of the special figure 1 is stopped and the special drawing 2 is used. By performing the lottery, it is possible to provide a symbol variation that is more advantageous to the player.

  In this embodiment, the attention attracting operation is always performed in the case of the pseudo continuous notice, and the attention attracting operation is always performed in the case of the continuous notice. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Even in the case of continuous notice, the attention attracting operation may not necessarily be performed.

  Also, except for the short time, the probability of executing the continuous notice is made higher than the pseudo-continuous notice, and when the attention attracting operation is performed, at least one of the true change start and the true change stop is performed. The probability that the notification content of the notification device that changes the notification content changes may be high.

  Also, during the time reduction, the probability of executing the continuous notice is made lower than the pseudo continuous notice, and when the attention attracting operation is performed, at least one of the true change start and the true change stop is performed. The probability that the notification content of the notification device that changes the notification content does not change may be high. As a result, even if the notification device happens to be seen during the distraction notification, the notification content of the notification device has a high probability of changing, so that the distraction notification in the case of pseudo continuous fluctuation can be more effectively deflected.

  In addition, since pseudo continuous notice can be performed even when there is one hold, it may be superior to continuous notice. On the other hand, the continuous notice has the effect that the symbol variation time per unit time can be shortened because the symbol lottery is performed twice when the same presentation effect as the pseudo-continuous notice is given.

  In addition, the decorative design does not necessarily have to be set with numbers. For example, a skier wearing blue clothes as decoration 1, a skier wearing red clothes as decoration 2, a skier wearing yellow clothes as decoration 3, etc. You may make it alert | report a jackpot or loss by having stopped-displayed in the predetermined | prescribed aspect.

  In addition, the continuous notice and pseudo-continuous notice are the same production, the production of the story is continuous, the production of the same system (the first time the frog appeared from the background waterfall, the second time the frog from the background waterfall Appearance, the third time, a dragon appears from the waterfall in the background, etc.), and the display other than the symbol variation such as the background effect is not interrupted by the true symbol stop or the pseudo symbol stop.

  In addition, if the pseudo continuous notice is performed, the number of fluctuations of the special figure per unit time is reduced, so that the operation is lowered, which is not preferable as a game store. However, the pseudo-continuous notice can be made regardless of the number of holds (even one). Therefore, when the number of holdings is the first value (for example, two), the pseudo continuous fluctuation is likely to be performed instead of being difficult to perform the continuous notice, and the second number in which the number of holdings is smaller than the first value. In the case of a value (for example, four), it is possible to make it difficult for continuous notice to be performed instead of facilitating pseudo continuous variation.

  Further, in the case where the continuous notice is performed, the continuous notice is performed only for the value corresponding to the number of suspensions. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the continuous notice performed as a false notice effect when there are four holds may be performed only twice. Moreover, it is not necessary to perform all the number of holdings. For example, the continuous notice performed as the notice effect when there are four holds may be performed for the first time, the third time, and the fourth time.

  In addition, when the change of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure start opening prize during the time reduction is not notified, the change of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure start opening prize during the time reduction is pseudo continuous. The fluctuation may not be performed. In addition, the notice notice for the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure starting opening prize during the short time has a lower notice probability than the notice notice for the fluctuation of the special figure 2 based on the second special figure starting opening prize during the short time. In this case, the quasi-continuous fluctuation with respect to the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure starting opening prize during the time reduction is more than the pseudo continuous fluctuation with respect to the fluctuation of the special figure 2 based on the second special figure starting opening prize during the time reduction. The probability may be lowered. In addition, the notice notification for the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure start opening prize during the short time is lower than the notice notice for the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure start opening prize other than the short time. In this case, the quasi-continuous fluctuation for the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure starting opening prize during the time reduction is more pseudo than the pseudo continuous fluctuation for the fluctuation of the special figure 1 based on the first special figure starting opening prize other than the time reduction. The continuous variation probability may be lowered.

  In addition, the notification probability of notice notifications for fluctuations in special figures based on special chart start opening prizes during short hours is lower than the notification probability of notice notices for changes in special figures based on special figure start entry prizes other than during short hours. Also good. This is because the change in time is quicker than that other than during the time, so the player is less likely to be idle, so there is less need to give the player a sense of expectation by a notice. If a quasi-continuous variation is performed at this time, the player can easily recognize that the quasi-continuous variation is caused when attention is not diverted by the distraction alert. The execution probability of the pseudo continuous variation with respect to the variation in the diagram may be lower than the execution probability of the pseudo continuous variation with respect to the variation of the special diagram based on the special drawing start opening prize other than during the short time.

  Further, if the notice probability of the notice notification is high as the number of reservations increases, the notice notice is difficult to be executed when the number of reservations is small due to the balance of effects. For example, when the nail adjustment of a game store is made bad and a lot of suspensions are not collected, it becomes difficult to execute the notice notification. Even in this case, it is possible to avoid a decrease in the interest of the player's game by performing the pseudo continuous notice by the pseudo continuous variation. That is, when the hold is the first value (1), the notice notification is less likely to be selected than when the hold is the second value (four) greater than the first value, and the hold is the first value. In the case of the value of, the pseudo continuous notice may be selected more easily than in the case where the hold is the second value. By doing in this way, it becomes possible to provide a game machine that can easily balance production.

  In addition, the fluctuation pattern which becomes the big hit through the first reach after performing the pseudo continuous fluctuation three times, and the fluctuation pattern which becomes the big hit through the second reach having a longer time than the first reach after performing the pseudo continuous fluctuation twice. , With a quasi-continuous variation once, a variation pattern that is a big hit through the third reach that is longer than the second reach, and a big hit with a fourth reach that is longer than the third reach without performing the quasi-continuous variation If all of these variation patterns have the same variation time and pre-read that this variation pattern was selected at the time of winning the start opening, a continuous notice will be given until this variation pattern is drawn, The variation pattern at the time of the variation pattern lottery may be determined according to the number of continuous notices made before the variation pattern lottery. For example, when three continuous notices are made before the variation pattern lottery, a big hit may be made after one pseudo continuous variation. As described above, when a plurality of variation patterns of the same timer having different numbers of pseudo continuous variations are provided and a variation timer for selecting the variation pattern is selected, the plurality of variation patterns are executed before the lottery is performed. Any variation pattern may be selected according to the number of continuous notices. By doing so, for example, if a big hit is made through a long super reach (the third reach in the above example) after performing pseudo continuous fluctuation four times, a very long fluctuation time is required. The production must be selected at a certain rate in order to enhance the player's interest, but by linking the continuous notice, the proportion of the same production in the same production mode as seen from the player is not reduced. It is possible to prevent the operating rate from being lowered.

  In this embodiment, the main control unit selects a timer number, and the sub-control unit draws a variation pattern with pseudo-continuous variation or a variation pattern without pseudo-continuous variation according to the timer number. Although it was determined, the present invention is not limited to this. The main control unit determines from the time from the start of true fluctuation to the last pseudo-determined display (time determined according to the number of pseudo continuous fluctuations) and the last pseudo-determined display. The time until the true confirmation display (time for reach fluctuation etc.) is determined separately, and these two fluctuation patterns are output to the sub-control section so that they can be identified. The sub-control section is based on the input from this main control section. Thus, a variation pattern with pseudo continuous variation may be determined. For example, if the main control unit receives a fluctuation timer that performs two pseudo-continuous fluctuation timers and multi-line reach, the sub-control unit starts true fluctuation ⇒ pseudo-notification notice ⇒ pseudo-variation stop ⇒ warning distraction notice ⇒ pseudo Confirmation ⇒ Pseudo-variation start ⇒ Pseudo-notice notification ⇒ Pseudo-variation stop ⇒ Distraction notice ⇒ Pseudo-confirmation display ⇒ Pseudo-variation start ⇒ Multi-line reach ⇒ True variation stop ⇒ Bonus .

  Also, when the variation pattern is pre-read and it is determined that the number of times of pseudo continuous variation is the predetermined number of times of pseudo continuous variation as the pre-reading result, notification notification or notice distraction notification starts based on the number of times of pseudo continuous variation You may make it determine a time. For example, if the fourth variation pattern for holding is looked ahead and the number of pseudo continuous fluctuations is two, and there are four holding balls, the continuous notice is started from the second holding ball. Also good. In this case, true start ⇒ true stop ⇒ true confirmation display (first time) ⇒ true start ⇒ advance notice ⇒ true stop ⇒ notice distraction notice ⇒ true confirmation display (second time) ⇒ true start ⇒ notice notice ⇒ true stop ⇒ notice distraction notice ⇒ True confirmation display (third time) ⇒ True start ⇒ Pseudo notice notification ⇒ Pseudo stop notification ⇒ Pseudo confirmation display ⇒ Pseudo start ⇒ Pseudo notice notification ⇒ Pseudo variable stop ⇒ Notice distraction notification ⇒ Pseudo confirmation display ⇒ Pseudo start ⇒ Pseudo Notice announcement ⇒ Multiline reach ⇒ True change stop ⇒ Big hit. In addition, the notification start timing of the notice effect may be started from a change before a value obtained by subtracting a predetermined upper limit value (for example, 4 times) from the pre-read pseudo continuous change count.

  Further, the “notification device” here is not limited to the notification device itself, and may be a predetermined display area in the notification device. For example, when the notification device is a decorative symbol display and the number of reserved symbols is displayed in the display area, attention may be diverted from the display of the number of reserved symbols.

  In addition, during the pseudo continuous variation, the hold display in the decorative design may be erased. As described above, during pseudo continuous fluctuation, when at least one of the true fluctuation start and the true fluctuation stop is performed, a notification device whose notification content changes or a predetermined display area in the notification device is shielded or made inconspicuous. By doing so, the distraction notice may be performed more effectively.

  Further, a shorter variation may be selected as the number of reserved balls at the start of the variation increases.

  Further, the distraction notice may be performed without notice.

  In addition, the variation time may be determined based on the number of symbol fluctuations performed before the prize-held hold at the time of winning and the number of balls held at the start of the fluctuation. For example, when there are three holds before the winning hold when winning, the number of symbol fluctuations is set to three, and the number is stored. Then, at the start of the winning variation, the symbol variation pattern may be selected based on the number of symbol variation three times and the number of holds (for example, three).

  Further, the pseudo-determined display period and the true-determined display period may or may not include immediately after the start of change. Immediately after the start of fluctuation is, for example, while the symbol fluctuation is accelerating.

  Further, when performing pseudo continuous fluctuations twice or more, the pseudo advance notice may not be performed at least once from the true start to the pseudo stop or from the pseudo start to the pseudo stop. The one time may be a pseudo stop from a true start. Further, even when the pseudo notice is not performed, the distraction notice may be performed after the pseudo stop at that time.

  In addition, when the symbol variation of the special figure 2 interrupts during the continuous notice in the special figure 1, one or both of the notice effect and the distraction notice may not be performed in the symbol fluctuation of the special figure 2.

In addition, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on the winning of the game once, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment It relates characterized "game machine further comprising a notice informing means for performing the announcement notification before true determine display the symbol as a defined symbol representing the result of. In addition, although the modified example further demonstrated from here is not restricted to the example which changed the said Example, what can be applied to the said Example shall be applied.
(Modification A)
A conventional game stand with continuous notices has a monotonous effect that is given during the game by giving a continuous notice that the lottery result for a specific lottery that is on hold is expected to be advantageous to the player. Prevented the interest of the fall. However, since there has been no continuous notice that the player is determined to be disadvantageous, a lottery result that is disadvantageous for the player (for example, 2R that shifts to a low probability of a special figure during a high probability of a special figure) There was no continuous notice of jackpots). For this reason, when the special figure high probability state ends unexpectedly, the player will feel a sudden transition from the special figure high probability state to the special figure low probability state, feel frustrated, and the interest of the game will decline was there. On the other hand, the following solution is proposed. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment A notice notifying means for notifying the notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery is displayed as a confirmed figure, and the notice notifying determining means is that the result of the lottery is a disadvantageous result for the player. It is also possible to use a “game table characterized in that the player is informed of the advance notice”.

  In this way, the player is not disadvantaged in advance by not only notifying the player that the result is an advantageous lottery result, but also by causing the player to predict that the result is an unfavorable lottery result. You can predict that it ’s a bad result, and you ’ll be prepared for an adverse result, so you can lessen the shock of an adverse result than if a sudden negative result comes, It is possible to prevent the low interest of the game due to the shock of an unfavorable result.

  An unfavorable result means that, for example, when the gaming state is a special figure high probability state, a prize ball due to a jackpot can hardly be obtained (for example, 2R jackpot), and the special figure is low after the jackpot ends. This is a case where a transition is made to a probability state. In such a case, for example, if a lottery of 2R jackpot (no special figure high probability state transition) is made at the time of the fourth hold to be drawn four times later, as the production, the result of the first lottery result In the display, the picture of the bomb written as “4” is displayed on the liquid crystal display. In the display of the second lottery result, the picture of the bomb written as “3” is displayed on the liquid crystal display, and the third lottery. In the result display, a picture of the bomb written as “2” is displayed on the liquid crystal display, and in the display of the 4th lottery result, which is a notification of the lottery result of the 2R jackpot (no special figure high probability state transition) The picture of the bomb written as “1” is displayed on the liquid crystal display and the change of the pattern is started. Before the design is confirmed, the picture of the bomb written as 0 is displayed and then the bomb is displayed to explode. After the 2R jackpot is made, the gaming state is set to a special figure low probability state. By doing in this way, the player can predict in advance that the lottery that will end the special figure high probability state has been made, so the shock due to the sudden termination of the special figure high probability state is eased, It is possible to prevent a decrease in the interest of the player's game. It should be noted that this is a notice to notify the player that it is a disadvantageous lottery result to display the bomb pictures continuously.

  It should be noted that any configuration may be used as long as the gaming state becomes a gaming state that is more disadvantageous than the current gaming state regardless of the number of rounds. For example, even when the gaming state is a special figure high probability state, even if a 15R jackpot (no special figure high probability state transition) is won, a notice notification may be made to predict the player to be an unfavorable lottery result. Good.

  In addition, when the gaming state is a normal high-probability gaming state, a notice notification is made to allow the player to predict that the result will be an unfavorable lottery result even if the gaming state wins a jackpot to shift to the normal low-probability gaming state. You may go.

  In addition, the notice notification for allowing the player to predict that the result is an unfavorable lottery result may be performed when the unfavorable lottery result is not actually obtained. For example, when bomb pictures are continuously displayed, “1” does not have to be displayed when a lottery result is notified after the bomb picture is displayed as “2”. By doing so, the player pays attention to the display of the lottery result with a wish that it is not an unfavorable lottery result, and the interest in the game can be increased, and the interest in the game is also improved.

  In addition, the notice notification determination means also performs a notice notification that causes the player to predict that the lottery result is an advantageous lottery result for the player, and predicts that the lottery result is an advantageous lottery result. The notice notification that predicts that the result is an unfavorable lottery result may be made in such a manner that the player looks like the same until the lottery performs the lottery. For example, in the example of displaying a picture of a bomb on a liquid crystal display, even when a notice notification is made to predict that a lottery result is advantageous to the player, the above-mentioned “4”, “3”, “2” The picture of the bomb is displayed and the player feels uneasy, and the symbol variation that informs the result of the lottery displays “1” and displays as if the bomb explodes. ”Is displayed, and a lottery result advantageous to the player is displayed.

Note that the game state may be notified by any of the notification devices so that the game state can be understood. For example, “Normal game” or “Probability fluctuation game” may be displayed on the liquid crystal display.
(Modification B)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment Prior notice means for performing the advance notice before the symbol representing the lottery result is displayed as a definite symbol, and the notice means changes the BGM until the result of the lottery is truly displayed. It may be a “game table characterized by providing a notice of notice”.

  The BGM notice notification changes the BGM over a plurality of lottery results notice until the lottery result of the lottery subject to the notice notice is performed based on the fact that the notice notice determination means decides to notify the notice. Is.

  Note that the BGM that changes over the lottery results of multiple lotteries is the lottery result of the lottery that is the subject of the advance notice, for example, the tempo increases or the volume increases every time the lottery results are notified. An expectation may be given to the notification.

Further, the BGM that changes over the notification of the lottery results of a plurality of lotteries may be reproduced without interruption.
(Modification C)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment A notice notifying means for notifying the notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery as a confirmed symbol is displayed, and the notice notifying means determines that the notice notice determining means performs the notice notice; In addition, when the notice notification determining means does not determine that the notice notification is performed, the fixed display time from when the symbol variation display is truly confirmed until the next symbol variation display is started is made different. It may be a “game table characterized by that”.

  By making the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is performed different from the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is not performed, the player is given a sense of incongruity and the degree of attention to the production is increased. it can. The notice notification itself may be such that the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is performed is different from the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is not performed.

  It should be noted that the fact that the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is performed is different from the true confirmation display time when the notice notification is not performed is, specifically, when the notice notification is performed. The true confirmation display time is set to 4 seconds, the true confirmation display time is set to 3 seconds when the notice notification is not performed, etc. In this case, the true definite display time is selected from the first true definite display time lottery table, and the true definitive display time in the case of not performing the notice notification is selected from the second true definite display time lottery table. Then, the first true confirmation display time lottery table and the second true confirmation display time lottery table may have different times or lottery probabilities as the lottery results. In this case, the first true confirmation display time lottery table may make it easier to draw the true confirmation display time shorter than the second true confirmation display time lottery table, and conversely, the first true confirmation display time lottery table. The lottery table may make it easier to draw a true decision display time longer than the second true decision display time lottery table.

Further, “true confirmation display time” may be replaced with “pseudo confirmation display time”. Further, “true confirmed display time” may be replaced with “true confirmed display time and pseudo confirmed display time”.
(Modification D)
In addition, a gaming table represented by a pachinko machine is configured so that a predetermined profit can be obtained by launching a ball from a launching device and entering a predetermined winning opening provided in a predetermined gaming area. . In such a game machine, a game machine having a so-called continuous notice effect that performs a continuous effect with a plurality of continuous symbol variations is provided. For example, JP2005-111149A. However, in the gaming machine described in Patent Document 1, the main-side possibility determination is performed at the time of detection of the winning at a timing (different determination timing) different from the big hit determination performed immediately before the start of the symbol combination game based on the winning detection. It is determined whether or not the value of the read jackpot random number matches the main determination value (notice determination value). Then, it is determined whether or not to notify the notice using the notice determination value. When the advance notice is given, the continuous notice will be started. For example, when the continuous notice is given four times, the game state changes and the jackpot determination result performed immediately before the start of the symbol combination game is different. When it becomes a thing, there is a case where it is required to acquire the notice determination value again, and the processing load may be concentrated. In response, the following solution is proposed. That is,
“Based on the fact that a game ball has won a predetermined winning opening, a count value storage unit that acquires and stores a count value used in a predetermined lottery, and executes a lottery with the count value stored in the count value storage unit And a profit amount lottery unit for drawing a profit amount to be given to a player based on the gaming state at the time of the game, before the profit amount lottery unit draws the profit amount, Based on the count value stored in the count value storage unit and the gaming state, a profit amount preliminary lottery unit that draws in advance a profit amount to be given to the player, and preliminary lottery information that is a lottery result of the profit amount preliminary lottery unit Based on the preliminary lottery information, a preliminary lottery information storage unit for storing a notice to notify the player that the lottery result of the lottery performed by the profit lottery unit is an advantageous result for the player is performed. A notice and notification section; The profit amount preliminary lottery portion draws in advance a profit amount to be given to the player for each of a plurality of gaming states, and the preliminary lottery information storage unit includes a plurality of the preliminary lotteries corresponding to the gaming state Information may be stored, and the notice notification unit may provide the notice notification based on the preliminary lottery information corresponding to the gaming state at the time of executing the notice notice. Good.

  By doing so, it is possible to provide a game machine that can distribute the processing load.

The main control unit acquires and stores a count value used as a random number for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on the fact that the game ball has won at the start opening from a predetermined random number counter, Based on the count value and the plurality of gaming states (for example, the special figure high probability state and the special figure low probability state) that are stored as a result of the lottery, whether or not the lottery based on the count value is a big win The lottery results for each of the states (for example, 15R special big hit if special figure high probability state, lose if special figure low probability state, etc.) are stored in the prior lottery information storage unit. Furthermore, when the lottery of the profit amount is performed and the lottery result is transmitted to the sub-control unit, any one of the preliminary lottery information stored in the preliminary lottery information storage unit based on the gaming state at the time of the lottery is stored. Select and output to the sub-control unit. For example, in the case of a special figure low probability state at the time of lottery, pre-lottery information preliminarily drawn as a special figure low probability state is output. The sub-control unit controls the advance notice based on the received prior lottery information.
For example, when there are three holds, the prior lottery information storage unit stores information on whether or not the inside of the hold in the special low probability gaming state is a big hit (for example, hold 1 is lost, hold 2 is lost, hold 3 is Loss, hold 4 is no hold) and information on whether or not the hold in the special high probability gaming state is a big hit (for example, hold 1 is lost, hold 2 is lost, hold 3 is hit, hold 4 is not held ) Is stored in advance notice information for each of the gaming states. The main control unit outputs the advance notice information for each of the gaming states stored in the prior lottery information storage unit at the start of the change, and at that time, outputs the advance notice information corresponding to the gaming state at that time to the sub control unit. . For example, in the case of the special figure high probability state, the advance notice information for the special figure high probability state stored in the preliminary lottery information storage unit (hold 1 is lost, hold 2 is lost, hold 3 is hit, hold 4 is not held) Is output at the start of fluctuation. The sub-control unit draws a notice effect from the notice effect lottery table when the received notice information includes a hit, and draws a gase notice effect from the gasse notice effect lottery table when no win is included. And a notice effect is performed based on a lottery result. Here, when the sub-control unit performs the continuous announcement that performs the announcement effect over a plurality of fluctuations based on the hit, the notice information received from the main control unit no longer includes the hit (continuous notice When the game state has changed during the game, the sub-control unit stops the execution of the continuous advance notice). Even if the gaming state is changed, the sub-control unit does not stop executing the continuous notice if the notice information includes a hit. In addition, although it described only as "around" here, this place may be any hit mentioned in Example 1. Further, it may be a “hit” only at the 15R special jackpot, and may be “lost”. This “around” or “losing” may be 1-bit information. In this case, “no hold” may be stored in a manner indistinguishable from “losing” (for example, “around” ON, “Lose” and “No hold” are bits off, etc.).

  Note that “the count value storage unit is provided so as to be able to store the count value up to a predetermined number, and the profit amount lottery unit is predetermined when the count value storage unit stores a plurality of count values. It may be a gaming machine characterized in that the profit amount lottery is performed based on the count value stored in the count value storage unit in this order. In a game machine in which a plurality of count values are drawn in a predetermined order, the degree of expectation with respect to a specific symbol variation can be increased in advance by performing a notice for a count value that has not been drawn.

  It should be noted that “comprising at least a first control board having the preliminary lottery information storage unit and at least a second control board having the notice notification unit, wherein the first control board has a front A pre-lottery information output unit is provided that outputs the pre-lottery information corresponding to the gaming state at the time of output from the plurality of pre-lottery information stored in the pre-article lottery information storage unit to the second control board. It may be a “game table characterized by that”. By selecting the prior lottery information according to the gaming state at the time of output, the preliminary lottery information can be output with a simple control structure.

  The “preliminary lottery information storage unit may store the preliminary lottery information with a data capacity smaller than the count value stored in the count value storage unit”. By storing with a small data capacity, the RAM capacity can be reduced. Furthermore, in the configuration in which information is output to another control unit, the number of commands may be reduced.

  The profit amount preliminary lottery unit performs preliminary lottery on the target count value to be acquired and stored when the count value storage unit acquires and stores the count value. It may be a “playing machine”. By acquiring the preliminary lottery information at the time of starting winning, it is possible to acquire the preliminary lottery information in addition to storing the count value in the RAM, and it is not necessary to provide the timing for acquiring the preliminary lottery information again, thereby reducing the processing load. There are cases where it is possible. In addition, by acquiring pre-lottery information for the count value at the time of winning a prize, it may not be necessary to update the pre-lottery information that has already been stored on hold and unnecessary processing may be performed.

  “The count value storage unit acquires and stores a count value used for a predetermined lottery based on the fact that a game ball has won a prize at the first start port and the second start port, and the profit amount The lottery unit performs the lottery of the profit amount based on the winning to the second starting port in preference to the lottery of the profit amount based on the winning to the first starting port. It may be. There are two special charts, and in the game machine in which special figure 2 changes with priority, the fluctuation of special figure 2 is interrupted, so it becomes difficult to grasp the game state at the time of the future lottery. It is desirable to obtain prior lottery information corresponding to a plurality of gaming states.

  Note that, based on a predetermined condition, the profit amount lottery is more disadvantageous for the player than the first game state from the first game state where the profit amount lottery is advantageous for the player. A gaming state changing unit that changes to the gaming state or changes from the second gaming state to the first gaming state, and the gaming state changing unit uses the profit amount lottery unit based on a predetermined reference A gaming machine characterized by changing the gaming state from the second gaming state to the first gaming state when a profit amount lottery is performed a predetermined number of times. Although the gaming state changes when a predetermined number of lotteries are performed, it is not necessary to acquire the prior lottery information while grasping the predetermined number in order to predict a change in the gaming state, thus reducing the processing load. There are cases where it is possible. In particular, in a game machine having a plurality of special figures and special figures 1 and 2, the fluctuation of special figure 2 interrupts, so even if the predetermined number of times is grasped, the future gaming state is predicted. There are cases where it is not possible.

The profit amount lottery unit may be a gaming table that performs a lottery regarding whether or not to win a jackpot based on the count value and the gaming state.
The game table may be “a game table characterized in that a lottery regarding a jackpot stop symbol is performed based on the count value and the gaming state”.

  The lottery result notifying unit for notifying the lottery result of the lottery performed by the profit amount lottery unit, the profit amount lottery unit while the lottery result notifying unit is notifying the lottery result, It may be a “game table characterized by not performing a lottery of profit amount”.

  The lottery result output unit for outputting the lottery result of the lottery performed by the profit lottery means, and the preliminary lottery information output unit is configured to output the lottery result when the lottery result output unit outputs the lottery result. It may be a “game table characterized by outputting lottery information”.

Since this change example D is applied when the gaming state changes during the continuous notice, for example, during the continuous notice in the special figure low probability state, the fluctuation of the special figure 2 becomes an interrupt and a special jackpot. Even when the figure becomes a high probability state, the main control unit does not need to acquire the advance notice information again because the special figure high probability state is obtained, and the processing load can be distributed.
(Modification E)
As a method of performing a continuous notice, which is a notice over a plurality of symbol variations, (1) whether a symbol variation is regarded as a plurality of symbol variations within a plurality of symbol variations within a pseudo symbol variation. (2) There are two types of methods for making a notice in advance over a plurality of symbol variations. A method of combining these two types is also conceivable. For example, if there are three holds and a big win is made in the third symbol variation, “Chance” is displayed in the first symbol variation, “Chance” is displayed again in the second symbol variation, and the third time. In the case of the symbol variation of, when “chance” is displayed, pseudo-stop is performed, pseudo-start is displayed after pseudo-fixed display, “chance” is displayed again after pseudo-start, super-reach is performed and jackpot is displayed It is. However, in this case, there is a case where the third symbol variation is sufficiently expected because the continuous notice is given within the first symbol variation and the second symbol variation. It is also considered that there is a low need for seeking an improvement in the expectation of continuous notices due to pseudo continuous fluctuations within the pattern fluctuations. In response to this, the following solutions are proposed. That is,
“Based on the fact that the game ball wins once at the start opening, it starts a true variation that starts the variation of the symbol, and when the determined variation time has elapsed, performs a true variation stop that stops the variation of the symbol, and continues In the gaming machine having a symbol display means for performing a series of symbol variation display from the start of the true variation to the true definite display, performing the true definite display that continues to display the definite symbol for a predetermined time, the symbol display means, In the series of symbol variation display, pseudo variation stop that makes it appear as if the true variation stop has been performed, pseudo confirmed display that makes it appear that the true decision display has been performed, and the start of true variation are performed. A pseudo-symbol display means for executing a pseudo-symbol display in which a pseudo-variation start that appears as if it has been received is performed, and the game ball is attached to the player on the basis that the game ball is won once at the start opening. A lottery means for performing a lottery of the profit amount to be performed, wherein the symbol display means performs the symbol variation display once per lottery and displays the symbol representing the result of the lottery as a confirmed symbol. The lottery means suspends the lottery based on winning a prize until the symbol variation display that truly displays the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on winning first as a confirmed symbol is terminated, In addition, before the lottery means the lottery means, the game table determines what kind of lottery result the lottery result becomes, and informs the player that the lottery result is a specific result. Preliminary notification determining means for performing a preliminary notification to be predicted, and the preliminary notification before the symbol representing the result of the lottery determined when the preliminary notification determining means determines to perform the preliminary notification is displayed as a final symbol. Notice display means for performing, when the pseudo symbol display means performs a series of symbol variation display performed after the lottery by the lottery means, the notice notification by the notice notification means for the lottery was performed In this case, it may be a “game table characterized in that the probability that the pseudo symbol display is performed is lower than in the case where the notice notification by the notice notifying means is not performed for the lottery”.

  Further, according to the winning status of the game ball at the start opening, the symbol change display control unit for causing the symbol display means to continuously perform the symbol change display a plurality of times, and before the pseudo change stop is performed. An effect unit that performs a first effect and performs a second effect that is a continuation of the first effect after the start of the pseudo-variation performed after the stoppage of the pseudo-variation is performed, and the effect unit includes two times In the symbol variation display continuously performed as described above, a third effect that is indistinguishable from the first effect is performed for the player before the true variation stop in the symbol variation display performed before the last symbol variation display. And a fourth effect that is indistinguishable from the second effect for the player after the start of the true variation in the symbol variation display performed after the symbol variation display in which the third effect is performed. It may be.

  In this way, if there is a need to increase the expectation, it can be increased, and if it is not necessary to increase the expectation, it cannot be increased, so an appropriate expectation improvement effect can be performed. Can enhance the interest of

  For example, if the third hold is a big hit and a notification is to be given, “chance” is displayed for the first change, and “chance” is displayed for the second change. In the third variation, the pseudo-continuous notice is not selected, and the jackpot is easily displayed through the super reach. On the other hand, when the notice notification is not performed, the fact that the third fluctuation result is a highly expected fluctuation result in both the first fluctuation and the second fluctuation is not notified, and in the third fluctuation, `` Chance '' is displayed, pseudo-stop is performed, pseudo-display is performed, and pseudo-start is performed. After starting, display “chance” again, and then make it easy to display the jackpot through super reach. As for how to make it easy to display, when a notice effect is won, a flag such as a notice effect execution flag is set. When the lottery of the effect that informs that it is a big hit, when the notice effect execution flag is set, from the effect lottery table that is less likely to select the pseudo-continuous notice than when the notice effect execution flag is not set Perform a lottery for pseudo-continuous notice.

  When the notice effect execution flag is set, the pseudo continuous notice may not be performed at all. Specifically, the pseudo continuous notice lottery may not be performed.

  Further, when the notice effect execution flag is not set, it is possible to make it easier to display the jackpot due to the developed super reach than when the pseudo continuous notice execution flag is set. Advanced Super Reach is: (1) Character fights (2) Character loses (3) Help character helps (4) Help character wins (5) First super reach that is jackpot, (1) Character fights (2) Character loses (3) Help character helps (4) Help character loses (5) Second help character appears (6) Second help The character wins (7) there is a second super reach that is a big hit, and when the notice effect execution flag is not set, the second super reach is likely to be selected. The second super reach has a feature that the reach is developed more than the first super reach.

  Further, full rotation reach may be performed only when the notice effect flag is not set.

It should be noted that “the pseudo-symbol display means, when performing a series of symbol variation display performed after the lottery means by lottery means, if the notice notification means by the notice notification means has been performed for the lottery, On the other hand, it may be a “game machine characterized in that the probability that the number of times of the pseudo symbol display is reduced is higher than in the case where the advance notice is not given by the advance notice means”. For example, when the notice notification flag is set, an average of one pseudo continuous notice is performed, whereas when the notice notice flag is not set, an average of three pseudo continuous notices are performed. That is.
(Modification Example F)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment Prior notice means for giving a notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery as a confirmed symbol is displayed, a first notice stage for giving the notice in the first form, and a second notice notice in the second form. A game machine characterized by comprising a stage switching means for switching between two notice stages, and may have the following characteristics.
(Modification Example F-1)
“The stage switching means prevents the stage from being switched while the notice notification means performs the notice, and allows the stage to be switched while the notice information does not perform the notice. It may be a “characteristic game stand”. In game machines that perform stage switching lottery based on a predetermined condition such as every change, stage switching lottery is not performed while notice notification is being performed, and stage switching lottery is performed while notice notification is not being performed. If you win, you may switch the stage. Similarly, when the stage is switched by the player's operation, the stage switching operation is not accepted while the notice is being given, and the stage switching operation is accepted while the notice is not being given. Good.

  It should be noted that the stage is an effect stage, and is intended to widen the range of effects, for example, by changing the background or the appearance characters. For example, the first stage is a princess stage (a princess character appears, and if a hit with darts is displayed on the background of the festival, a big win will be given), and the second stage is a samurai stage (grandmother) ) Appeared, and in the background of the castle, if you defeat the sneak into the hall, you will reach a big win). Because the stage selection lottery table is different for each stage, the conditions for selecting the stage are different (the first condition is the princess stage, the second condition is the samurai stage, etc.), and the stage that makes up the princess stage is selected or lottery. In addition, a plurality of stages can be provided by selecting or drawing lots of effects that make up the kite stage.

In the princess stage, a notice that a cute doll appears continuously is given, and in the samurai stage, a notice that the countdown for the sneak is performed is performed. In particular, in the song stage, the songr will say “1” as a notice for the first change, and the song “2” will be given as a notice for the second change. As a notice notification, the sound of the songer saying “3” is output and the sneaky reach production is developed. In this case, if you can freely change the stage during the notice, you will not know who the player will suddenly start from “3” when you switch to the puppet stage after two cute dolls on the princess stage. As a result, the entertainment reach of the music declines.
(Modification F-2)
The game table may be characterized in that the notice information means ends the notice information when the stage is switched by the stage switching means. This also prevents the display of effects when the stage is switched for the same reason as in the modified example A from being strange. Note that the stage switching method may be any method, such as a lottery method or a player's operation, as in the modification example F-1.
(Modification Example F-3)
“The stage switching means is provided so that it can also be switched for the third notice stage that does not give notice, and when the stage is changed while the notice notice is giving notice, the stage is changed to the third notice stage. May be a game machine characterized in that it can be switched to the third stage while the advance notice means is not making a notice. By not shifting to the third stage where the continuous notice is not executed, the continuous notice can be enjoyed to the end. Note that the stage switching method may be any method, such as a lottery method or a player's operation, as in the modification example F-1.
(Modification Example F-4)
“The notice notification means performs a non-story notice notice with no story and a story notice notice with story in the second stage, and the stage is switched while the notice notice is given in the first stage. In such a case, it may be a “game table characterized in that a non-story notice is performed without performing a story notice as a notice in the second stage”. In the example of the modified example F-1, in addition to the advance notice that the musician counts up on the second stage, the advance stage notice that the musician appears continuously is performed. The notice that the musician counts up is completed with "Ichini no San!", So if the player suddenly starts with "san!", The player will feel uncomfortable, but the notice that the musician will appear continuously Since there is no story, even if the first and second notices are made with a lovely doll on the princess stage, and the third notice is made with a notice that the musician appears, the player will not feel uncomfortable. Note that the stage switching method may be any method, such as a lottery method or a player's operation, as in the modification example F-1.
(Modification G)
Further, as in the modification example D, the main control unit acquires the advance notice information at the time of winning a prize, collects the advance notice information on hold at the start of fluctuation, and outputs to the secondary control part. There are the following problems in a gaming machine that performs a notice effect and a sub-control unit that draws a notice effect by lottery.

  For example, when the sub-control unit receives the advance notice information and the advance notice information is only the notice information for the loss, the sub-control unit performs lottery drawing of the continuous notice. It is assumed that the lottery probability of Gase continuous notice is 1/20. The main control unit outputs a notice information together with a change start command based on the end of the previous symbol change. Here, it is assumed that one game ball is won at the start port while the symbol variation is being performed, so that the number of holds increases by one, and the total number of holds reaches two (all lost). In this case, the sub-control unit inputs the advance notice information together with the change start command, and since all of the advance notice information is lost, the sub-control unit performs lottery of the continuous notice of advance at 1/20. As another example, it is assumed that three game balls are won at the starting port while the symbols are changing, so that three holds are added and the total number of holds is four (all lost). Also in this case, the sub-control unit inputs the advance notice information together with the change start command, and since all of the advance notice information is lost, the sub-control unit performs lottery of the continuous notice at 1/20. However, when the number of holds increases by one and when the number of holds increases by three, naturally, the case where the number of holds increases by three is greater than the case where the number of holds increases by one (for example, other than lost and small hits). The probability is three times higher. In such a case, even if it is a loss, it is necessary to excite the player by performing a series of advance notice and enhance the player's interest in the game, but the notice probability is not changed according to the increase in the hold However, there is a problem that the player cannot be effectively spoken and the interest of the player cannot be enhanced effectively.

This is solved by the following method. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. Until the change display ends, the lottery based on winning later will be suspended,
Furthermore, before this lottery draws the lottery means, the lottery result will be determined in advance and the lottery result will be determined in advance, and the preliminary determination means from the determination result of the prior determination means, the preliminary execution lottery, Based on the notice execution lottery, notice notice determining means for deciding whether or not to give notice to the player to predict that the result is a specific result, and the notice notice determining means have decided to perform the notice notice. A notice notifying means for notifying the notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery determined is displayed as a confirmed figure, and the notice notice determining means includes the number of the lotteries held by the lottery means. It may be a “game table characterized in that the advance notice lottery is performed based on the increase number of the game”. Since it is possible to perform a notice execution lottery that takes into account the increase in the number of holds, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

  Furthermore, “the game ball is provided with a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on the winning of the game once at the start gate, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. Whether or not to perform the advance notice lottery from the judgment result of the advance judgment means and whether or not to make a notice to the player to predict that the specific result is based on the advance notice lottery. Notice to be decided Knowledge determining means, and notice information means for performing the notice notice before the symbol representing the lottery result determined when the notice notice deciding means decides to perform the notice notice is displayed as a confirmed symbol. The notice notification determining means performs the notice execution lottery based on the increase in the number of the lotteries held by the lottery means between the previous notice execution lottery and the current lottery. It may be a “game table characterized by”. Since the advance notice lottery can be performed in consideration of the number of reserved balls increased from the previous run to the current run, the advance notice lottery according to the degree of expectation can be performed. In addition, when developing a game machine, it may be easy to predict the lottery value of the notice execution lottery, and the development man-hour may be reduced.

  The main control board includes at least a main control board including at least the lottery means and the preliminary determination means, and a sub-control board including at least the advance notice determination means and the advance notice means. When the lottery means performs the lottery, the determination result of the preliminary determination means is output to the sub control board together with the lottery result, and the sub control board is based on the input determination result of the preliminary determination means It may be a “game table characterized in that the advance notice lottery is performed by the advance notice determining means”. In such a case, the processing structure is simplified, but the determination result of the prior determination means cannot be acquired freely by the sub-control unit or cannot be acquired for each increase in the number of holdings. By providing a structure for performing a lottery, it is possible to provide a game stand that can appropriately raise the player's expectation, and it is possible to further improve the interest of the player's game.

  In addition, when the determination result of the preliminary determination unit is a first profit amount (15R special jackpot, etc.), the preliminary notification determination unit performs a preliminary execution lottery using a first lottery table, and the preliminary determination If the determination result of the means is the second profit amount (such as a loss), the notice execution lottery is performed using the second lottery table. Further, “the notice notification determining means performs the lottery using the second lottery table. The lottery means holds the lottery hold number when the first hold number is smaller than the first hold number than when the second hold number is less than the first hold number. It may be a “game table characterized by a low notification probability of performing“. The lottery based on the second lottery table is, for example, a lottery for continuous gaze notice. For example, in the previous example, the sub-control unit inputs the advance notice information together with the change start command, and since all the advance notice information is lost, it is assumed that the lottery of the continuous announcement is 1/20, but the advance notice information is all lost. If there is one hold, it will be 1/20, if there are two hold, 1/30, if there are three hold, 1/40, if there are four hold, it will be 1/50. In addition, a correction value is entered in accordance with the number of pending increases. In this case, if the number of on-hold increases is not considered, the greater the number of holds, the smaller the execution probability of the notice. This is related to the fact that the variation time becomes shorter as the number of suspensions increases. In other words, when there are four holds, it is easy to select a short variation time so that the change will end soon because there is no more hold, and when there is zero hold, if the change ends quickly, the game Since the player may be freed up, the recent game machines have a shorter variation time as the number of on-holds increases. Therefore, if it becomes easy to make a notice when it is easy to select a short change time, the change will end immediately after making a notice, so the interest of the game will decline for some players There is a case. Therefore, the execution probability of the notice is made smaller as the number of suspensions increases.

  However, in this case, if the notice lottery is not performed in consideration of the increase in the number of holds, for example, in the previous notice execution lottery, the number of holds is 1, and in the case of the current notice execution lottery, there are four holds. In such a case, the expectation to the player due to the gasse notice notification for the three holdings becomes 1/50, which is not preferable. Therefore, for example, 1- (19/20 × 29/30 × 39/40 × 49/50) = 147039/1200000 (about 12%) is performed, so that the player's gaming interests are appropriate. It can be improved with timing. In addition, when the lottery hold number held by the lottery means is the first hold number when the lottery is held by the first lottery table, the notice notification determining unit performs the first hold. It may be a “game table characterized in that the notification probability of performing the notification in advance” is larger than in the case of the second holding number which is a number smaller than the number. Since the player's expectation can be raised as consecutive notices continue, if the 15R special jackpot is hit, if there are four holds, the notice of the player's game will be surely made by giving as many notices as possible Can be improved.

  In addition, the “notice notification determining means is characterized in that a lottery for notice notification is performed according to the number of holdings that are increased by the number of holdings of the lottery held by the lottery means”. There may be. For example, when the number of holdings increases by three, conventionally, a 1/20 lottery was performed once, but it may be performed three times. In this case, the lottery probability is 1− (19/20) 3 = 14%. In addition, the game according to the present invention is characterized in that the notice notification determination means performs a notice notification lottery in accordance with the number of holdings obtained by increasing the number of holdings of the lottery held by the lottery means and the storage location. Stand ". When the increased hold is stored in the third hold and the fourth hold, the lot may be drawn by the lottery table for the third hold and the lottery table for the fourth hold.

In addition, when the lottery hold number held by the lottery means is the first hold number when the lottery is held by the second lottery table, the notice notice determining means is the first hold It may be a “game table characterized in that the notification probability of performing the notification in advance” is larger than in the case of the second holding number which is a number smaller than the number.
(Modification example H)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. That is, “the game ball includes a lottery means for drawing a profit amount to be given to the player based on a winning once at the start opening, and the symbol display means displays the symbol variation display for each lottery. A symbol that is displayed once and represents a symbol representing the result of the lottery as a final symbol, and the symbol representing the result of the lottery based on the fact that the lottery has won first is displayed as a final symbol. The lottery based on the fact that the prize was won later is put on hold until the end of the variable display. Further, before the lottery means the lottery means the lottery, the lottery results in what kind of lottery result. And a notice notification determining means for notifying the player that the result of the lottery is a specific result, and when the notice notification determining means determines that the notice notification is performed. Judgment Notice information means for giving a notice before the symbol representing the result of the lottery is displayed as a confirmed figure, and effect control means for controlling the effect determined based on the lottery result of the lottery performed by the lottery means; Driving means for driving a movable object for presentation provided for the presentation, wherein the notice notification means outputs a drive signal to the drive means as the notice of notice, and the effect control means includes the notice notice Even when the means is planning to output a drive signal to the drive means, if it is decided to perform a specific effect, the drive signal is output in preference to the drive means. It may be a “game table characterized by the fact that”. When the notice effect is set, the effect for driving the effect device (for example, the shutter) is not selected or selected by the effect determined based on the lottery of the profit amount to be given to the player by the lottery means. Even if it is done, the production is not executed. This is to prevent the continuous notice from being overwritten with the production based on the lottery of the change at that time and becoming invisible. However, in the case of special figure 1, when a big win is made in the lottery four times ahead, a big hit is won in special figure 2 which is preferentially changed over special figure 1 on the way. In this case, it is assumed that an effect for making a definite notification that the jackpot has been won is selected by the effecting device (which is always a jackpot when the effect is performed). In this case, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player's game by giving priority to the confirmation notification. In addition, it may be an effect with a high degree of expectation of the jackpot, and is not limited to the fixed notification.
(Modification Example I)
In addition to simply starting the game and displaying the results, it has become possible to improve the interest by making the player have a sense of expectation in the middle of the game, but the range of games can be expanded In addition to the fear that a player will soon get bored if a special function is not installed, in conventional game machines, a determination as to whether or not the right to change the symbol is made in advance before the change of the symbol is started (so-called In the case where it is determined that an advantageous gaming state is generated, the range of game play has been expanded by changing the time (fluctuation time) of the symbol change before the symbol change based on the right.

  However, when changing the variation time based on the result of the determination of success / failure in advance, it becomes possible to increase the number of success / failure lottery more than before, so the number of hits will naturally increase, There was a problem that unfairness was given to the player and gambling was increased. On the other hand, if the symbol change time is changed regardless of the game result, there is a risk that the game machine will perceive the game machine as if it had caused a special figure change, and the player was distrusted about fairness. It makes me feel. Therefore, by not changing the change time in the case of performing the advance notice based on the result of performing the determination as to whether or not (pre-reading result), it is possible to suppress gambling without giving the player an unfair feeling. .

  However, when a notice is given without changing the variation time based on the result of determining whether or not it is determined in advance, the last symbol variation of the continuous symbol variation stop display may not be a long variation time. In this case, there is a possibility that the effect of notifying the notice in the continuous symbol fluctuation stop display is lowered, and the interest of the player is lowered.

  For this reason, when notifying the notice without changing the fluctuation time, it is necessary to ensure that the last symbol fluctuation of successive notice notices is a long fluctuation time by making the time of symbol fluctuation that will be a hit or miss long. However, in that case, since the fluctuation time of the deviation that occupies most of the fluctuation time in the normal time naturally becomes longer, the player is stopped until the lottery result is notified, and the operation of the game table is lowered. There is a problem that the interest of the player is lowered because the number of times the lottery is performed is significantly reduced. In addition, there is a problem that it is not possible to provide a notice with a high production effect.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a game stand that can improve the effect of the advance notice without giving an unfair feeling to the player, and has been made to solve such conventional problems. To do. In other words, when a game ball is won at a predetermined starting opening, a symbol display means for performing a variable stop display for a predetermined variation time after the symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and a symbol aspect displayed by the symbol display means are specified. Special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state advantageous to the player in the case of the above-mentioned symbol form, a specific variable time group including only the specific variable time satisfying the first specific condition, and non-specific not satisfying the specific condition When a game ball has won one of the predetermined variation time groups from the predetermined variation time group table including a plurality of variation time groups including at least a non-specific variation time group including the variation time. The variable time group determining means for determining the variable time group and the variable time group storing means for storing the variable time group determined by the variable time group determining means , A variation time determining means for determining a variation time according to a second specific condition from the stored variation time group at the start of the variation stop display, and the symbol display means based on the determined variation time Display control means for displaying a variable stop display, and the variable stop display that is the variable stop display that starts before the start of the specific variable stop display based on any specific variable time in the specific variable time group is 1 or In the case where there are a plurality of game machines, the game machine may be provided with a prior notice device for performing a prior notice that suggests that the special gaming state is started in the first variable stop display. In this way, the specific change stop display based on the change time satisfying the specific condition is performed after the advance notice is given in advance change stop display without changing the change time. For this reason, it is possible to enhance the effects of the advance notice and the specific variation stop display without giving the player an unfair feeling, and to improve the interest of the player. Further, since there is no need to have a plurality of symbol types, it is not necessary to perform control processing related to the type lottery, and the control burden can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to reduce the burden of document preparation by reducing the description items related to the symbol type described in the documents to be submitted to the inspection organization (such as Secure Electronic Communication Technology Association).

  In addition, the “preliminary advance notice means performs the advance notice in the advance change stop display when the advance change stop display is the non-specific change time”, Also good. In this way, in order to perform the specific change stop display that is the specific change time after performing the advance notice notification during the first change stop display that is the non-specific change time, the effect of the advance notice and the specific change stop display is further improved. Can increase the interest of the player.

  In addition, “the advance notice notification unit may be configured to display the advance notice in the change display from the previous change stop display to the specific change stop display when the previous change stop display may be the specific change time. It may be a “game table characterized by not performing the game”. By doing so, since there is no prior notice when there is a possibility that the first variable stop display becomes the specific variable time, it is possible to prevent the effect of the advance notice and the specific variable stop display from being reduced. it can.

  In addition, “the advance notice notification unit displays the prior variable stop display when the specific variable stop display does not display the specific symbol form and the prior variable stop display may be the specific variable time. To the specific change stop display may be a gaming machine characterized in that the advance notice is not performed. By doing this, the advance notice is not given when the specific change stop display is out of date and the previous change stop display may become the specific change time, so the effect of the advance notice and the specific change stop display is reduced. Can be prevented. In addition, when the specific change stop display is around and the previous change stop display may become the specific change time, even if the advance notice is given and the effect is reduced, the player is advantageous. There is no loss of interest in

  Further, it may be “a game machine characterized in that the specific variation time is longer than the non-specific variation time”. By doing this, the fluctuation time of the first variable stop display can be shortened and the fluctuation time of the specific variable stop display can be increased. By performing the specific variation stop display for a long variation time, it is possible to enhance the effects of the advance notice and the specific variation stop display, and to improve the interest of the player.

  Further, “the non-specific variation time group includes a first non-specific variation time group including only the non-specific variation time, and a second non-specific variation time group including the specific variation time and the non-specific variation time. The prior notice notification means includes the first advance stop notification when the all-first advance stop indication is based on any non-specific change time in the first non-specific change time group. When a prior notice is given and at least one of the one or more preceding variable stop displays is based on any variable time of the second non-specific variable time group, from the previous variable stop display to the specific variable stop display It may also be a “game table” in which the advance notice is not performed in the variable display. By doing so, when the first change stop display is based on the change time of the first non-specific change time group, the change time is always the non-specific change time, so that it is possible to make advance notice with a high effect of production. . In addition, when the previous variable stop display is based on the variable time of the second non-specific variable time group, the variable time is not necessarily the non-specific variable time. It is possible to prevent the production effect from decreasing.

  In addition, “when a game ball wins at the predetermined start opening, the right of the variable stop display is reserved up to a predetermined number, and when the variable stop display ends when the hold number is 1 or more, Holding means for subtracting 1 from the fluctuation time, and the fluctuation time corresponding to the case where the number of holdings at the start of the variable stop display among the variable times of the variable time group is a predetermined number of holds is the variable stop display start time The variation time corresponding to a case where the number of suspensions is greater than the predetermined number of suspensions, and the variation time determination means is configured to select the variation stop display from the stored variation time group at the start of the variation stop display. When a change time corresponding to the number of holds is determined, and the prior notice notification unit has the previous change stop display based on any change time of the second non-specific change time group, the previous change stop display When the change time corresponding to the specific hold number that may be the initial hold number is a non-specific change time, the advance notice is given in the prior variable stop display, and the specific hold number is supported. Even if any of the variation times to be performed is a specific variation time, the game table is characterized in that the advance notice is not performed in the variation display from the previous variation stop display to the specific variation stop display. Good. In this way, even if the previous fluctuation stop display is based on any fluctuation time in the second non-specific fluctuation time group, if the non-specific fluctuation time is always selected at the start of the previous fluctuation stop display, a prior notice is given. Therefore, it is possible to improve the occurrence probability of the advance notice. In addition, when the non-specific variation time is not always selected at the start of the destination change stop display, the advance notice is not performed, so that it is possible to prevent the effect of the advance notice from being deteriorated. In the second non-specific variation time group, the specific variation time (relatively long) and the non-specific variation time (relatively short) are associated with each variation time when the number of holdings is small and large. When the number of holds is large, the lottery result is notified to the player early to shorten the state where the number of holds cannot be held, thereby preventing the player from stopping, and the game can be advanced at a good tempo. When there is a small number, it is possible to delay the notification of the lottery result to provide a period in which the number of holdings is increased, and to shorten the time during which the variable stop display is not performed, thereby preventing the player from being less interested in the game.

  The “preliminary advance notice means may perform the advance notice in the specific change stop display”. By carrying out like this, even if it carries out prior notice notification also by specific fluctuation stop display, the effect of advance notice information and specific fluctuation stop display can be heightened, and a player's interest can be improved.

In addition, “the game table characterized in that the specific variation stop display when the specific symbol mode is not displayed has a higher incidence than the specific variation stop display when the specific symbol mode is displayed”. There may be. By doing so, since the advance notice is more likely to occur in the case of being out of hit, it is possible to show the advance notice to the player more and improve the interest of the player.
(Change Example J)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. In other words, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult-to-win state. A plurality of types of stop symbol forms including a first specific symbol form and a second specific symbol form that display a change of symbols over a predetermined fluctuation time based on the winning of a game ball at the first start opening. A series of symbol fluctuation stop display is executed to stop and display one type of the stop symbol mode after the fluctuation time has elapsed, and a predetermined fluctuation is determined based on the winning of the game ball at the second start opening. A symbol display means for performing a series of symbol variation stop display for displaying a variation of symbols over time and stopping and displaying one type of stop symbol mode among a plurality of types of stop symbol modes after the passage of the variation time; Design When the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the motion stop display is the first specific symbol mode, the symbol is shifted to the first special game state that is more advantageous to the player than the predetermined normal state and is stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display. When the mode is the second specific symbol mode, the special game state transition means for shifting to the second game state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal state but disadvantageous to the player than the first special game state And when the symbol display means stops and displays any one of the first specific symbol mode and the second specific symbol mode by the symbol variation stop display, before the stop display, Notice notification means for performing a notification with a predetermined probability that suggests that the symbol display means is likely to stop and display the first specific symbol form, and the notice notification means stops the specific symbol variation stop In the symbol change stop display of a plurality of consecutive times, the notice notification is made, and the symbol display means draws the profit amount based on the winning to the second starting port, the first start It is prioritized over the lottery of the profit amount based on the winning in the mouth, and in the case of the difficult to win state, the game includes the first specific design mode based on the fact that the game ball has won the second starting port. (2) A game board characterized by executing a series of symbol fluctuation stop display for stopping and displaying one type of a stop symbol mode among a plurality of types of stop symbol modes not including a specific symbol mode. There may be.

  In the difficult-to-win state, the special figure 1 is mainly changed, and the special figure 1 is reserved, and a continuous notice for the lottery of the special figure 1 is performed. In this case, if a special winning is won in the special figure 2, the opening operation of the big winning opening by the special winning in the special figure 2 is performed during the continuous notice, and the continuity of the continuous notice may be hindered. For this reason, in the difficult-to-win state, the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 1, and the small hit symbol is not displayed in the special figure 2. Note that the opening operation of the big winning opening with a small hit may be performed for about 8 seconds, for example.

  In addition, “the symbol display means, over the fluctuation time of either one of the predetermined long fluctuation time and the short fluctuation time shorter than the long fluctuation time, based on the game ball entering the predetermined start opening. A series of symbol fluctuation stops in which a change display of the symbols is performed and one type of the stop symbol mode among the plural types of stop symbol modes including the first specific symbol mode and the second specific symbol mode is stopped and displayed. Display, and when the symbol display means displays the variation of the symbol and stops and displays one of the first specific symbol aspect and the second specific symbol aspect, It may be a “game table characterized in that the symbol variation display in the specific symbol variation stop display for displaying the symbol mode is performed over the long variation time”. Game consoles such as pachinko machines are equipped with obstacles that change the direction of the fall of the game ball in the game area of the game board, a winning opening, a starting opening, a variable winning opening, etc. where the game ball can win. It is common. When a game ball wins a prize, a privilege is given to the player, such as paying out a prize ball. In addition, such a gaming table is provided with a symbol display device such as a 7-segment display, and when a game ball wins at the start opening, the symbol of the symbol display device fluctuates for a predetermined time, and the symbol after the change is predetermined. When a specific symbol mode is reached, a gaming state advantageous to the player is generated, such as opening a variable prize opening for a predetermined time. In the game machine, the interest of the game machine is improved by increasing or decreasing the opportunities for the player to obtain the above-mentioned benefits by controlling the occurrence of a game state advantageous to the player. As for such a gaming machine, there is known a gaming machine that informs a player in advance that the symbol after the change becomes a specific symbol mode before the symbol ends the variation (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3- 73180). In the gaming machine described in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1, in addition to simply changing the symbol, the player is informed in advance that the symbol after the change will be in a specific symbol form. It has become possible to improve the interest to some extent, such as becoming possible, but if you do not further improve the gameability and sustain the player's willingness to play, you will soon get bored by the player There is a fear. Accordingly, it is an object to provide a gaming table that can enhance game playability and maintain a player's willingness to play.

  Further, “the notice notifying unit is configured such that the variation time of the symbol variation display in the first symbol variation stop display is longer than a predetermined time in a plurality of consecutive symbol variation stop displays including the specific symbol variation stop display last. For example, it may be a “game table characterized in that the notice notification is not performed while the first symbol variation stop display is executed”.

  Further, “when the notice notification unit executes symbol variation stop display for performing symbol variation display over the long variation time in a plurality of consecutive symbol variation stop displays with the specific symbol variation stop display as the last. The game table may be characterized in that, in the symbol variation display over the long variation time, the notice notification is repeatedly performed at intervals not exceeding the short variation time.

  Further, in the “game table characterized in that the symbol display means performs a temporary stop display of a symbol different from the symbol stop display during the symbol variation display in the symbol variation stop display”. There may be.

  In addition, “the gaming machine characterized in that the special gaming state transition means shifts to the third gaming state advantageous to the player, with at least one of the conditions being the end of the second gaming state”. There may be.

  In addition, the game table may be characterized in that the symbol display means has a higher probability of stopping and displaying the second specific symbol mode in the third gaming state than in the normal state.

  Further, it may be “a gaming table characterized in that the symbol display means has a higher probability that the first specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed in the third gaming state than in the normal state”.

  Note that, in the difficult-to-win state, the fluctuation of the special figure 1 is the main, the suspension is accumulated in the special figure 1, and the continuous notice for the lottery of the special figure 1 is performed. In this case, if the super reach is won in the special figure 2, the super reach is performed in the special figure 2 during the continuous notice, and the continuity of the continuous notice may be hindered. For this reason, in the winning easy state, the super reach may be easily performed in the special figure 2, and the super reach may be difficult to be performed in the special figure 2. In other words, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state. A plurality of types of stop symbol forms including a first specific symbol form and a second specific symbol form that display a change of symbols over a predetermined fluctuation time based on the winning of a game ball at the first start opening. A series of symbol fluctuation stop display is executed to stop and display one type of the stop symbol mode after the fluctuation time has elapsed, and a predetermined fluctuation is determined based on the winning of the game ball at the second start opening. A symbol display means for performing a series of symbol variation stop display for displaying a variation of symbols over time and stopping and displaying one type of stop symbol mode among a plurality of types of stop symbol modes after the passage of the variation time; Strange design When the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the stop display is the first specific symbol mode, the symbol mode is shifted to the first special game state advantageous to the player from the predetermined normal state, and is stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display. Is a second specific symbol form, special game state transition means for shifting to a second game state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal state but disadvantageous to the player than the first special game state; When the symbol display means stops displaying the specific symbol mode of either the first specific symbol mode or the second specific symbol mode by the symbol variation stop display, the symbol is displayed before the stop display. Notice means for performing a notice with a predetermined probability indicating that the display means is likely to stop and display the first specific symbol mode, and the notice notice means includes the specific symbol variation stop table. In the multiple symbol fluctuation stop display that is consecutively repeated, the notice notification is performed, and the symbol display means is more likely to receive the second starting port in the difficult-to-win state than in the easy-to-win state. A gaming table characterized in that a variation time having a short variation time based on the winning of a game ball can be easily selected.

It should be noted that “the first symbol lottery means for lottery to acquire the first random number and stop in the first specific symbol mode; and the second random number to acquire and stop in the second specific symbol mode. 2nd symbol lottery means for lottery, wherein the second symbol lottery means does not acquire the second symbol lottery random number when the winning is difficult. Good. In the case of the normal figure low probability state, the big hit symbol lottery random number is acquired and the small bonus symbol lottery random number is not acquired.
(Modification Example J-1)
In addition, a game machine having the following configuration is provided for the purpose of enhancing the fun of the game compared to conventional game machines. In other words, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult-to-win state. Based on the winning of the game ball at the first start opening, the symbols are displayed over a predetermined variation time, and one of the plurality of types of stop symbols is displayed as the variation time. A series of symbol variation stop display is performed to stop display after a lapse of time, and based on the fact that a game ball has won a prize at the second starting port, a symbol variation display is performed over a predetermined variation time, and a plurality of types A symbol display means for executing a series of symbol variation stop display for stopping and displaying one type of the stop symbol modes among the stop symbol modes, and the stop symbol mode stopped by the symbol variation stop display. A special game state transition means for shifting to a first special game state that is more advantageous to the player than a predetermined normal state in the case of the specific symbol mode, wherein the symbol display means is in the difficult to win state A series of symbol fluctuations based on winning in the first starting port when there is a winning in the second starting port during a series of symbol variation stop display based on winning in the first starting port The stop display is interrupted and the symbol variation based on the winning at the second starting port is started to execute a series of symbol variation stop display, and when the series of symbol variation stop is finished, the first variation is interrupted. A series of symbol variation stop display based on winning at the starting port of the first is restarted, and the second start is performed during a series of symbol variation stopping display based on winning at the first starting port in the easy winning state. If there is a prize in the mouth, the first It may be a gaming table characterized "in that the series of symbol variation stopped and displayed based on the winning to the start hole does not halt. Since it is easy to enter the starting port 2 in the easy-to-win state, a stop game is performed until a reach with a high jackpot probability is selected in FIG. 1, and when a reach with a high jackpot probability is selected, the stop game is subsequently played. If the game is canceled and the special figure 2 is obtained, it is possible to obtain two jackpots in one easy winning state. At this time, since the player plays the stop game, there is a problem that the operation of the game store side is lowered. This modification solves this problem. It should be noted that the interruption variation of special figure 2 may not be performed especially when the special figure 1 is a big hit.
(Modification K)
Unlike the declaration described in the section of the modification example, the modification example K is not limited to a gaming machine provided with a notice notification means. And the game machine provided with the following structure is provided for the purpose of raising the interest of a game rather than the conventional game machine. In other words, in a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult-to-win state. A plurality of types of stop symbol forms including a first specific symbol form and a second specific symbol form that display a change of symbols over a predetermined fluctuation time based on the winning of a game ball at the first start opening. A series of symbol fluctuation stop display is executed to stop and display one type of the stop symbol mode after the fluctuation time has elapsed, and a predetermined fluctuation is determined based on the winning of the game ball at the second start opening. A symbol display means for performing a series of symbol variation stop display for displaying a variation of symbols over time and stopping and displaying one type of stop symbol mode among a plurality of types of stop symbol modes after the passage of the variation time; Design When the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the motion stop display is the first specific symbol mode, the symbol is shifted to the first special game state that is more advantageous to the player than the predetermined normal state and is stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display. When the mode is the second specific symbol mode, the special game state transition means for shifting to the second game state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal state but disadvantageous to the player than the first special game state When the first specific symbol form is stopped in the easy-to-win state, the special game state is always followed by shifting to the easy-to-win state, and special when the second specific symbol form is stopped in the difficult-to-win state. A winning difficulty level transition means for transitioning to either the difficult winning state or the easy winning state after the gaming state ends, and the symbol display means, when in the easy winning state, the second start port Based on the winning of a game ball, one type of stop symbol mode is displayed after the variation time has elapsed, including the first specific symbol mode and not including the second specific symbol mode. It may be a gaming machine characterized by executing a series of symbol fluctuation stop display. Special Figure 2 rarely wins when it is difficult to win, and wins a lot when it is easy to win, but even if the winning is in the easy win state, it only makes sense to raise the base. In the case where an effect is performed over a plurality of fluctuations during the easy-to-win state (for example, a mission mode for notifying the player that a big hit has been made by displaying to achieve the conditions presented in advance). Since the big prize opening is opened unnecessarily by small hits, there is a case where the entertainment interest of the game is reduced by angering the performance performed over a plurality of fluctuations represented by the mission mode. is there.

It should be noted that “the first symbol lottery means for lottery to acquire the first random number and stop in the first specific symbol mode; and the second random number to acquire and stop in the second specific symbol mode. 2nd symbol lottery means for lottery, wherein the second symbol lottery means does not acquire the second symbol lottery random number when the winning is difficult. Good. In the case of the normal figure low probability state, the big hit symbol lottery random number is acquired and the small bonus symbol lottery random number is not acquired.
(Modification example L)
Unlike the declaration described in the section of the modification example, the modification example L is not limited to a gaming machine provided with a notice notification means. And the game machine provided with the following structure is provided for the purpose of raising the interest of a game rather than the conventional game machine. That is, “based on the fact that a game ball has entered a predetermined start opening, the variation display of the symbol is performed over either one of a predetermined long variation time and a short variation time shorter than the long variation time. A symbol that executes a series of symbol fluctuation stop display that stops and displays one type of stop symbol mode among the plural types of stop symbol modes including the first specific symbol mode and the second specific symbol mode If the display means and the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation stop display are the first specific symbol mode, the display unit shifts to the first special game state that is more advantageous to the player than the predetermined normal state. When the symbol mode stopped and displayed by the display is the second specific symbol mode, the player shifts to the second gaming state which is more advantageous to the player than the normal state but disadvantageous to the player than the first special gaming state. Let When the symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display is the third specific symbol mode, the third game is more advantageous to the player than the normal state but disadvantageous to the player than the second special game state. When the symbol mode that has been shifted to the state and stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display is the fourth specific symbol mode, the fourth special gaming state has the same advantage as the case where the third specific symbol mode is stopped and displayed. And a special game state transition means, and a large winning opening opening means for performing a control for opening a predetermined winning opening for a predetermined period when the special gaming state is entered, wherein the symbol display means In the case of stopping and displaying any one of the first specific symbol aspect, the second specific symbol aspect and the third specific symbol aspect by stop display, the symbol display means before the stop display But Notice notification means for performing a notification with a predetermined probability to suggest that there is a high possibility that the first specific symbol mode is stopped and displayed, and the symbol display means performs a variable display of the symbol and displays the first specific symbol. When the specific symbol aspect of any one of the aspect, the second specific symbol aspect, and the third specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed, the change of the symbol in the specific symbol variation stop display that stops and displays the one specific symbol aspect The notification is performed over the long variation time period, and the advance notice means performs the advance notice in a plurality of consecutive symbol change stop displays with the specific symbol change stop display last, and the big prize The game opening characterized in that the mouth opening means prevents the player from distinguishing between the opening states of the second special gaming state and the fourth special gaming state. It may be. The first specific symbol mode is, for example, a 15R special jackpot symbol. The second specific symbol mode is, for example, a 2R special jackpot symbol. The third specific symbol mode is, for example, a small hit for use in the gasse continuous notice, and the fourth specific symbol mode is a small hit for appearing as a 2R special jackpot symbol. In addition, when the 2R special jackpot symbol is won, the probability variation state that shifts after the second special gaming state performed by the 2R special jackpot is changed from the probability variation state that transitions after the first distinction gaming state that is performed by the 15R special jackpot. In comparison, the notification degree of notification that the player has a probability variation may be low. The probability variation state that shifts after the 2R special gaming state may be a so-called hidden probability variation.

  Note that “the game stand characterized in that the special winning opening releasing means is configured such that the period of the fourth special gaming state is shorter than the period of the third special gaming state”. Since the 3rd special game state is for making it difficult to understand the 2R probability change, it is necessary to set the special game state for a certain period in order to make the 2R probability change appear. Since it is a win, the period of the special gaming state may be as short as possible. In the third special gaming state, the grand prize opening may be opened twice, and in the fourth special gaming state, the grand prize opening may be opened once.

It should be noted that “the first symbol lottery means for lottery to acquire the first random number and stop in the first specific symbol mode; and the second random number to acquire and stop in the second specific symbol mode. 2nd symbol lottery means for lottery, wherein the second symbol lottery means does not acquire the second symbol lottery random number when the winning is difficult. Good. In the case of the normal figure low probability state, the big hit symbol lottery random number is acquired and the small bonus symbol lottery random number is not acquired.
(Modification example M)
Moreover, the following game machines may be sufficient.

  When the result of prefetching is a specific result such as two jackpots included, the state of production may be switched.

  In addition, when the result of prefetching in a predetermined period is a predetermined result, the state of production may be switched.

  In addition, as the state of production, either one of QR image A or QR image B is selected and displayed on the liquid crystal screen, and any one of QR image A, QR image B, or QR image C is selected and liquid crystal is displayed. The production state B displayed on the screen may be included.

  In addition, the predetermined period is a predetermined number of times after a predetermined gaming state is ended during a predetermined big hit, a predetermined short time, a predetermined special figure probability fluctuation, a predetermined ordinary figure high probability, a predetermined gaming state, and a predetermined gaming state. Until the special figure change is completed, a predetermined reach change is displayed during a predetermined notice until a predetermined time elapses after the player detects that a predetermined game operation such as a chance button or a firing handle is operated by the player. Any period such as during a predetermined stage of production may be applied.

  In addition, the predetermined result includes a predetermined number of jackpots including two or three jackpots, a predetermined jackpot is included, a predetermined jackpot type is included, a predetermined jackpot is included, and a predetermined loss reach is selected. It may be applied to a case where a specific identifier is included in the hold, such as an identifier determined to be included, or a combination of specific identifiers is included.

  In addition, for the QR image to be displayed, a privilege may be obtained on a homepage on the Internet associated with the QR, or in order to set a normal state of production when playing the next pachinko / pachislot machine It may be a password.

In place of the QR image, a barcode, a combination of characters having a predetermined number of digits, a combination of images having a predetermined number of colors and shapes, and the like may be used.
(Modification N)
“In a game machine having a first start port and a second start port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a relatively difficult-to-win state. A lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to a person based on winning one of the first start port and the second start port, and a lottery lottery performed by the lottery unit There is an announcement of the result, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second starting port is prioritized over the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the first starting port. A lottery result notifying unit for performing, and prior to notifying the lottery result, a notice notifying unit for notifying the player of the fact that the lottery result is expected to be advantageous for the player, In addition, a third starting port and movable The movable member (electrical chew) that switches the winning probability of the second starting port and the random contents obtained based on winning at the third starting port determine the movable content of the movable member. Movable member movable content determining means, wherein the notice notification means is based on the random number before the movable member movable content determining means performs the lottery, and the state of the second starting port is the difficult to win state In this case, the game machine may be configured to determine whether or not to give a notice to the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first start opening. Further, “the movable member movable content determination means controls the movable member to be moved to a first movable position and a second movable position that is harder to win the second starting port than the first movable position. The notice notification means moves to the first movable position when the movable member movable content determination means performs a lottery based on a random number acquired based on winning in the third starting port. Is determined at the first notification probability, and the movable member movable content determination means performs a lottery based on a random number acquired based on winning the third start opening. If it is determined that it is not determined to move to the first movable position, the game table is characterized in that the advance notice is given at a second advance probability higher than the first advance probability. It may be. In this case, the first notice probability may be zero. The notice notification may be a notice notice performed when a special figure jackpot random number is included, or a false notice notice performed when a special figure jackpot random number is not included. Different notice probabilities may be used. Note that “the notice notifying unit determines that the state of the second start port is based on the lottery result based on the random number before the lottery result is determined after the movable member movable content determining unit performs the lottery. It may be a “game table characterized in that it is determined whether or not to give a notice to the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when it is difficult to win a prize”. According to the configuration described so far, the special figure 1 fluctuation is main in the difficult-to-win state, but when the special figure 2 fluctuation interrupts the special figure 1 fluctuation, the special figure 2 fluctuation takes priority. There is a problem that the continuity of the continuous notice is impaired or the interruption of Special Figure 2 must be included in the continuous notice, and it becomes difficult for the continuous notice to appropriately enhance the interest of the player's game. is there. In order to solve this, in the difficult-to-win state, it is determined whether or not to notify the advance notice based on the lottery result of the usual figure hold or change. In addition, it was decided whether or not the notice effect based on the winning of the first special figure starting entrance in the difficult-to-win state is based on the holding of the ordinary figure or the lottery result of the changing ordinary figure. The notice effect based on the 2nd special figure start entrance prize, the notice effect based on the 1st special figure start entrance prize in the easy-to-win state, and the notice effect based on the 2nd special figure start entrance prize in the easy-to-win state, The notice content may or may not be determined based on the lottery result of the usual map that is changing.
(Modification P)
A game table equipped with a continuous variation pattern (pseudo continuous variation) showing the result of the lottery to the player through two or more symbol variation effects by performing pseudo continuous variation in addition to the normal variation. is there. For example, it is Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2008-161392. The game table “after the normal fluctuation of a predetermined time, after temporarily stopping the stop symbol candidate in a detachment manner, the stop symbol candidate is variably displayed again. Pseudo continuous variation is defined as “representing such variation after normal variation as“ pseudo continuous variation ””. In addition, the game stand is equipped with a hold lamp for displaying the number of holds, such as “the lottery hold lamp 20 is composed of four lamps, and the number of lights in the lottery is displayed according to the number of lights on”. Yes. In the case of a general game machine, the number of reserves is added at every winning, and subtracted every time a lottery is started, and the display mode of the hold lamp changes in accordance with the addition / subtraction. . For this reason, even if an attempt is made to show the result of the lottery for two or more times as a pseudo-continuous variation to the player through the design variation effect, the holding lamp is used for a re-variation from a temporary stop. If attention is paid, the player may be able to recognize that it is a pseudo continuous variation. For this reason, it may take less time for a player to report a winning result with one symbol variation per winning lottery than to report a winning result with multiple symbol variations per winning lottery. There is a problem that there is a case where it is felt that time is wasted or not, and the interest in games is reduced. This is not only the hold lamp, but also, for example, even if attention is paid to a symbol variation indicator that is externally connected to a special symbol display device or a game stand and displays the number of jackpots or the number of symbol variations, it is also a pseudo continuous variation. I understand. On the other hand, a game is made by playing a violent sound at the time of re-change from a temporary stop so that the player does not recognize that there is no change in the notification mode of the notification device related to symbol change such as a holding ball display lamp. It is conceivable to give a notice to distract the attention of the person. However, if notification is given to distract attention, it is assumed that pseudo-continuous variation has been performed or has been performed. In this case, if notification to distract attention is performed, the player has said that pseudo-continuous variation has been performed or has been performed. There is a problem that the original purpose of distracting notification to lose sight of the pseudo continuous fluctuation is lost.

  As a game stand for solving this problem, “based on the fact that the game ball has entered the start opening, the symbol change is started through the start display for starting the symbol change, and a predetermined fluctuation time has elapsed. And a symbol display means for executing a series of symbol variation display for performing a stop display afterwards and performing a definite display for continuing the stop display for a predetermined period of time. In a series of symbol fluctuation display performed based on entering the system, a pseudo stop display that makes it appear as if the stop display is made, and a pseudo confirmation that makes it appear as if the confirmation display is made after the pseudo stop display Display, and a pseudo start display that makes it appear as if the start display has been made after the pseudo confirmation display, and a pseudo continuous display means that makes it appear as if there have been multiple symbol variations. A distraction notification means for distracting a player's attention to a notification device whose notification mode changes based on the display means performing the start display, the stop display, or the confirmation display; and The informing means performs the distraction notice when the pseudo continuous informing means displays the pseudo start display, the pseudo confirmed display, or the pseudo stop display, and the symbol display means performs the start display and the stop display. Another example is a “game table that is also performed when the confirmation display is performed”.

  According to this gaming machine, attention distraction notification that only needs to be performed during the pseudo stop display or the pseudo start display is purposely performed during the stop display or the start display. As a result, even if a player who does not know the presence of pseudo-continuous fluctuation is not distracted even if a warning distraction notification is made, even if he or she happens to pay attention to the notification device regarding the symbol fluctuation, If it is performed at the time of the start display, it is possible to prevent the expression “distraction alert = pseudo continuous variation” from being established. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from perceiving that pseudo-continuous variation is performed (or has been performed) when notification for distracting attention is made, and a plurality of symbol variations can be performed per winning / failing lottery. Since it is more difficult to understand that the game is being performed, it is possible to prevent the player from experiencing a sense of wasting time and reducing the interest of the game by recognizing the pseudo continuous variation.

  A specific example of this modification will be described below.

  Based on the fact that the game ball has entered the starting gate, it is given to the player such as a random number for jackpot lottery, a random number for stop symbol lottery, a random number for special figure high probability state transition lottery, a random number for special figure high probability state transition lottery A lottery random number acquisition means for acquiring one or a plurality of random numbers for lottery of profits acquires lottery random numbers. One or more random numbers used for one lottery acquired by the lottery random number acquisition means are stored in the lottery random number storage unit. In addition, a holding number storage unit is provided for storing the number of symbol fluctuations in which the game ball has entered the starting port but the fluctuation start condition is not satisfied and the fluctuation has not started. In the present modification example, the lottery random number acquisition means acquires one or a plurality of random numbers used for one lottery based on the fact that the game ball has won the start opening, and stores it in the lottery random number storage unit. At the same time, 1 is added to the reserved number storage unit. Note that the lottery random number storage unit may also serve as the hold number storage unit. In other words, the number of pending numbers may be determined based on how many sets of one or more random numbers used for one lottery are present.

  When there is a change start condition such as there is a hold number of 1 or more in the hold number storage unit, the symbol is not changing, and the jackpot game is not being played, the symbol display means starts the symbol change. The start of symbol variation means that the symbol that has been stopped and displayed is scrolled vertically, horizontally, or back and forth. In this modified example, a special symbol display for displaying symbols on the 7-segment LED and a decorative symbol display for displaying symbols on the image display are provided. The start display is a display performed when notification of the lottery result is started. In the special symbol display, it means that the symbol being stopped is started to change. In the image display, it means that the symbols that are being stopped are started to change, for example, the left, middle, and right symbols that are being stopped are accelerated, and the display is made to appear as if they are changing at high speed. . The symbol display means performs the variable display after the start display. Fluctuation display refers to variably displaying a symbol, and a special symbol display quickly switches the display of a 7-segment LED. In the image display device, it means the display until the stop display is performed, such as stopping the left and inside of the symbols after the accelerated display and performing a reach effect. When a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of symbol variation, the symbol display means performs stop display. At this time, the symbols to be stopped and displayed are based on the lottery result. After the stop display, a definitive display is performed to leave the stopped display symbol on the screen for a predetermined period (for example, 3 seconds), thereby ending the series of symbol variation display.

  Here, the pseudo continuous variation will be described. Pseudo continuous variation is a pseudo stop display that resembles a symbol stop display, a pseudo confirmed display that resembles a symbol fixed display, and a symbol start display during the series of symbol variation display of decorative symbols performed on an image display. By performing the pseudo start display similar to, a variation that makes it appear as if a lottery result has been displayed a plurality of times in spite of a single lottery result display. Pseudo continuous variation is a series of symbol variation display, symbol variation start display, symbol variation display, symbol pseudo variation stop display, symbol pseudo confirmed display, symbol pseudo variation start display, symbol variation display, symbol variation stop display, symbol confirmed display. I do. The special symbol displayed on the special symbol display is displayed in a variable manner in conjunction with the decorative symbol, but the symbol pseudo variation stop display, the symbol pseudo fixed display, and the symbol pseudo variation start display are not performed.

  Next, a notification device related to symbol variation will be described. The notification device related to symbol variation refers to a reserved number indicator provided in the gaming machine, a special symbol indicator, a data indicator for notifying the symbol rotation number provided outside the gaming machine, and the like. The display mode of the reserved number indicator and the data display changes based on the start of symbol variation, and the special symbol indicator has a display mode based on the stop of symbol variation or the start of symbol variation. Change. In other words, the display mode does not change based on the symbol pseudo-variation stop display, symbol pseudo-confirmed display, or symbol pseudo-variation start display. If it is made to change, the player may be misled in order to improve the interest of the game, but if the real information is not reported somewhere, the interest of the game will be significantly improved This is because it may be disadvantageous for the player or the hall personnel may not be able to obtain accurate information.

  Next, attention distraction notification will be described. As described above, since the mode of the notification device regarding the symbol variation does not change based on the symbol pseudo variation stop display, the symbol pseudo confirmation display, and the symbol variation pseudo start display, the player Depending on whether or not there is a change, it is known whether the symbol pseudo-variation stop display or symbol variation stop display, the symbol pseudo-decision display or symbol determination display, or the symbol pseudo-variation start display or symbol variation start display. The attention distraction notification is an effect notification that is performed at the time of the symbol pseudo-variation stop display, symbol pseudo-decision display, or symbol pseudo-variation start display so that the player does not pay attention to whether or not there has been a change in the mode of the notification device regarding the symbol variation. That is. In the present modification example, this distraction notification is also performed during symbol variation stop display, symbol confirmation display, or symbol variation start display. As a result, it is not necessary to recognize the quasi-continuous fluctuation due to the distraction notice, which makes it more difficult to understand the quasi-continuous fluctuation.

  Further, the distraction notification may be performed by sound, a lamp, a liquid crystal display, or a movable operation of a movable object. In particular, it is preferable not to perform the distraction notification in the vicinity of the notification device regarding the symbol variation (particularly, the reservation indicator, the special symbol indicator, or the reserved symbol display displayed on the liquid crystal display). Thereby, it becomes difficult to notice that it is a pseudo continuous variation.

  Also, the distraction notification performed in the symbol pseudo-variation stop display and the symbol variation stop display may be performed at substantially the same timing. The same applies to the symbol pseudo-confirmed display and symbol definite display, and the symbol pseudo-variation start display and symbol variation start display. Thereby, it becomes difficult to notice that it is a pseudo continuous variation.

  Further, the symbol pseudo variation stop display and the symbol variation stop display may not be completely the same display. For example, there may be a stop display mode unique to the symbol pseudo-variable stop display. The same applies to symbol pseudo-determined display, symbol definite display, and symbol pseudo-variation start display or symbol variation start display. For example, the confirmation display time of the symbol pseudo-determined display and the symbol definite display may be different. As a display mode, the symbol at the time of the symbol pseudo-determined display is displayed as if it is slightly shaken. The symbol may be completely stopped, the fourth symbol at the time of symbol pseudo-deterministic display may continue to be displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol at the time of symbol fixed display may not be displayed as a variable. Further, the symbol at the time of the symbol pseudo-variation start display may start to change at a high speed, and the symbol at the time of the symbol change start display may start to change at a low speed. However, the display must be similar to that at first glance and can be recognized by the player.

  The attention distraction notification may be started at the time of symbol pseudo-variation stop display or during symbol pseudo-confirmed display. A general player pays special attention to a holding ball display device other than decorative symbols when playing a game. The special symbol display device only needs to look at the display of the decorative symbol displayed in conjunction, and the data display is not information linked directly to the player, but when there are four holds Since it is disadvantageous to stop the launch of the game ball, the display of the number of reserved balls is the most noticed by the player. Therefore, in particular, it is necessary to distract the player's attention from the display of the number of reserved balls. Since the number-of-holds display changes at the time of symbol variation start display, it is necessary to attract attention by distraction notification before symbol pseudo variation start display. On the other hand, since the player pays attention to the symbol variation before the pseudo symbol variation stop display, even if the attention distraction notification is started at this time, the player may not be attracted effectively. Therefore, it is effective to start during the symbol pseudo-determined display immediately before the pseudo symbol variation stop display, particularly during the symbol pseudo-determined display. Furthermore, it is desirable to start immediately before the symbol pseudo variation start display during the symbol pseudo confirmation display.

  In addition, the time from the symbol variation start display to the symbol variation stop display that is performed as a result display based on the first lottery is determined at the time of winning the starting opening that triggered the first lottery. Also good.

  In addition, the time from the symbol variation start display to the symbol variation stop display that is performed as a result display based on one lottery may be determined when the first lottery is performed.

  Here, an example in which the notice notification by the notice notification means introduced in the above-described embodiment is taken into account will be described.

  The quasi-continuous variation has little effect of enhancing the player's game interest simply by continuously performing the symbol variation, and it is common to enhance the player's game interest by performing a quasi-continuous effect. For example, symbol variation start display, “chance!” Sound notification, symbol pseudo variation stop display, symbol pseudo fixed display, symbol pseudo variation start display, “still chance!” Sound notification, symbol pseudo variation stop display, symbol Pseudo-confirmed display, symbol pseudo-variation start display, “Large chance!” Sound notification, symbol variation display as super reach variation display, symbol variation stop display (winning), symbol confirmation display Enhancing the interest of the player's game by continuously performing the performance. At this point, when a warning distraction notification is given, the symbol variation start display, “Chance!” Sound is notified, the symbol pseudo-variation stop display, and the symbol pseudo-confirmation display are informed with another sound! (Notice distraction notification), symbol pseudo-variation start display, “Still chance!” Sound alert, symbol pseudo-variation stop display, symbol pseudo-decision display alert “sound once again” and the lamp fully lit, symbol pseudo Change start display, “Large chance!” Sound notification, symbol change display as super reach change display, symbol change stop display (hit), symbol fixed display, distract attention, and pseudo continuous notice It is possible to increase the interest of the player's game while not being noticed. Since the present invention is characterized in that this distraction notification is performed other than pseudo-continuous variation, when applied to an example other than pseudo-continuous variation, a symbol variation start display, “Chance!” Sound notification, symbol variation During stop display and symbol confirmation display, the sound is announced once again and the lamp is fully lit, the symbol variation start display, the symbol “Still chance!” Is sounded, symbol variation stop display, symbol confirmation display ”Turn!” And the lamp is fully lit, symbol change start display, “Large Chance!” Is indicated by sound, symbol change display is super reach change display, symbol change stop display (winning), symbol confirmation display, etc. Become. However, if the expectation of the last change in the continuous notice is not determined at the beginning of the continuous notice over a series of symbol changes, even if the continuous notice effect is started, the continuous notice effect is started. Whether or not the end of the jackpot is the same as the lottery probability of the lottery performed at the end of the continuous notice, the expectation of the jackpot due to the start of the continuous notice is not different from the expectation of the jackpot of normal fluctuations, the player May be annoyed by such a series of notices. Therefore, in the case of performing distraction notification other than pseudo continuous fluctuation, it is desirable to perform continuous notice corresponding to pseudo continuous notice and when the notice is being executed. In other words, the fluctuation other than the pseudo continuous fluctuation may be a fluctuation accompanied by a notice of notice. Examples of pseudo-continuous notice and continuous notice include those having a story, those in which the same effects are repeated, and those in which similar effects are gradually emphasized.

  Note that continuous notice and pseudo-continuous notice may be combined. In the previous example, the symbol variation start display, “Chance!” Sound notification, symbol variation stop display, and the symbol confirmation display during the symbol confirmation display, “Lamp once again” sound, all lamps lit, symbol variation start display , “Small chance!” Sound, symbol pseudo-variable stop display, symbol pseudo-confirmed display “another!” Sound, all lamps lit, symbol pseudo-variation start display, “Large chance!” Sound In this case, notification, symbol variation display, super reach variation display, symbol variation stop display (winning), symbol confirmation display may be used. (1) As the number of consecutive performances becomes more rooted in the player's consciousness, the second distraction notice is easier to distract the player than the first distraction notice. It can be said that the third distraction notice is easier to distract the player than the distraction notice. In addition, (2) the fact that the number of reserved balls does not decrease despite the end of symbol variation as in the pseudo-continuous notice, the total symbol variation is less than the decrease in the number of retained balls despite the end of symbol variation. Since the percentage of the game is small, if there is nothing happened, the number of reserved balls will decrease when the symbol change ends (conversely, the player will normally hold the number of reserved balls even after the symbol change ends) If you see a scene where the number of reserved balls has not decreased, the impression will remain in your mind for a while, so you may be wary of displaying the number of reserved balls. Here, when trying to shorten the fluctuation time per unit time of one symbol change by combining the continuous notice and the pseudo continuous notice (three pseudo continuous notices are 50 seconds for one change, 2 Quasi-continuous notice + 1 continuous notice will be shortened by 15 seconds per change), and the first change will be easier for the player to pay attention to the hold lamp of the player's attention. From (1), it is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the pseudo continuous notice is being performed. On the other hand, if pseudo-sequential notices are made in the order of continuous notices, the player is more likely to notice that the pseudo-sequential notices are given from (1), and the successive productions after (2) It may become easy to notice. In addition, the time from the symbol variation start display to the symbol variation stop display that is performed as a result display based on one lottery is determined when the lottery is performed. By making it easy for a long variation to be selected, the long variation can be applied to the pseudo-continuous notice, and the player may be prevented from thinking that the reach effect is redundant.

The stop after super reach may be a symbol pseudo-variable stop display.
(Modification Q)
Conventionally, when a notice for a holding ball is made, notice information for making a notice when the main control unit obtains a random number for lottery based on a winning game ball (the lottery random number itself, whether or not a big hit There is a first method of acquiring information on the information and transmitting the notice information to the sub-control unit. In addition, there is a second method of acquiring the advance notice information based on the information stored in the hold that is not drawn at the time of the lottery at the time of starting the change, and transmitting the advance notice information to the sub-control unit. The first method is often transmitted together with a reserved ball number change command (specifically, information indicating an increase in the number of held balls) transmitted from the main control unit to the sub-control unit. In many cases, the main control unit is transmitted together with a change start command transmitted to the sub control unit. According to the first method, it is possible to notify the notice at the time of winning, so for example, when a game ball wins at the start opening and the random number obtained there is a random number with a high expectation value of jackpot, It is possible to make a notice with high expectation. For example, if a game ball wins at the starting point and a jackpot random number is obtained, a lottery based on the ball that has just won a prize will be made by notifying a loud sound “Zudon” at that time. Can be performed with high-impact notification, and the interest of the player can be enhanced. On the other hand, in the second method, notice information regarding other hold is acquired at the start of the lottery, and therefore, when the notice effect is performed in accordance with the start of the lottery, the lottery based on the latest notice information can be performed.

  Thus, both the first method and the second method are characteristic. However, the notice effect that is possible in the first method but not in the second method is a notice effect that is performed between the time a prize is received and the next start of change is not performed. When not mounted, it was supposed to be performed by the second method.

  However, when the development is proceeding by the second method, the specification is suddenly changed at one time, and there is a case where it is said that a notice effect is desired to be performed after winning a prize and starting the next variation. In this case, there is a problem that the person in charge of the control is forced to make a large correction of the control, and the development process is greatly delayed.

  As a game stand for solving this problem, “based on the fact that a game ball has entered the start opening, a variation display of a symbol is performed over a predetermined variation time, and a predetermined stop symbol pattern is displayed as the variation time. A special game that is advantageous to the player when the symbol display means for executing a series of symbol variation stop display after the elapse of time and the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation stop display is a specific symbol mode. Special game state transition means for shifting to a state, and when the symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol mode by the symbol variation stop display, the symbol display unit stops the specific symbol mode before the stop display Preliminary information for performing a notice to notify that there is a high possibility of display is acquired based on the establishment of the first condition, and the second condition different from the first condition is established. Amusement machine "and the like, characterized in that an advance notice information acquiring unit that acquires Ri.

  According to this gaming machine, the sub-control unit can perform a notice effect based on the notice information output based on a plurality of conditions, and can reduce an increase in work man-hours associated with the specification change. In addition, it is possible to prevent the fun of the game table itself from being lowered by the fact that the high level of entertainment of the game intended by the planner is not performed because the specification cannot be changed. It is possible to prevent a decrease in the interest of the game.

  When the notice information acquisition unit is in the main control unit, the first condition may be that the game ball has won a start opening, and the second condition may be that a lottery is started.

  Further, the main control unit may transmit the acquired advance notice information to the sub control unit. In this case, the advance notice information acquired under the first condition may be output when the reserve ball increase command is output, and the advance notice information acquired according to the second condition may be output when the change start command is output. In addition, it may be output at an arbitrary command output timing such as a change stop command or a symbol confirmation command.

  Further, the sub-control unit may not perform the notice effect based on the notice information acquired under the first condition, but may perform the notice effect based on the notice information obtained according to the second condition. The notice effect may be performed based on the notice information acquired under the first condition, and the notice effect may not be performed based on the notice information acquired according to the second condition. Since both are sent in order to be able to respond flexibly even if there is a specification change, if it is a specification that only performs a notice effect based on the notice information of only one of them, it is unified to either This is because the program capacity of the sub-control unit can be reduced.

  Further, the notice notifying means may differ between the notice effect produced based on the notice information acquired under the first condition and the notice effect produced based on the notice information obtained according to the second condition. There are cases in which the processing load can be reduced by providing a notice in advance suitable for each.

In addition, after the first winning, the establishment of the first condition is established before the establishment of the second condition, and the notice effect performed based on the establishment of the first condition is a sound effect. May be. At this time, it is desirable that the sound notified as the notice effect is output from a dedicated channel or an abnormality / error notification channel. In the case of notification from an abnormality or error notification channel, it is desirable that the abnormality or error notification sound is given priority over the sound that is notified as a notice effect. This is because if the sound that is notified as the notice effect has priority over the abnormality or error notification sound, there is a risk that cheating is promoted.
(Modification example R)
Conventionally, when a notice for a holding ball is made, notice information for making a notice when the main control unit obtains a random number for lottery based on a winning game ball (the lottery random number itself, whether or not a big hit Or the like), and the advance notice information is transmitted to the sub-control unit. This method is often transmitted together with a reserved ball number change command (specifically, information indicating an increase in the number of held balls) transmitted from the main control unit to the sub-control unit. However, since this method gives a notice at the time of winning a prize, if the conditions for notification such as the gaming state change from the time of winning the start opening to the start of the lottery, it can not be flexibly handled, and when the gaming state changes If notice information based on the gaming state after the change is not transmitted again to the sub-control unit, there may be an effect that gives a sense of discomfort. This is a problem listed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-344526.

  However, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-344526 provides an invention in which a notice effect is not performed immediately before the gaming state is switched as a countermeasure for this problem. If it does in this way, since the notice effect is not performed, there was a possibility that the interest of a game might fall.

  As a game stand for solving this problem, “based on the fact that a game ball has entered the start opening, a variation display of a symbol is performed over a predetermined variation time, and a predetermined stop symbol pattern is displayed as the variation time. A special game that is advantageous to the player when the symbol display means for executing a series of symbol variation stop display after the elapse of time and the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation stop display is a specific symbol mode. Special game state transition means for shifting to a state, and when the symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol mode by the symbol variation stop display, the symbol display unit stops the specific symbol mode before the stop display A notice information obtaining unit for obtaining notice information for performing notice notification suggesting that there is a high possibility of display, wherein the notice information obtaining unit is in a first state at the time of the lottery. First and notice information when the state at the time of lottery gaming table "and the like, which comprises obtaining a second notice information when in the second state, the.

  According to this gaming machine, it is possible to provide a notice effect that can be handled regardless of whether the lottery is in the first state or the second state, and it is possible to prevent the gaming interest from deteriorating.

  The first state may be a special figure high probability state, and the second state may be a special figure low probability state.

  The notice information acquisition part is provided in the main control part, the main control part outputs the notice information to the sub control part, and the notice notifying means of the sub control part performs the notice effect based on the notice information from the main control part. May be executed. This may eliminate the need for troublesome control such as re-acquiring notice information and outputting it to the sub-control unit when the gaming state changes.

  Note that the first notice information and the second notice information may be acquired at the same timing.

  Note that the first notice information and the second notice information may be output to the sub-control unit at the same timing.

In the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of starting at least symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198];
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114] capable of starting at least symbol variation display;
Notice display means [for example, the first special symbol holding lamp 199 or the decorative symbol display device 110] capable of executing at least a notice display;
Variable winning means [for example, variable winning opening 130] capable of executing at least a big hit action;
A game machine equipped with
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed at least after a jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A] is confirmed and displayed on the first symbol display means,
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed at least after the jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A] is confirmed and displayed on the second symbol display means,
The symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the first suspended digestion condition is established,
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The establishment requirement of the second reserved digest condition is a requirement that at least includes that the number of the start of the second symbol variation display is suspended (hereinafter referred to as “second retained number”) is 1 or more. Yes,
The establishment requirement of the first reserved digest condition is a requirement including at least that the number of the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended (hereinafter referred to as “first retained number”) is 1 or more. Yes,
The establishment requirement of the first hold digestion condition is a requirement including at least that the second hold number is 0,
The first hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the first hold condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the second hold condition is satisfied,
The first hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the first hold digestion condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the second hold digestion condition is established,
The requirement for establishment of the first holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the first starting area [for example, the first special figure starting port 126],
The establishment requirement of the second holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the second starting area [for example, the second special figure starting port 128],
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing at least continuous notice,
The continuous notice is a notice that at least the notice display is performed in each of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays.
The notice display means is a display means for continuing the continuous notice during execution of the second symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during execution of the continuous notice. Yes,
The notice display means may display the notice display [e.g., LED or LED in a manner [e.g., color or pattern] capable of notifying that the first symbol display means is a jackpot notice [e.g. A game stand characterized by display means capable of executing at least display or liquid crystal symbol display. ]
Explained.

  With conventional game machines, it has become possible not only to simply start and display the results of the game, but also to enhance the interests such as making it possible for the player to have a sense of expectation during the game. If there is no function to expand the width of the player, there is a risk that the player will soon get bored.

  According to this gaming machine, it is possible to provide a gaming machine equipped with a function capable of expanding the range of gaming and suppressing a decrease in the interest of gaming.

Also,
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing at least the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that the notice is a jackpot notice related to the second symbol display means [for example, a jackpot notice for the special figure 2].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
"The control means [for example, the main control unit 300] capable of controlling at least the first symbol display means,
The control means is means capable of controlling at least the second symbol display means,
The control means is means capable of executing at least start control of a short time state [for example, a normal high probability state] in which a game ball is likely to enter the second start area,
The notice display means is a display means capable of performing at least the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that a big hit notice relating to the second symbol display means in the time-saving state,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the notice display in a mode capable of notifying that it is a big hit notice related to the first symbol variation display in the short time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“At least one of the start times of the continuous notice is after the establishment of the first holding condition. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The notice display means is a display means capable of starting at least the continuous notice when a pre-read notice execution condition is established,
The prefetch notice execution condition is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination subject to the continuous notice is a specific success / failure determination result [e.g., jackpot result] and the first condition is satisfied. Is a condition to
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The first condition is that when the first notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1110 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the first probability is executed and the first notice lottery is won, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The pre-reading notice execution condition is a case where the result of the judgment of validity that is the target of the continuous notice is a result of the judgment of the success / failure [for example, the result of losing] different from the specific result of the judgment of success / failure, and the second A condition that is satisfied when the condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The second condition is that when a second notice lottery [for example, lottery in step S1115 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the second probability is executed and the second notice lottery is won, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means includes at least a go / no-go judgment means [for example, the CPU 301 of the main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process or the special figure 1 related lottery process shown in FIG. 6 etc.]. The first control means,
A second control unit [for example, a first sub-control unit 400 and a second sub-control unit 500] capable of at least executing control based on a command from the first control unit;
The second control means is a control means provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means including at least determination means for determining whether to perform the continuous notice.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
'The second starting area is an electric tulip,
The first control means is a control means capable of controlling at least an opening / closing operation of a blade member of the electric tulip,
The second control means is a control means capable of controlling at least the notice display means [for example, the decorative symbol display device 110].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is displayed in the same manner during execution of the symbol variation display a plurality of times [for example, from the third reserved black circle shown in FIG. 29 (h) to the first held figure shown in FIG. 29 (k). No black circle]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice in which the notice display is continuously performed during execution of the symbol variation display a plurality of times [for example, from the third reserved black circle shown in FIG. 1st pending black circle to show]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
`` The continuous notice is a notice that a notice display in which the aspect changes is performed during execution of the symbol variation display a plurality of times.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The notice display may be executed as a single notice that starts and ends during the execution of the one time symbol variation display [for example, there is a prize during symbol variation when the hold is 0” Hold notice display in the case (when the first hold shown in FIG. 29B is a black circle display)].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The game machine is a pachinko machine [eg, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198];
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114] capable of starting symbol variation display;
Notice display means [for example, decorative symbol display device 110] capable of executing notice display;
A variable winning means [for example, a variable winning opening 130] capable of performing a jackpot action;
A game machine equipped with
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed after a jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A] is confirmed and displayed on the first symbol display means,
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed after a jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A] is confirmed and displayed on the second symbol display means,
The symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the first pending digestion condition is established,
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The establishment requirement of the second reserved digest condition is a requirement that at least includes the number of the start of the second symbol variation display being held (hereinafter referred to as “second hold number”) being 1 or more. And
The requirement for establishment of the first reserved digest condition includes a requirement that at least the number of the start of the first symbol variation display being held (hereinafter referred to as “first hold number”) is 1 or more. And
The establishment requirement of the first hold digestion condition is a requirement including at least that the second hold number is 0,
The first hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the first hold condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the second hold condition is satisfied,
The first hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the first hold digestion condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the second hold digestion condition is established,
The requirement for establishment of the first holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the first starting area [for example, the first special figure starting port 126],
The establishment requirement of the second holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the second starting area [for example, the second special figure starting port 128],
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
The continuous notice is a notice that the notice is displayed in each of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays.
The notice display means is a display means for continuing the continuous notice during execution of the second symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during execution of the continuous notice. Yes,
The continuous notice is a notice that may be performed even during symbol stop display in the plurality of symbol variation displays [for example, as shown in FIG. Advance notice by the image of the character of]
The continuous notice is a notice that ends while the last symbol variation display in the plurality of symbol variation displays is performed [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m). In addition, the image of the character of Tono as a prior notice is displayed continuously until just before the decorative pattern change display starts and reaches the stop display after reaching the state]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.

Also,
“First symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198, etc.]
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114 etc.] capable of starting the symbol variation display;
Notice display means [for example, decorative symbol display device 110] capable of executing notice display;
Variable winning means [for example, variable winning opening 130, etc.] capable of performing a jackpot action;
Operation means [for example, chance button 146] that can be operated by the player;
A game machine equipped with
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed after a jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A, etc.] is displayed on the first symbol display means.
The jackpot operation is an operation that can be executed after the jackpot symbol [for example, the stop symbol shown in FIG. 3A, etc.] is confirmed and displayed on the second symbol display means,
The symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the first pending digestion condition is established,
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is a display that is started when the second reserved digest condition is established,
The establishment requirement of the second reserved digest condition is a requirement that at least includes the number of the start of the second symbol variation display being held (hereinafter referred to as “second hold number”) being 1 or more. And
The requirement for establishment of the first reserved digest condition includes a requirement that at least the number of the start of the first symbol variation display being held (hereinafter referred to as “first hold number”) is 1 or more. And
The establishment requirement of the first hold digestion condition is a requirement including at least that the second hold number is 0,
The first hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the first hold condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that increases by 1 when the second hold condition is satisfied,
The first hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the first hold digestion condition is satisfied,
The second hold number is a number that decreases by 1 when the second hold digestion condition is established,
The requirement for establishment of the first holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the first starting area [for example, the first special figure starting port 126, etc.]
The requirement for establishment of the second holding condition is a requirement including at least that a game ball has entered the second starting area [for example, the second special figure starting port 128, etc.]
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
The continuous notice is a notice that the notice is displayed in each of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays.
The notice display means is a display means for continuing the continuous notice during execution of the second symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during execution of the continuous notice. Yes,
During the execution of the continuous notice, a display requesting the player to operate the operation means (hereinafter, referred to as “first display [for example, display of“ chance button press ”]”) may be displayed. ,
If there is an operation of the operation means by the player during the display of the first display, an effect display according to the operation of the operation means may be displayed.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The continuous notice is a notice that may be performed even during the symbol stop display in the plurality of symbol variation displays [for example, as shown in FIG. The advance notice is given by the image of the princess character],
The continuous notice is a notice that ends while the last symbol variation display in the plurality of symbol variation displays is performed [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m). In addition, the image of the character of Tono as a prior notice is displayed continuously until just before the display of the decorative symbols starts to change and reaches the stop after reaching the reach state]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that the notice is a jackpot notice related to the second symbol display means [for example, a jackpot notice for the special figure 2].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means [for example, the main control unit 300] capable of controlling the first symbol display means,
The control means is means capable of controlling the second symbol display means,
The control means is a means capable of executing a start control of a time-short state [for example, a normal high probability state] in which a game ball is likely to enter the second starting area,
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing the notice display in a mode capable of notifying that it is a jackpot notice regarding the second symbol display means in the time-short state,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the notice display in a mode capable of notifying that it is a big hit notice related to the first symbol variation display in the short time state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The control means includes a go / no-go judgment means [for example, the CPU 301 of the main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process or the special figure 1 related lottery process shown in FIG. A control means,
A second control unit [for example, a first sub-control unit 400 and a second sub-control unit 500] capable of executing control based on a command from the first control unit;
The second control means is a control means provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means including a determination means for determining whether to perform the continuous notice.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
'The second starting area is an electric tulip,
The first control means is a control means capable of controlling an opening / closing operation of a blade member of the electric tulip,
The second control means is a control means capable of controlling the notice display means [for example, the decorative symbol display device 110].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“At least one of the start times of the continuous notice is after the establishment of the first holding condition,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The notice display means is a display means capable of starting the continuous notice when a pre-read notice execution condition is established,
The prefetch notice execution condition is satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination subject to the continuous notice is a specific success / failure determination result [e.g., jackpot result] and the first condition is satisfied. Is a condition to
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
The first condition is that when the first notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1110 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the first probability is executed and the first notice lottery is won, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The pre-reading notice execution condition is a case where the result of the judgment of validity that is the target of the continuous notice is a result of the judgment of the success / failure [for example, the result of losing] different from the specific result of the judgment of success / failure, and the second A condition that is satisfied when the condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The second condition is that when a second notice lottery [for example, lottery in step S1115 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the second probability is executed and the second notice lottery is won, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
`` The continuous notice is a notice that the notice display is performed in the same manner during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
`` The continuous notice is a notice that a notice display in which the aspect changes is performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
`` The notice display is a display that may be executed as a single notice that starts and ends during the execution of the one time symbol variation display,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
`` The continuous notice is a notice that the notice display is continuously performed during the execution of the continuous multiple symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Also,
“The game machine is a pachinko machine [eg, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198, etc.]
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114 etc.] capable of starting the symbol variation display;
Decoration symbol display means [for example, a decoration symbol display device 110] capable of displaying a variation display of a decoration symbol;
Notice display means capable of displaying a notice display [for example, decorative symbol display device 110],
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). )) Which can be executed with higher priority than
The decorative symbol display means is display means capable of starting decorative symbol variation display in response to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 21 (i) to (m). In addition, in response to the start of the symbol variation display on the first special symbol display device 198, the decorative symbol has started the variation display, etc.]
The decorative symbol display means is a display means capable of starting decorative symbol variation display in response to the start of the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (f) to FIG. 21 (h). In addition, in response to the start of the symbol variation display on the second special symbol display device 114, the decorative symbol has started variation display, etc.]
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
The continuous notice is a notice that the notice is displayed in each of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays.
The continuous notice means that the last symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m)] is performed in the plurality of symbol variation displays. [For example, as shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m), the image of the character of Tono as the advance notice starts the change display of the decorative symbols and reaches the reach state. It is displayed continuously until just before the stop display, etc.]
The last symbol variation display is a symbol variation display by the first symbol variation display,
When the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during the period in which the continuous announcement is being executed, the continuous announcement is continued even during the execution of the second symbol variation display,
The notice display means and the decorative symbol display means are the same display means,
In the plurality of symbol variation displays during the execution of the continuous notice, the notice display does not overlap with the decorative symbols at least during the symbol stop display [for example, as shown in FIG. Then the image of the princess character does not overlap with the decorative pattern etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.

Further, the notice display means is a display means capable of executing the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that the notice is a jackpot notice regarding the second symbol display means [for example, a jackpot notice for the special figure 2]. is there,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, the control means [for example, the main control unit 300, etc.] capable of controlling the first symbol display means,
The control means is means capable of controlling the second symbol display means,
The control means is means capable of executing start control of an electric support state [for example, a general high probability state, etc.]
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that it is a big hit notice regarding the second symbol display means in the electric support state,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that it is a big hit notice regarding the first symbol variation display in the electric support state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “the control means can determine whether or not it is possible to determine whether or not it is correct” (for example, the CPU 301 or the like of the main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process or the special figure 1 related lottery process shown in FIG. 6 or the like). A first control means including
Provided with second control means [for example, the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500] capable of executing control based on a command from the first control unit;
The second control means is a control means provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means including a determination means for determining whether to perform the continuous notice.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “the notice display means is a display means capable of starting the continuous notice when the pre-read notice execution condition is satisfied,
The prefetch notice execution condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination subject to the continuous notice is a specific success / failure determination result [e.g., a jackpot result, etc.], and when the first condition is satisfied, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, the first condition is that the first notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1110 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the first probability is executed and the first notice lottery is won. Is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “the pre-reading notice execution condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination to be a target of the continuous notice is a result / non-execution determination result [for example, a result of a loss] A condition that is satisfied when the second condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, the second condition is that the second notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1115 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the second probability is executed and the second notice lottery is won. Is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Further, “the continuous notice is a notice that a notice display is performed in the same manner during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “the continuous notice is a notice that a notice display in which the aspect changes is performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “the notice display is a display that may be executed as a single notice that starts and ends during the execution of the one-time symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

Further, “the continuous notice is a notice in which the notice display is continuously performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

The “continuous notice” is a notice that may be performed even during the symbol stop display in the plurality of symbol variation displays [for example, as shown in FIG. The advance notice is also made with the image of the princess character inside]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed, the execution of the continuous notice may be started during the execution of the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. As shown in (f) of the figure, after winning at the second special figure starting port 128, there is a winning at the first special figure starting port 126, and the special due to the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 is as follows. In the case where the hold in FIG. 1 wins the advance notice lottery, the advance notice is started in the special figure 2 variable game that is preferentially started, and the advance notice is made by displaying the image of the princess character, etc.],
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

In addition, “The game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In the above description,
“First symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display [for example, the first special symbol display device 198, etc.]
A second symbol display means [for example, the second special symbol display device 114 etc.] capable of starting the symbol variation display;
A decorative symbol display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 110] capable of displaying a decorative symbol variation display;
A notice display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 110] capable of displaying a notice display;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). )) Which can be executed with higher priority than
The decorative symbol display means is display means capable of starting the decorative symbol variation display in response to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 21 (i) to (m). In response to the start of the symbol variation display on the first special symbol display device 198, the decorative symbol starts the variation display, etc.]
The decorative symbol display means is display means capable of starting the decorative symbol variation display in response to the start of the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (f) to FIG. 21 (h). In response to the start of the symbol variation display on the second special symbol display device 114, the decorative symbol has started variation display, etc.]
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
The continuous notice is a notice that the notice is displayed in a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays,
The continuous notice means that the last symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m)] is performed in the plurality of symbol variation displays. [For example, as shown in FIG. 21 (i) to FIG. 21 (m), the image of the character of Tono as the advance notice starts the change display of the decorative symbols and reaches the reach state. It is displayed continuously until just before the stop display, etc.]
The last symbol variation display is a symbol variation display by the first symbol variation display,
When the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during the period in which the continuous notice is being executed (hereinafter referred to as “first case”), the second symbol variation display is being performed. The continuous notice will continue,
In the first case, there is no period in which the continuous notice is not executed in the period from the start of the execution of the continuous notice until the end of the continuous notice,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the continuous notice related to the first symbol variation display in the electric support state [for example, a general figure high probability state, etc.]
The notice display means and the decorative symbol display means are the same display means,
In the plurality of symbol variation displays during the execution of the continuous notice, the notice display does not overlap with the decorative symbols at least during the symbol stop display [for example, as shown in FIG. Then the image of the princess character does not overlap with the decorative pattern etc.]
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Explained.
Further, the notice display means is a display means capable of executing the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that the notice is a jackpot notice regarding the second symbol display means [for example, a jackpot notice for the special figure 2]. is there,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, 'the notice display means is a display means capable of executing the continuous notice regarding the second symbol display means in the power support state.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “first control means [for example, main control unit 300 etc.],
Second control means [for example, the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500],
With
The first control means is a control means capable of controlling the first symbol display means,
The first control means is control means capable of controlling the second symbol display means,
The first control means is a go / no-go judgment means capable of executing the go / no-go judgment [for example, the CPU 301 of the main control unit 300 that executes the special figure 2 related lottery process or the special figure 1 related lottery process shown in FIG. Control means including
The second control means is a control means capable of executing control based on a command from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means including a determination means for determining whether to perform the continuous notice.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “the notice display means is a display means capable of starting the continuous notice when the pre-read notice execution condition is satisfied,
The prefetch notice execution condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination subject to the continuous notice is a specific success / failure determination result [e.g., a jackpot result, etc.], and when the first condition is satisfied, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, the first condition is that the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is executed, and the first notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1110 shown in FIG. 7] is won. Is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “the pre-reading notice execution condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination to be a target of the continuous notice is a result / non-execution determination result [for example, a result of a loss] A condition that is satisfied when the second condition is satisfied.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, the second condition is that the second notice lottery [for example, the lottery in step S1115 shown in FIG. 7] that is won with the second probability is executed and the second notice lottery is won. Is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
Further, “the continuous notice is a notice that a notice display is performed in the same manner during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “the continuous notice is a notice that a notice display in which the aspect changes is performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “the notice display is a display that may be executed as a single notice that starts and ends during the execution of the one time symbol variation display,
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, when the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed, the execution of the continuous notice may be started during the execution of the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. As shown in (f) of the figure, after winning at the second special figure starting port 128, there is a winning at the first special figure starting port 126, and the special due to the winning at the first special figure starting port 126 is as follows. In the case where the hold in FIG. 1 wins the advance notice lottery, the advance notice is started in the special figure 2 variable game that is preferentially started, and the advance notice is made by displaying the image of the princess character, etc.],
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.
In addition, “The game machine is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.
A game stand characterized by that. ]
Also explained.

  Finally, it is noted that it is not directly related to the present invention.

(Appendix 1)
A symbol display means for starting a variation display of symbols when a game ball wins at a predetermined start opening;
Special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol display stopped by the symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
When there is a destination variation display that is a variation display of the symbol by the symbol display means that is started before the start of the specific variation display that is a variation display of the symbol by the symbol display means scheduled to display the specific symbol aspect A prior notice device for performing a prior notice related to the content of the specific variation display in the first variation display,
The advance notice means determines the number of advance notices,
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 2)
The advance notice unit determines the number of the advance notices for the first change display based on the number of changes until the specific change display is started.
The game table according to appendix 1.

(Appendix 3)
The advance notice unit determines the number of advance notices to be larger as the number of changes until the specific variation display is started is smaller.
The game table as set forth in Appendix 2.

(Appendix 4)
The advance notice means determines the number of advance notices in the forward change display to be equal to or greater than the advance notice number in the forward change display and less than the advance notice number in the subsequent advance display.
The game table as set forth in Appendix 3.

(Appendix 5)
The advance notice means performs the advance notice in the specific variation display,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 4.

(Appendix 6)
The advance notice includes a temporary stop display of a symbol different from the stop display of the symbol,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 5.

(Appendix 7)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed on the symbol display means. Configure
The advance notice unit displays the first image as the advance notice, and displays the second image as the advance notice after the first image display.
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 6.

(Appendix 8)
The first image and the second image are in the same display mode,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 9)
The first image includes a first character image;
The second image includes a second character image different from the first character image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 10)
The second image further includes the first character image.
The game table according to appendix 9.

(Appendix 11)
The first image and the second image include one or more character images,
The total number of the character images included in the second image is greater than the total number of the character images included in the first image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 12)
The size of the second image is larger than the size of the first image,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 13)
The first image and the second image include numerical information,
The numerical information included in the second image is larger than the numerical information included in the first image.
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 14)
Including one or more notification means for performing predetermined notification;
The notice notification means includes
While the first image is being displayed, the notification means is notified in a first notification mode indicating a first situation of the predetermined scenario, and the second image is displayed. During the display, the notification means causes the notification means to perform notification related to the notification in the second notification mode indicating the second status that has progressed along the scenario rather than the first status,
The game table according to appendix 7.

(Appendix 15)
The notice notification means performs the notice notice in the symbol variation display by the symbol display means when the specific variation display is not scheduled to start and a specific condition is satisfied,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1-14.

(Appendix 16)
The probability of setting the number of times of the advance notice of the forward change display to be equal to or higher than the number of times of the advance notice when the specific change display is not scheduled to start and a specific condition is satisfied is the notice of the advance change display. Characterized in that the number of times is higher than the probability of making it less than the number of notices to be made when the specific variation display is not scheduled to start and a specific condition is satisfied,
The game table as set forth in Appendix 15.

(Appendix 17)
When the game ball wins at the predetermined start opening and the variation start prohibition condition is not established, the symbol display means is configured to start the symbol variation display,
When the game ball wins at the predetermined starting port and the variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the symbol display means starts the symbol variation display after the change start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of starting information,
When the symbol mode determination information constituting a part or all of the starting information is the specific symbol mode determination information, the specific symbol mode is selected as the symbol mode to be stopped and displayed on the symbol display means. Design aspect selection means,
The advance notice means performs the advance notice when the symbol form determining information constituting a part or all of the start information is specific symbol form determining information.
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 16.

(Appendix 18)
A plurality of the symbol display means;
When the first symbol display unit of the plurality of symbol display units stops and displays the specific symbol mode, the notice notification unit is configured such that the second symbol display unit of the plurality of symbol display units The advance notice is given during the variable display of the design,
The game table according to any one of appendices 1 to 17.

(Appendix 19)
The advance notice means performs the advance notice before the first symbol display means starts the variable display,
The game stand according to appendix 18.

(Appendix 20)
When the game ball wins at the second starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the second symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the second starting port in a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the second variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Second starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of second starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the two symbol display means;
When the second variation start prohibition condition is not established, the second symbol display means starts the symbol variation display using the second starting information stored in the second starting storage means. And a second start storage management means for setting the second start storage means in a state in which the second start information is not stored,
When the second symbol display means stops and displays a symbol aspect other than the specific symbol aspect, the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied while the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied. Change to
The advance notice means is started based on a winning of a game ball at the second start opening during the change display of the symbols by the second design display means at least partially overlapping with the time of the advance notice. The advance notice is also given during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means.
The game table according to appendix 18 or 19.

(Appendix 21)
There is provided an effect display means for performing both an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the first symbol display means and an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the second symbol display means. ,
The game table according to any one of appendices 18 to 20.

(Appendix 22)
When the first symbol display means is performing symbol variation display, the effect display means performs variation display of a predetermined symbol as the effect display, and the second symbol display means performs symbol variation display. When the display is performed, it is configured to display a variation of a predetermined symbol as an effect display,
The effect display means changes the symbol both when the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect and when the second symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect. After the display, a special design mode is stopped and displayed.
The effect display means performs a decoration effect display that produces a change display of the predetermined symbol as the effect display in addition to the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the decoration effect display.
The gaming table according to attachment 21.

(Appendix 23)
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The game table according to appendix 21 or 22.

(Appendix 24)
A first symbol display means for starting a variation display of symbols when a game ball wins at the first start opening;
A game table provided with a second symbol display means for starting a variable display of symbols when a game ball wins at the second starting port;
Special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol form stopped by the first symbol display means or the second symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
In relation to changing the size of the entry portion of the game ball of the second start port from the first size to a second size larger than the first size, The winning rate of the game ball can be changed, and when the gaming state is the first gaming state, the winning rate of the gaming ball to the second starting port is the first winning rate, and the gaming state During the second gaming state, the control means for controlling the winning rate of the game ball to the second starting port to be a second winning rate higher than the first winning rate;
When the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect, the first symbol display means stops the specific symbol aspect while the second symbol display means displays the symbol in a variable manner. A notice control means for controlling the display so as to notify the player of the notice with a predetermined notice probability;
The notice probability in the second gaming state is configured to be lower than the notice probability in the first gaming state.
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 25)
A game machine comprising a plurality of symbol display means for starting symbol variation display when a game ball wins at a predetermined start opening,
A special gaming state starting means for starting a special gaming state when the symbol aspect stopped by the symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means is a specific symbol aspect;
When the first symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect, the second symbol display means among the plurality of symbol display means displays the symbols in a variable manner. , Wherein the first symbol display means notifies the player that the specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed,
Amusement stand.

(Appendix 26)
The notice notification is performed before the first symbol display means starts the variable display,
The game machine as set forth in Appendix 25.

(Appendix 27)
The game area further includes a specific variable winning opening that can change the size of the entrance into which the game ball can enter from the first size to a second size larger than the first size,
The entrance size of the specific variable prize opening is changed from the first size to the second size during the special gaming state,
The game stand according to appendix 25 or 26.

(Appendix 28)
When the game ball wins at the first starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the first variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied, the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the first start port in a state where the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the first variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state in which the first variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. First starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of first starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the one symbol displaying means;
When the symbol mode determination information constituting one part or all of the first start information is specific symbol mode determination information, the specific symbol mode is displayed as the symbol mode to be stopped and displayed on the first symbol display means. And a symbol aspect selecting means for selecting the symbol aspect of
The notice notification is performed when the symbol mode determination information constituting a part or all of the first start information is specific symbol mode determination information.
The game table according to any one of appendices 25 to 27.

(Appendix 29)
The notice notification is performed even when a specific condition is satisfied instead of the specific symbol mode determining information constituting part or all of the first starting information. And
The game stand according to appendix 28.

(Appendix 30)
When the first variation start prohibition condition is not established, the first symbol display unit starts displaying the symbol variation using the first start information stored in the first start storage unit. If so, first start storage management means for setting the first start storage means in a state where the first start information is not stored;
When the symbol pattern determination information constituting a part or all of the predetermined first trigger information stored in the first trigger storage means is specific symbol pattern determination information Characterized in that the notice of notice is given during the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means that has started variation based on the first starting information different from the first starting information.
The game table according to appendix 28 or 29.

(Appendix 31)
The specific notification mode of the notice notification performed during the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means can be notified as the notice notification performed during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means. Features
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 30.

(Appendix 32)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed,
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. During the change display, the first image is displayed as the advance notice, and the advance notice is displayed during the change display of the symbol by the other design display means that has started to change after the one display means stops. The second image is displayed as a notification,
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 30.

(Appendix 33)
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. A specific image is displayed as the advance notice during fluctuation display, and the specific image is displayed as the advance notice during display change of the symbol by the other design display means.
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 32.

(Appendix 34)
A second character image can be displayed after the first character image is displayed among the plurality of character images;
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. During the variable display, the first character image is displayed as the advance notice, and during the symbol variation display by the other symbol display means that has started the variation after the one symbol display means stops displaying, The second character image is displayed as a notice of notice,
The game table according to any one of appendices 25 to 33.

(Appendix 35)
A first image and a second image having a different size from the first image can be displayed;
The symbol display by one of the first symbol display unit and the second symbol display unit prior to the start of the symbol change that causes the first symbol display unit to stop display the specific symbol mode. The first image is displayed as the advance notice during change display, and the second image is displayed as the advance notice during display change of the symbol by the other display means.
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 34.

(Appendix 36)
When the game ball wins at the second starting port among the predetermined starting ports and the second symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means is started. Configured to
When a game ball is won at the second starting port in a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is satisfied, the second variation start prohibition condition is changed to a state where the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied. Second starting storage means capable of storing up to a predetermined number of second starting information for starting the display of variation of the symbols by the two symbol display means;
When the second variation start prohibition condition is not established, the second symbol display means starts the symbol variation display using the second starting information stored in the second starting storage means. And a second start storage management means for setting the second start storage means in a state in which the second start information is not stored.
When the second symbol display means stops and displays a symbol aspect other than the specific symbol aspect, the second variation start prohibition condition is not satisfied while the first variation start prohibition condition is satisfied. Change to
The second symbol display means started based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the notice time. The notice notice is also given during the display of the variation of the symbol by
The game stand according to any one of appendices 28 to 35.

(Appendix 37)
A first image showing a first situation in a predetermined scenario and a second image showing a second situation that has progressed along the scenario more than the first situation can be displayed,
Based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the variable display of the symbols by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the display timing of the first image displayed as the advance notice. The second image is displayed as the advance notice during the display of the variation of the symbol by the second symbol display means that has started.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 38)
Started based on winning of a game ball at the second starting opening during the display of the variation of the symbol by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping the display time of the specific image displayed as the advance notice. The display of the specific image is performed as the advance notice during the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 39)
A first image and a second image having a different size from the first image can be displayed;
Based on the winning of a game ball at the second starting port during the variable display of the symbols by the second symbol display means at least partially overlapping with the display timing of the first image displayed as the advance notice. The second image is displayed as the advance notice during the display of the variation of the symbol by the second symbol display means that has started.
The game stand according to appendix 36.

(Appendix 40)
There is further provided an effect display means for performing both an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the first symbol display means and an effect display for producing a variable display of symbols by the second symbol display means,
The effect display means performs the advance notice by performing a specific effect display during the effect display of the variation display of the symbol by the second symbol display means,
The game stand according to any one of appendices 25 to 39.

(Appendix 41)
The effect display means includes:
When the first symbol display means is performing symbol variation display, the predetermined symbol variation display is performed as an effect display, and the second symbol display means is performing symbol variation display. Is configured to display a variation of a predetermined symbol as an effect display,
The effect display means changes the symbol both when the first symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect and when the second symbol display means stops and displays the specific symbol aspect. After the display, a special design mode is stopped and displayed.
The effect display means includes:
In addition to the change display of the predetermined symbol, a decoration effect display that produces the change display of the predetermined symbol is performed as the effect display.
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the decoration effect display,
The game stand according to appendix 40.

(Appendix 42)
The effect display means performs the specific effect display as a part of the change display of the predetermined symbol,
The game stand according to appendix 40 or 41.

(Appendix 43)
Based on the fact that the game ball has entered the starting port, the first specific is performed by displaying the symbol variation over one of the predetermined long variation time and the short variation time shorter than the long variation time. A symbol display means for executing a series of symbol fluctuation stop display for stopping and displaying one type of stop symbol mode among the plurality of types of stop symbol modes including the symbol pattern and the second specific symbol pattern;
When the stop symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation stop display is the first specific symbol mode, the first special game state (for example, 15R big hit which gives advantageous game value to the player by changing the game state) The game state is changed to (gaming state), and when the symbol mode stopped and displayed by the symbol variation display is the second specific symbol mode, the second special gaming state that gives the player an advantageous game value without changing the gaming state Special gaming state transition means for transitioning to (for example, small hit gaming state),
When the symbol display means stops and displays the first specific symbol aspect by the symbol fluctuation stop display, the symbol display means is highly likely to stop display the first specific symbol aspect before the stop display. Notice that suggests,
When the symbol display means stops and displays the second specific symbol aspect by the symbol variation stop display, the symbol display means is highly likely to stop display the first specific symbol aspect before the stop display. A notice notifying means for performing a false notice that suggests,
The symbol display means displays the variation of the symbol, and when one of the first specific symbol aspect and the second specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed, the one specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed. The specific symbol variation display in the specific symbol variation stop display is performed over the long variation time,
The game table according to claim 1, wherein the notice notification means performs the notice notice or the false notice notice in a plurality of consecutive symbol change stop displays with the specific symbol change stop display as the last.

  By doing so, the last variation display can be performed for a long variation time (for example, 40 seconds) when performing multiple notifications or false notifications. Compared to the case where the last variation display has a short variation time (for example, 5 seconds), it is possible to prevent the effect of the announcement notification or the false announcement notification from being reduced, and it is possible to prevent the player's interest from decreasing. . In addition, since the notice notification or the false notice notice is made, the player can recognize that the first special game state or the second special game state that is hardly advantageous is started, so that the advantage is high. The player can be interested in whether or not the first special game state is started, and the interest of the player can be improved. In addition, even if the first special gaming state is not started after performing the false advance notice indicating the start of the first special gaming state a plurality of times, the second special gaming state is started instead. It is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating as compared to the case where an advantageous state does not occur after the false notice.

(Appendix 44)
As an effect including a victory effect, an effect based on a successful story (for example, victory or the appearance of the main character) and an effect based on a failure story (for example, defeat or the appearance of an enemy character) are prepared, and one of these effects is selected. In the case of winning, an effect based on a failure story may be performed. That is,
The symbol display means selects and displays either an effect based on a successful story or an effect based on a failure story before stopping and displaying the stop symbol aspect, and before stopping and displaying the second specific symbol aspect, A game table characterized by selecting and displaying an effect based on a failed story.
It may be. By doing so, it can be emphasized that the small hit is gusset.

(Appendix 45)
In addition, as one of the notice announcement effects, in the first notice in the case of continuous notice, a notice that presents the player with specific conditions such as “win the enemy within a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, four times)!” (Advance notice in mission mode) is performed, and in the case of 15R big hit, the final symbol change stop display is given and a specific condition such as winning the enemy is given. In the case of a small hit, the last symbol change stop display is given. A notice that does not satisfy a specific condition, such as defeat, may or may not be given. That is,
The notice notification means includes
In the first symbol variation stop display of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation stop displays with the specific symbol variation stop display as the last, a specific condition presentation advance notice for presenting a specific condition to the player is performed, and the specific symbol variation stop display is performed. In the last symbol variation stop display of a plurality of consecutive symbol variation stop displays, the first specific symbol aspect is stopped and displayed, a specific condition establishment advance notice is given to satisfy the specific condition, and the first symbol variation stop display is performed. 2. A gaming machine characterized in that the specific condition establishment advance notice is not performed when the specific symbol form is stopped and displayed.
It may be. By doing so, the player is interested in whether or not the specific condition is satisfied by presenting the specific condition, and can concentrate on the game.

(Appendix 46)
In addition, when the result of the last variation display of the continuous variation display is a small hit with a short variation time (a 2R big hit camouflaged small hit), an advance notice indicating a specific condition may be given. That is,
The game table characterized in that the notice notification means performs the specific condition presentation notice notification when the symbol display means stops and displays the second symbol form by the symbol variation stop display.
It may be. Here, when the specific condition presentation notice is made based on the small hit, the specific condition establishment notice is not given, so the last change time is shortened in order to make the player recognize early that it is a notice of gasses. It ends with a small hit that is a variable time. Therefore, the player can be switched so as to promptly expect the next change from the discouragement of being a gusset.

(Appendix 47)
Apply specific reach breaks (combination of decorative symbols from the combination of jackpot symbols by one frame) such as “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7” and “decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 5” to the combination of small hits May be. In addition, it may not be displayed with a gap. That is,
The stop symbol mode includes a plurality of symbols in which the display order of the variable display is predetermined,
In the first specific design aspect, all the designs are the same,
In the second specific symbol aspect, the symbols other than the specific one symbol are the same, and the display order of the specific one symbol is before or after the other symbols,
The game stand characterized in that the stop symbol aspect excluding the first specific symbol aspect and the second specific symbol aspect are different from the first specific symbol aspect and the second specific symbol aspect.
It may be. By doing this, all the symbols are the same for the jackpot, so it has a sense of unity and looks beautiful. Moreover, since two symbols are the same in a small hit and one symbol is a symbol before and after the same symbol, an impression close to a big hit can be given. Furthermore, since all the symbols are different, or two are the same and one is a symbol other than the front and back of the same symbol (two or more frames are shifted), it is possible to give an impression far from the big hit. Therefore, the interest of the player can be improved.

(Appendix 48)
When a specific small hit (for example, 2R big hit camouflaged symbol) is displayed as a decorative symbol, a specific reach gap may be applied to a combination of small hit symbols. That is,
The stop symbol mode includes a plurality of symbols in which the display order of the variable display is predetermined,
The second specific design aspect includes a first design aspect and a second design aspect,
The special game state transition means starts the third special game state on condition that the display of the first symbol aspect and the end of the second special game state are completed,
In the second symbol aspect, the game table is characterized in that symbols other than one particular symbol are the same, and the display order of the one particular symbol is before or after the other symbols.
It may be. By doing so, it is possible to give the 2R big hit camouflaged small hitting impression close to the big hit.

(Appendix 49)
In the decorative symbol display device 110 shown in FIG. 2, a left symbol display area 110a, a middle symbol display area 110b, and a right symbol display area 110c are prepared, and a decorative symbol is displayed in each area. Here, the decorative symbol displayed in the left symbol display area 110a is referred to as the first symbol, the decorative symbol displayed in the middle symbol display region 110b is referred to as the second symbol, and the decorative symbol displayed in the right symbol display area 110c. Will be referred to as the third symbol. In the aspect in Supplementary Note 7, the decorative symbol display device 110 displays the fourth symbol separately from these first to third symbols.

In the decorative symbol display device 110, the decorative symbols are displayed in a variable manner in each of the symbol symbol display areas 110a, 110b, 110b, and 110c. In addition, the fourth symbol is displayed at a position where the lower left corner of the effect display area 110d provided below these areas 110a to 110c is inconspicuous. In the fourth symbol, variable display for switching between monochromatic displays such as red, blue, and green is performed. For example, the decorative symbol display 110 in the case of winning per small hit ends the decorative symbol variation display, the first symbol 1101 of the ornament 7 is displayed in the left symbol display area 110a, and the decorative symbol display 110b in the middle symbol display area 110b. 6 second symbols 1102 are displayed, and the third symbol 1103 of decoration 7 is displayed in the right symbol display area 110c. Also, the 4th symbol also finishes the variable display and continues to light red. In addition, for example, the decorative symbol display device 110 in the case of detachment also ends the variable symbol display, the first symbol 1101 of the ornament 7 is displayed in the left symbol display area 110a, and the ornament 6 is displayed in the middle symbol display area 110b. The second symbol 1102 is displayed, and the third symbol 1103 of the decoration 7 is displayed in the right symbol display area 110c. That is, “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7”, which is the same as the combination of the decorative symbols when winning a small hit. On the other hand, the 4th symbol which has finished the variable display continues to be lit in blue. That is,
The stop symbol form includes a plurality of first symbols and second symbols in which the display order of the variable display is predetermined,
In the second specific symbol mode, the first symbol other than the specific one first symbol is the same, and the display order of the specific one first symbol is before or after the other first symbol. And the said 2nd pattern is a 1st aspect,
The symbol stop mode in which the special gaming state starting means does not start a gaming state advantageous to the player is the same as the first symbol other than the specific one first symbol, and the specific one first symbol. The game table is characterized in that the display order is before or after the other first symbol and the second symbol is different from the first mode.
It may be. By doing so, since the difference in the stop display that is out of the small hit is only the fourth symbol, it is difficult to determine that the small hit is won. In addition, when performing false continuous notice based on the small hit, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that the false continuous notice is performed based on the small hit.

(Appendix 50)
If the acquisition of the corresponding random number is the first small hit that becomes the condition for starting the pseudo-continuous, the variable winning opening 130 is opened once, and the acquisition of the corresponding random number does not become the condition for starting the pseudo-continuous (the hidden probability variation is changed). In the case of the second small hit (for smelling), the variable winning opening 130 may be opened a plurality of times (the same number of times as when the 2R probability is changed). That is,
The second specific design aspect includes a third design aspect,
When the symbol display means stops displaying the third symbol aspect, the variation time of the variation display is the short variation time,
The special game state transition means starts a third special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the symbol display means stops and displays the third symbol aspect,
The second special gaming state includes a large special gaming state and a small special gaming state that is less advantageous than the large special gaming state,
The special gaming state transition means starts the small special gaming state after displaying the first symbol mode (for example, a small hit by false continuous notice), and the second symbol mode (2R big hit camouflaged small hit). Alternatively, the game table is characterized in that the large special gaming state is started after the third symbol mode (2R probability variation big hit) is stopped and displayed.
It may be. In this way, when the first symbol form is stopped and displayed, the first special gaming state is not started and the small special gaming state is started while performing the effect expected by the player by the false continuous notice. For this reason, a player's discouragement by not starting a 1st special game state can be reduced. When the first symbol mode is stopped and displayed, the large special gaming state is started in the same manner as when the third symbol mode is stopped and displayed. The player can expect whether or not.

(Appendix 51)
One or all of the first symbol forms (small hits due to false continuous notice) will stop the special figure in the case of one or all of the second symbol aspects (small 2R big hit camouflaged small hits) Close to the mode, one or all of the second symbol modes may be closer to the stop mode of the special graph at the time of 2R probability change than one or all of the first symbol modes. For example, as shown in FIG. 3 (a), if the special figure display device 114 displays a symbol using a 7-segment LED, the number of segments and the lighting position are close to the special figure stop mode in the case of deviation. Alternatively, it may be close to the stop mode of the special figure at the time of 2R probability change. That is,
One or all of the first design aspects are closer to the special feature stop mode when not advantageous to the player than one or all of the second design aspects,
One or all of the second symbol aspects are closer to the third symbol aspect than one or all of the first symbol aspects.
It may be. By doing so, since the second symbol aspect is closer to the third symbol aspect than the first symbol aspect, the player can misidentify the second symbol aspect as the third symbol aspect, and the player The game can be continued. In addition, since the first symbol aspect is closer to the symbol aspect that is out of the second symbol aspect, the first symbol aspect can have an impression far from the big hit.

(Appendix 52)
In the first special figure starting port 126 and the second special figure starting port 128, the distribution of the first small hit (the opportunity of continuous notice) and the second small hit (latent confusion) at the time of winning the small hit may be different. The second special figure starting port 128 may have a higher probability of being assigned to the first small hit than the first special figure starting port 126. That is,
The symbol display means includes a first symbol display means and a second symbol display means,
The start opening includes a first start opening, and a second start opening that is changeable between a state in which a game ball is easily won and a state in which a game ball is difficult to win,
The first symbol display means performs a variable stop display when a game ball enters the first start opening, and the second symbol display means stops a change when a game ball enters the second start opening. Display
A gaming machine characterized in that the second symbol display means is more likely to stop display the first symbol aspect than the first symbol display means.
It may be. By doing so, the second symbol display means can show the player more continuous notices than the first symbol display means.

(Appendix 53)
The second special figure starting port 128 may have a higher probability of continuous notice without being based on the small hit than the first special figure starting port 126. Note that the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 may perform a lottery with a predetermined probability (for example, 1/128) if the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order, and may perform a continuous notice based on the winning. That is,
The advance notice means performs the advance notice based on winning a lottery with a predetermined probability,
The game table characterized in that the symbol variation stop display based on the second symbol display means is more likely to win the lottery with the predetermined probability than the first symbol display means.
It may be. By doing so, the second symbol display means can show the player more continuous notices than the first symbol display means.

  Note that the type of special figure is not limited to that shown in FIG. For example, all combinations of conditions such as the number of rounds of big hit (2R or 15R), presence / absence of time reduction, presence / absence of probability change may be adopted.

(Appendix 54)
Moreover, as an aspect having the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, the first special figure starting port (non-VIP) and the third special figure starting port (VIP) corresponding to the special figure 1 are provided, and the special figure 2 is also provided. Probability of starting the continuous notice when the second special figure starting port (electrical chew) is provided and the random number extracted in the third starting port winning is a specific small hit judgment value is the random number extracted in the first starting port winning May be higher than the probability of starting the continuous notice in the case of a specific small hit judgment value. That is,
The start port includes a third start port,
The first symbol display means performs a variable stop display when a game ball enters the third starting port,
It is possible for the notice notifying means to perform the notice notification in the symbol change stop display based on the entry of the game ball into the third start opening rather than the symbol change stop display based on the game ball entering into the first start opening. A game table characterized by high performance.
It may be. By doing so, it is possible to realize a game characteristic with a sharpness such that a direction with a sense of expectation is more easily developed when winning at the third starting opening than when winning at the first starting opening. There is.

  It should be noted that, even if the special figure starting port that is a specific small hit condition is the first special figure starting port or the third special figure starting port, the symbol indicating that the specific small hit is won The lottery for determining the symbol variation time for notifying the combination is performed under the same conditions.

(Appendix 55)
In addition, in the first start port and the third start port, the third start port may be harder to win the game ball than the first start port. That is,
A game table characterized in that it is more difficult for the third starting port to win a game ball than the first starting port.
It may be. In this way, the third starting opening is harder to win, so it makes it easier to give notices that are difficult to select in the symbol variation stop display based on the first starting opening winning. By doing so, it is possible to make the player think that an advance notice may be made, and there may be a case where the player can be interested in winning a prize at the third starting port.

(Appendix 56)
In a gaming machine having a first starting port and a second starting port that takes one of a relatively easy-to-win state and a difficult-to-win state.
Lottery means for performing a lottery of a profit amount to be given to a player based on winning one of the first starting port and the second starting port;
The lottery means notifies the lottery result of the lottery, and the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the second starting port is notified by the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port. Lottery result notifying means for giving priority over notifying the result;
Before informing the lottery result, a notice informing means for giving notice that includes notice information that makes the player expect that the result of the lottery is a result advantageous to the player,
The notice notification means is
When the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when the second starting port is in the easy-to-win state, the second starting port is in the winning state. One of the conditions for performing the advance notice is that the state has shifted to the difficult state, and the advance notice is provided.

  Here, the lottery of profit amount means to determine how much profit amount to be given to the player. In addition, the advance notice means may perform the advance notice on a single condition for making the advance notice that the state of the second starting port has shifted to the difficult to win state. The notification of advance notice may not be performed only when the state of the second start port has shifted to the difficult-to-win state, and may be performed only when other conditions are satisfied. That is, in order for the advance notice means to make a advance notice to the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening when the state of the second start opening is the easy winning state, at least, It is necessary for the state of the second starting port to shift to the above-mentioned difficult-to-win state. Further, the notice notification means need not perform notice notification with a probability of 100%. Further, just because the advance notice means gives the advance notice, the lottery result of the advance notice is not necessarily an advantageous result for the player. In addition, the notification mode of the notification by the notification unit is a moving image or still image composed of characters, figures, symbols, or a combination thereof, or a combination of these and a color, or a notification mode using sound or light. May be.

  According to the gaming machine of the present invention, the notice for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting opening, even if the state of the second starting opening is the easy winning state at the time of winning, After that, the range of games is expanded.

  Further, the advance notice means does not perform the advance notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening when the second start opening is in the winning easy state. That is, not only the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening when the state of the second start opening is the easy winning state but also the state of the second start opening is In the case of the above-mentioned winning difficulty state, when the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting opening is in the above-mentioned winning start state, Not performed.

  Further, it is possible to provide a state changing means for shifting from the easy winning state to the difficult winning state on at least one condition that the lottery result performed by the lottery means is an advantageous result for the player.

Further, in the gaming machine of the present invention, before the lottery means draws, the lottery result is judged as to what kind of lottery result will be, and whether or not the notice of notice is given is determined. Provided with notice notification determining means for determining based on the result,
The advance notice unit may perform advance notice for the lottery result determined when the advance notice determining unit determines to perform the advance notice.

  Here, based on the determination result, for example, whether or not to perform the advance notice may be determined using a different determination probability depending on the determination result.

Further, in the gaming machine of the present invention, the notice notification means is
You may perform the alerting | reporting alert | report with respect to the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the said 2nd start opening irrespective of the state of the 2nd start opening.

  In other words, the advance notice unit notifies the advance notice to the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the second start port when the second start port is in the easy-to-win state. Even if the mouth is in the easy-to-win state.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine of the present invention, the state of the second start opening is that the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening determined by the advance notice determining means is performed. Provided with a notice notification determination storage unit for storing when the winning is easy,
The notice notification means is
Based on the memory of the notice notification determination storage unit, notice information regarding the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the game ball at the first start port may be performed.

  In this case, the notice notification determining means is configured to draw a lottery based on the prize for only the prize to the first starter out of the prizes to the first starter and the second starter. It may be determined whether or not to notify the lottery result. By doing so, it is possible to read out the random number related to the notice of notice only at one timing, so that the program configuration can be simplified.

Further, in the gaming machine according to the present invention, the gaming machine can be used by a player who is in a difficult-to-win state due to the fact that the lottery result by the lottery means is a specific lottery result. The amount of profits granted is to shift to an increasing special gaming state,
The notice notification means is
Even if the notice for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port is one of the conditions for notifying that it is not the special gaming state, the notice is given. Good.

  That is, the condition for performing a notice for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when the second starting port is in the easy-to-win state is the condition of the second starting port. Two states are included: that the state has shifted to the above-mentioned winning difficulty state and that the state is not the special gaming state. On the other hand, the condition for notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port when the state of the second starting port is the difficult to win state is not the special gaming state. Is included.

Further, in the gaming machine according to the present invention, the gaming machine has a second lottery opening until the predetermined condition is satisfied after the special gaming state is finished, because the lottery result by the lottery means is the specific lottery result. The state will be the above easy-to-win state,
The notice notification means is
When the lottery result by the lottery means is the specific lottery result, the notice for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening is notified, and the notice for the fact that the special gaming state has ended is given. In addition to one of the conditions for performing the notification, in addition to one of the conditions for performing the notification of the advance notice, the fact that the predetermined condition is satisfied may be an embodiment in which the notice of the advance notice is performed.

  According to this aspect, the condition for performing the notice for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first starting port when the state of the second starting port is the easy winning state is the second condition. This includes that the starting port state has shifted to the difficult to win state, that it is not in the special gaming state, and that the predetermined condition has been satisfied. On the other hand, the condition for notifying the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning at the first starting port when the state of the second starting port is the difficult to win state is not the special gaming state. And that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The predetermined condition mentioned here may be that a lottery by the lottery means has been performed a predetermined number of times, or that a predetermined lottery different from the lottery by the lottery means (for example, a short-term end lottery) is won. Good.

Further, in the gaming machine of the present invention, the advance notice means includes instruction means for instructing to make the advance notice and execution means for executing the advance notice in response to an instruction from the instruction means. Yes,
This game table
A first control unit including the lottery means and the instruction means;
A second controller different from the first controller, including the execution means;
With
The instruction means is
When the state of the second start port is the easy-to-win state, the advance notification is not instructed to the execution means, and the state of the second start port has shifted to the difficult to win state. This may be one of the conditions for instructing the advance notice and instructing the execution means of the advance notice.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine of the present invention, the second control unit is
In addition to the above-mentioned notice notice, it is provided with production means for producing an effect that enhances the fun of the game,
The production means is
When the second start port is in the easy-to-win state, as the effect, the pre-notification instructing means leads to a pre-notification that is performed when the second start port is in the difficult-to-win state. It may be what performs.

  The effect connected to the notice of notice here may be an effect that makes the player expect the notice of notice to be made.

  Further, in the gaming machine of the present invention, the notice notification determining means notifies the notice of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start opening when the state of the second start opening is the easy winning state. The determination as to whether or not to perform the determination may not be performed, and the determination may be made after the state of the second start port shifts to the above-mentioned winning difficulty state.

  Furthermore, in the gaming machine of the present invention, a lottery for notice notification based on the special figure 1 prize is performed in a short time, and the lottery result is transmitted to the sub control unit. The notice notification based on the special figure 1 prize may be performed after the short time is finished without performing the notice notice based on the lottery result.

In addition, in the gaming machine of the present invention, a flag processing unit that turns on a predetermined flag when acquiring information indicating that the state of the second starting port shifts to the winning easy state;
While the predetermined flag is on, a second notice notification determination memory for storing notice notification for the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the first start port determined by the notice notification determination means. With
The flag processing unit may turn off the predetermined flag when the state of the second start port shifts from the winning easy state to the difficult winning state.

(Appendix 57)
A first symbol display means capable of displaying the symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the first starting area, the symbol variation display to stop display after performing the variation display of the symbol;
A second symbol display means capable of displaying a symbol variation corresponding to the result of the determination of success or failure on the condition of entering the second starting area, the symbol variation display for stopping display after performing symbol variation display;
When a predetermined notice condition is satisfied, a notice means capable of executing a prefetch notice for the result of the success / failure determination;
A game machine equipped with
When the symbol variation display is performed at least when entering the first starting area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means,
If the symbol variation display is at least performed when entering the second starting area, it is possible to suspend the start of the symbol variation display by the second symbol display means,
When there is a suspension of the start of the symbol fluctuation display for both of the symbol display means, the symbol fluctuation display by the second symbol display means is prioritized over the symbol fluctuation display by the first symbol display means. Is,
When the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first starting area, a pre-read notice for the result of the determination of success / failure on condition of the entry is made subject to the entry. It can be executed as a continuous notice at least during a plurality of symbol variation displays started before symbol variation display is performed,
The second starting area is composed of electric tulips,
The electric tulip is configured to be able to start a short time state in which a game ball is easy to win,
During the time-short state, the pre-reading notice for the result of the success / failure determination on the condition of entering the first starting area is not executed,
After the transition from the time-saving state to the non-time-saving state where it is difficult for a game ball to win the electric tulip, the pre-reading notice is executed for the result of the success / failure determination on the condition of entering the first starting area. Is possible,
If the symbol variation display by the second symbol variation display means on condition that the ball enters the second starting area is interrupted during the continuous announcement, the continuous announcement is also displayed during the symbol variation display. Configured to be done,
A game stand characterized by that.

  Here, when the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when entering the first start area without the hold, a pre-read notice for the determination of whether or not the condition is satisfied is made. It may be possible to execute only by the symbol variation display on the condition of the entry.

A first control means including at least a first determination means for determining whether or not there is a ball entering the first start area;
Second control means including at least second determination means for determining whether to perform the pre-reading notice;
With
The first control means and the second control means are provided on separate substrates,
The second determination unit may determine whether or not to perform the prefetch notice based on a command received from the first control unit.

  In addition, during the continuous notice, a form in which the notice in the same form is continuously performed may be performed, and in the continuous notice, a form in which the notice in the same form is continuously performed may be used. .

Further, when the result of the success / failure determination is a specific success / failure determination result, it is possible to set a gaming state advantageous to the player,
The second determination unit may determine to perform the pre-reading notice when the predetermined notice condition is satisfied.

  Further, the predetermined notice condition is satisfied when the result of the determination of whether or not the target is the specific result of the determination and the lottery is determined to be won with a predetermined notice probability. It may be.

  Still further, the predetermined notice condition is a lottery in which a result of the determination of whether or not the object is a determination is a success / failure result different from the specific success / failure determination result, and the winning is determined with a predetermined notice probability. It may be established if it is determined.

(Appendix 58)
Symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display when the symbol variation condition is satisfied;
Control means capable of controlling at least the symbol display means;
A notice means that can execute a notice when the notice condition is satisfied,
A prefetch notice means capable of performing a prefetch notice when the prefetch notice condition is satisfied;
A game machine equipped with
The first symbol display means of the symbol display means is capable of executing the first symbol variation display when the first symbol variation condition of the symbol variation conditions is satisfied,
The second symbol display means of the symbol display means can execute the second symbol variation display when the second symbol variation condition of the symbol variation conditions is satisfied,
The first symbol variation condition is satisfied at least when entering the first starting area,
The second symbol variation condition is satisfied at least when entering the second starting area,
The control means is capable of executing at least start control in a short time state in which a game ball easily enters the second start area,
When the first symbol variation condition is established during the symbol variation display, the control means is capable of controlling to suspend the start of the first symbol variation display due to the establishment,
When the second symbol variation condition is established during the symbol variation display, the control means is capable of controlling to suspend the start of the second symbol variation display due to the establishment,
When starting the symbol variation display for both the symbol display means when the control unit starts the symbol variation display being held, the control unit is more effective than the first symbol variation display. Control that preferentially starts the second symbol variation display is possible,
The prefetch notice means can execute at least the prefetch notice as a continuous notice,
If the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed before the end of the continuous announcement because the second symbol variation condition is satisfied during the continuous announcement, The continuous notice can be executed even during the symbol fluctuation display of
The prefetch notice means is incapable of executing the prefetch notice in response to entering the first starting area in the short time state,
The symbol variation display is to stop and display the symbol aspect corresponding to the result of the determination of the success / failure after performing the symbol variation display,
The advance notice means is capable of executing the advance notice until the symbol form corresponding to the appropriateness determination is stopped and displayed after the determination is made.
The advance notice means is capable of executing the advance notice during the first symbol variation display in the short time state.
A game stand characterized by that.

  Here, the prefetch notice unit and the notice unit may be a common notification unit.

Further, the advance notice condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination becomes a specific success / failure determination result, and at least when the first advance notice execution condition is satisfied,
The prefetching advance notice condition may be satisfied at least when the result of the success / failure determination is the specific result of the determination of validity and when the first prefetching notice execution condition is satisfied.

Further, the first notice execution condition is at least satisfied when the first notice lottery is won,
The first prefetch notice execution condition may be satisfied at least when the first prefetch notice lottery is won.

In addition, the advance notice condition is satisfied even when the result of the success / failure determination is different from the specific success / failure determination result and when the second advance notice execution condition is satisfied. ,
The prefetch notice condition may be satisfied when the result of the success / failure determination is the other result of the validity determination and when the second prefetch notice execution condition is satisfied.

The second notice execution condition is at least satisfied when the second notice lottery is won,
The second prefetch notice execution condition may be established at least when the second prefetch notice lottery is won.

The advance notice is executed with a predetermined probability,
The prefetch notice may be executed with a specific probability.

  The advance notice may be a reach.

Further, the control means is a first control means including at least a determination unit for determining whether or not the determination is correct,
When a command from the first control means is received, the second control means capable of at least executing control is provided,
The second control means is provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means includes at least determination means for determining whether or not to perform the prefetch notice,
The case where the prefetch notice condition is satisfied may be a case where the determination unit determines to perform the prefetch notice.

  Further, the continuous notice may be executable at least by a plurality of symbol fluctuation displays including the symbol fluctuation display that is a target of the prefetch notice.

  Further, the continuous notice may end during a period in which the symbol variation display subject to the prefetch notice is being performed.

  The continuous notice may be performed in the same manner during a plurality of symbol variation displays.

  The continuous notice may be continuously performed during a plurality of symbol variation displays.

  Further, the continuous notice may disappear when the pre-read erasure condition is satisfied.

  The continuous notice may be started at least when the first symbol variation condition is satisfied.

  The continuous notice may be started even when the second symbol variation condition is satisfied.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 100 Pachinko machine 102 Game board 110 Ornamental symbol display device 112 Universal figure display device 114 2nd special figure display device 118 2nd special figure reservation lamp 122 General winning opening 124 Universal figure start opening 126 1st special figure start opening 128 2nd special Figure starting port 130 Variable winning port 198 First special figure display device 199 First special figure holding lamp 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM
400 Sub-control unit 404 CPU
406 ROM
408 RAM
650 Power management device

Claims (13)

A first symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display;
A second symbol display means capable of starting symbol variation display;
And the decorative symbol display means capable of displaying a decorative pattern diagram fluctuations display,
A notice display means capable of displaying a notice display;
A game machine equipped with
The symbol variation display by the second symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) is the symbol variation display by the first symbol display means (hereinafter referred to as “first symbol variation display”). )) Which can be executed with higher priority than
The decorative symbol display means, in response to the start of the first symbol variable display is capable of starting the display means fluctuation display decoration view pattern,
The decorative symbol display means, in response to the start of the second symbol variable display is capable of starting the display means fluctuation display decoration view pattern,
The notice display means is a display means capable of executing continuous notice,
Wherein A continuous announcement is that notice that Oite the warning display is performed a plurality of times of symbol variation Display consecutive,
The continuous notice is a notice that ends while the last symbol variation display is being performed in the plurality of symbol variation displays.
The last symbol variation display is a symbol variation display by the first symbol variation display,
When the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed during the period in which the continuous notice is being executed (hereinafter referred to as “first case”) , the second symbol variation display is being performed. The continuous notice will continue,
In the first case, there is no period in which the continuous notice is not executed in the period from the start of the execution of the continuous notice until the end of the continuous notice,
The notice display means is a display means that does not start the continuous notice regarding the first symbol variation display in the electric support state,
The notice display means and the decorative symbol display means are the same display means,
In the multiple symbol variation display during execution of the continuous notice, at least during the symbol stop display, the notice display does not overlap with the decorative symbol.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1,
The notice display means is display means capable of executing the notice display in a manner capable of notifying that it is a jackpot notice regarding the second symbol display means.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 1 or 2 ,
Before Symbol warning display means, in the conductive support state, the Ru display means der capable of performing the continuous announcement regarding the second symbol display means,
Gaming table, wherein a call. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 3 ,
A first control means;
A second control means;
With
The first control means is a control means capable of controlling the first symbol display means,
The first control means is control means capable of controlling the second symbol display means,
It said first control means is including control means propriety determining means capable of performing the propriety determination,
It said second control means is a viable control means controlled based on a command from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means provided on a separate substrate from the first control means,
The second control means is a control means including a determination means for determining whether to perform the continuous notice.
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 4,
The notice display means is a display means capable of starting the continuous notice when a prefetch notice execution condition is established,
The prefetch notice execution condition is a condition that is satisfied when a result of the success / failure determination to be a target of the continuous notice becomes a specific success / failure determination result and the first condition is satisfied,
A game stand characterized by that. The game table according to claim 5,
The first condition is a condition that is established when the first notice lottery that is won with the first probability is executed and the first notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 5 or 6,
The prefetch notice execution condition is a case where the result of the success / failure determination to be the target of the continuous notice is a result of the success / failure determination different from the specific success / failure determination result, and when the second condition is satisfied, It is a condition that holds,
A game stand characterized by that. The game stand according to claim 7,
The second condition is a condition that is established when the second notice lottery that is won with the second probability is executed and the second notice lottery is won.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
The continuous notice is a notice in which notice display in the same manner is performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. A game stand according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
The continuous notice is a notice that a notice display in which the aspect changes is performed during the execution of the plurality of symbol variation displays.
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 10,
The notice display is a display that may be executed as a single notice that starts and ends during the execution of the one time symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that. It is a game stand as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 11,
  When the second symbol variation display is interrupted and executed, the execution of the continuous notice may be started during the execution of the second symbol variation display.
A game stand characterized by that. A gaming table according to any one of claims 1 to 12,
  The game machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by that.

Images